Last Words of the - University of Chicago Press

Spring 2010
Recently Published
Contents
General Interest 1
Special Interest 31
Paperbacks 73
Distributed Books 94
Ordering
Information Subject Index Gems and Gemstones
Great Plains
America’s Lingering Wild
206
Timeless Natural Beauty of the
Mineral World
Lance Grande and Allison Augustyn
207
ISBN-13: 978-0-226-30511-0
Cloth $45.00/£31.00
With a Foreword by Ted Kooser
Chapter Introductions by David Wishart
and Essays by Dan O’Brien
Author Index 208
Title Index Inside
back cover
Cover image: Photograph by Phillip Colla/www.oceanlight.com
Cover design by Alice Reimann
Catalog design by Alice Reimann and Mary Shanahan
Michael Forsberg
ISBN-13: 978-0-226-25725-9
Cloth $45.00/£31.00
Piracy
Gerhard Richter
The Intellectual Property Wars
from Gutenberg to Gates
A Life in Painting
Adrian Johns
Translated by Elizabeth M. Solaro
Dietmar Elger
ISBN-13: 978-0-226-40118-8
Cloth $35.00/£24.00
ISBN-13: 978-0-226-20323-2
Cloth $45.00/£31.00
Uncommon Sense
Secrets of the Universe
Economic Insights, from
Marriage to Terrorism
How We Discovered the Cosmos
Gary S. Becker and Richard A. Posner
ISBN-13: 978-0-226-04101-8
Cloth $29.00/£20.00
Paul Murdin
ISBN-13: 978-0-226-55143-2
Cloth $49.00
CUSA
Robert K. Elder
Last Words of the
Executed
With a Foreword by Studs Terkel
Some beg for forgiveness. Others claim innocence. At least three
cheer for their favorite football teams.
D
eath waits for us all, but only those sentenced to death know
the day and the hour—and only they can be sure that their
last words will be recorded for posterity. Last Words of the
Executed presents an oral history of American capital punishment, as
heard from the gallows, the chair, and the gurney.
The product of seven years of extensive research by journalist
Robert K. Elder, the book explores the cultural value of these final
statements and asks what we can learn from them. We hear from both
the famous—such as Nathan Hale, Joe Hill, Ted Bundy, and John
Brown—and the forgotten, and their words give us unprecedented
glimpses into their lives, their crimes, and the world they inhabited.
Organized by era and method of execution, these final statements
range from heartfelt to horrific. Some are calls for peace or cries
“This is a dangerous book. Who knows
how we will emerge from the encounter?
It makes me want to live, use my energies
in soul-sized pursuits like justice, like
love. One of the psalms says that God
collects our tears in a flask—so too does
this collection of last words from human
beings before they were killed.”
—Sister Helen Prejean
against injustice; others are accepting, confessional, or consoling; still
others are venomous, rage-fueled diatribes. Even the chills evoked by
some of these last words are brought on in part by the shared humanity we can’t ignore, their reminder that we all come to the same end,
May 304 p. 6 x 9
ISBN-13: 978-0-226-20268-6
Cloth $22.50/£14.50
TRUE CRIME AMERICAN HISTORY
regardless of how we arrive there.
Last Words of the Executed is not a political book. Rather, Elder
simply asks readers to listen closely to these voices that echo history.
The result is a riveting, moving testament from the darkest corners of
society.
Robert K. Elder has written for the New York Times, Chicago Tribune, Salon, and
many other publications. He teaches journalism at Northwestern University
and is the author or editor of several books.
general interest
1
Michael Kammen
Digging Up the
Dead
A History of Notable American
Reburials
A
funeral closes a life story, and a grave in a cemetery marks
its end forever. But what happens when those left behind
don’t agree about the meaning of that story? Or when that
disagreement extends all the way to arguments about the final resting
place itself? In a surprising number of cases over the years, that’s when
people have chosen to grab shovels and start digging.
“A master historian and witty storyteller,
With Digging Up the Dead, Pulitzer Prize–winning historian Michael
Michael Kammen fully exploits the in-
Kammen reveals a treasure trove of fascinating, surprising, and some-
terpretive potential of his unlikely topic.
times gruesome stories of exhumation and reburial from throughout
Not only wonderfully readable, Digging
American history. Taking us to the contested gravesites of such figures
up the Dead is rich in social and cultural
as Sitting Bull, Frank Lloyd Wright, Daniel Boone, Jefferson Davis, and
insights.”
even Abraham Lincoln, Kammen explores how complicated interac-
—Paul S. Boyer,
editor of The Oxford Companion
to United States History
tions of regional pride, shifting reputations, and evolving burial practices led to public and often emotional battles over their final resting
places. Grave-robbing, skull-fondling, cases of mistaken identity, and
april 272 p., 40 halftones 6 x 9
ISBN-13: 978-0-226-42329-6
Cloth $25.00/£16.00
the financial lures of cemetery tourism all come into play as Kammen
AMERICAN HISTORY
of American history.
delves deeply into this little-known—yet surprisingly persistent—aspect
Simultaneously insightful and interesting, masterly and macabre,
Digging Up the Dead reminds us that the stories of American history
don’t always end when the key players pass on. Rather, the battle—over
reputations, interpretations, and, last but far from least, possession of
the remains themselves—is often just beginning.
Michael Kammen is the Newton C. Farr Professor of American History and
Culture emeritus at Cornell University. He is the author of many books,
including the Pulitzer Prize–winning People of Paradox: An Inquiry Concerning
the Origins of American Civilization.
2
general interest
Edited by Oliver Lubrich
Travels in the Reich,
1933–45
Foreign Authors Report from
Germany
Translated by Kenneth Northcott, Sonia Wichmann,
and Dean Krouk
E
ven now,” wrote Christopher Isherwood in his Berlin Diary of
1933, “I can’t altogether believe that any of this has really happened.” Three years later, W. E. B. DuBois described Germany
as “silent, nervous, suppressed; it speaks in whispers.” In contrast, a
young John F. Kennedy, in the journal he kept on a German tour in
1937, wrote, “The Germans really are too good—it makes people gang
against them for protection.”
Drawing on such published and unpublished accounts from writ-
“No single account of life inside Hitler’s
Germany paints a more vivid landscape
than Travels in the Reich. From Samuel
Beckett to Virginia Woolf, the three dozen
ers and public figures visiting Germany, Travels in the Reich creates a
writers collected in this volume take us
chilling composite portrait of the reality of life under Hitler. Com-
on a journey that is as compelling as it is
posed in the moment by writers such as Virginia Woolf, Isak Dinesen,
disturbing. An important addition to the
Samuel Beckett, Jean-Paul Sartre, William Shirer, Georges Simenon,
history of World War II.”
and Albert Camus, the essays, letters, and articles gathered here offer
fascinating insight into the range of responses to Nazi Germany. While
—Rick Atkinson,
author of The Day of Battle
some accounts betray a distressing naivete, overall what is striking is
just how clearly many of the travelers understood the true situation—
and the terrors to come.
April 336 p. 6 x 9
ISBN-13: 978-0-226-49629-0
Cloth $30.00/£20.50
EUROPEAN HISTORY
Through the eyes of these visitors, Travels in the Reich offers a new
perspective on the quotidian—yet so often horrifying—details of life
in Nazi Germany, in accounts as compelling as a good novel, but bearing all the weight of historical witness.
Oliver Lubrich is junior professor of rhetoric at the Institute of General and
Comparative Literature at the Free University Berlin.
general interest
3
Edited by RobERt AllEn
Bulletproof
Feathers
How Science Uses Nature’s
Secrets to Design Cutting-Edge
Technology
May 192 p., 120 color plates 82/5 x 82/5
ISBN-13: 978-0-226-01470-8
Cloth $35.00
SCIENCE
CuSa
F
abrics that
are not only stain
resistant but actually clean themselves. Airplane wings that change shape
in midair to take advantage of shifts in wind currents. Hypodermic
needles that use tiny serrations to render injections virtually pain free.
Though they may sound like the stuff of science fiction, in fact
such inventions represent only the most recent iterations of natural
mechanisms that are billions of years old—the focus of the rapidly
growing field of biomimetics. Based on the realization that natural
selection has for countless eons been conducting trial-and-error
experiments with the laws of physics, chemistry, material science, and
engineering, biomimetics takes nature as its laboratory, looking to the
most successful developments and strategies of an array of plants and
animals as a source of technological innovation and ideas. Thus the
lotus flower, with its waxy, water-resistant surface, gives us stainproofing; the feathers of raptors become transformable airplane wings; and
the nerve-deadening serrations on a mosquito’s proboscis are adapted
to hypodermics.
4
general interest
Ideas and discoveries from the cutting
edge of the exciting field of biomimetics
With Bulletproof Feathers,, Robert
Allen brings together some of the
greatest minds in the field of biomimetics to provide a fascinating—at
times even jaw-dropping—overview
of cutting-edge research in the field.
In chapters packed with illustrations, Steven Vogel explains how
architects and building engineers
are drawing lessons from prairie dogs, termites, and even sand
dollars in order to heat and cool buildings more efficiently; Julian
Vincent goes to the very building blocks of nature, revealing how
different structures and arrangements of molecules have inspired
the development of some fascinating new materials, such as waterproof clothing based on shark skin; Tomonari Akamatsu shows
how sonar technology has been greatly improved through detailed
research into dolphin communication; Yoseph Bar-Cohen delves
into the ways that robotics engineers have learned to solve design
problems through reference to human musculature; Jeannette Yen
explores how marine creatures have inspired a new generation of
underwater robots; and Robert Allen shows us how cooperative
behavior between birds, fish, and insects has inspired technological innovations in fields ranging from Web hosting to underwater
exploration.
A readable yet authoritative introduction to a field that is at the
forefront of design and technology—and poised to become even
more important in the coming decades as population pressures and climate change make the need for efficient technological solutions more acute—Bulletproof Feathers offers adventurous readers a tantalizing peek into the future, by way of our
evolutionary past.
Robert Allen is professor of biodynamics and control at the Institute
of Sound and Vibration Research, University of Southampton, and
the founding editor of the journal Bioinspiration and Biomimetics:
Learning from Nature.
general interest
5
Jack Fuller
What Is Happening
to News
The Information Explosion and the
Crisis in Journalism
A
cross America, newspapers that have defined their cities for
over a century are rapidly failing, their circulations plummeting even as opinion-soaked Web outlets like the Huffing-
ton Post thrive. Meanwhile, nightly news programs shock viewers with
stories of horrific crime and celebrity scandal, while the smug sarcasm
and shouting of pundits like Glenn Beck and Keith Olbermann domi“This is one of the most interesting, inno-
nate cable television. Is it any wonder that young people are turning
vative, and important new books on jour-
away from the news entirely, trusting comedians like Jon Stewart as
nalism in ten years, and it could not come
their primary source of information on current events?
at a better time for practicing journalists,
the new cadre of citizen journalists in
Happening to News explores the crucial question of how journalism lost
development, and the public affairs com-
its way—and what is responsible for the ragged retreat from its great
munity as a whole. It will not only serve
traditions. Veteran editor and newspaperman Jack Fuller locates the
as a guide to journalists as the author
surprising sources of change where no one has thought to look before:
intends, but also as an important guide
in the collision between a revolutionary new information age and a
for the general public, now faced with the
human brain that is still wired for the threats faced by our prehistoric
need to sort through the messages that
ancestors. Drawing on the recent discoveries of neuroscience, Fuller
bombard them every day.”
explains why the information overload of contemporary life makes us
—Bill Kovach,
founding chairman of the
Committee of Concerned Journalists
In the face of all the problems plaguing serious news, What Is
dramatically more receptive to sensational news, while rendering the
staid, objective voice of standard journalism ineffective. Throw in a
growing distrust of experts and authority, ably capitalized on by blogs
May 224 p. 6 x 9
ISBN-13: 978-0-226-26898-9
Cloth $25.00/£13.00
and other interactive media, and the result is a toxic mix that threat-
CURRENT EVENTS MEDIA STUDIES
ens to prove fatal to journalism as we know it.
For every reader troubled by what has become of news—and wor-
ried about what the future may hold—What Is Happening to News not
only offers unprecedented insight into the causes of change but also
clear guidance, strongly rooted in the precepts of ethical journalism,
on how journalists can adapt to this new environment while still providing the information necessary to a functioning democracy.
6
general interest
Jack Fuller is a Pulitzer Prize–winning journalist who spent nearly forty years
working in newspapers, serving as editor and publisher of the Chicago Tribune
and as president of the Tribune Publishing Company.
2nd PROOF
✔ MARY
❍
❍ ALICE
Vivian Gussin Paley
The Boy on the
Beach
vivian
gussin
paley
Building Community through Play
F
our-year-old Eli plays in the sand on the beach, playing fire-
the boy
on the beach
man, protector, and scout, battling waves and defeating invisible monsters. But then a new playmate, Marianne, arrives with
her doll, and the boy’s stories adapt to accommodate hers: the fireman
saves the doll from drowning, but then the doll’s mother and father
buildin g
communit y
throu gh play
put it safely to bed.
What can the richly imagined, impressively adaptable fantasy
world of these children tell us about childhood, development, educa-
“Her books . . . should be required read-
tion, and even life itself? For fifty years, educator Vivian Gussin Paley
ing wherever children are growing. Paley
has been exploring such questions—by paying close attention to the
does not presume to understand preschool
imagery, language, and lore of young children. With The Boy on the
children, or to theorize. Her strength lies
Beach she continues to do so, using her time-honored method of letting
equally in knowing that she does not know
children tell the stories of their play in their own words, revealing the
and in trying to learn. She avoids the ar-
developing logic and learning that enable them to create meaning
rogance of adult to small child; of teacher
from the complicated world around them. Combining those careful
to student; of writer to reader.”
—Penelope Leach,
New York Times
accounts of make-believe with gentle but incisive analysis and a series
of letters between Paley and a fellow teacher in Taiwan, The Boy on the
Beach reveals the ways that children use their powers of invention to
develop the flexibility needed to form a society based on friendship,
fantasy, and fairness—an ideal that all educators should foster.
Full of wonderful, inimitable stories from the classroom, The Boy
on the Beach is vintage Paley, a wise and delightful reminder of the
importance of play and the enduring appeal of stories.
Vivian Gussin Paley worked for nearly forty years as a preschool and kindergarten teacher and is the author of thirteen books about young children,
including, most recently, A Child’s Work: The Importance of Fantasy Play.
“Paley’s argument, against which there
is no argument, only ignorance, is that
child’s ‘play’ is a foundation of education, revealing of and creating social and
imaginative skills. But as every educator
or parent of a young child knows, the
American craze for standardized testing
has squeezed out time and funding for
the arts, physical education, and ‘play.’ ”
—Bob Blaisdell,
Chicago Tribune
April 96 p. 51/4 x 8
ISBN-13: 978-0-226-64503-2
Cloth $17.00/£11.00
EDUCATION
general interest
7
M. G. Harasewych and Fabio Moretzsohn
The Book of Shells
A Life-Size Guide to Identifying
and Classifying Six Hundred of the
World’s Most Significant Seashells
W
ho among us hasn’t marveled at the diversity and beauty of shells? Or picked
one up, held it to our ear, and then
gazed in wonder at its shape and hue? Many a
lifelong shell collector has cut teeth (and toes)
on the beaches of the Jersey Shore, the Outer
June 656 p., 2400 color plates 71/2 x 10
ISBN-13: 978-0-226-31577-5
Cloth $55.00
NATURE SCIENCE
CUSA
Banks, or the coasts of Sanibel Island. Some have
even dived to the depths of the ocean. But most of
us are not familiar with the biological origin of shells,
their role in explaining evolutionary history, and the incredible variety
of forms in which they come.
Shells are the external skeletons of mollusks, an ancient and
diverse phylum of invertebrates that are in the earliest fossil record of
multicellular life over 500 million years ago. There are over 100,000
kinds of recorded mollusks, and some estimate that there are over a
million more that have yet to be discovered. Some breathe air, others live
in fresh water, but most live in the ocean. They range in size from a
grain of sand to a beach ball and in weight from a few grams to several
hundred pounds. And in this lavishly illustrated volume, they finally
get their full due.
8
general interest
The Book of Shells offers a visually stunning and scientifically engag-
ing guide to six hundred of the most intriguing mollusk shells, each
chosen to convey the range of shapes and sizes that occur across a
range of species. Each shell is reproduced here at its actual size, in full
color, and is accompanied by an explanation of the shell’s range, distribution, abundance, habitat, and features. Brief scientific and historical
accounts of each shell and related species include fun-filled facts and
anecdotes that broaden its portrait.
The Matchless Cone, for instance, or Conus cedonulli, was one of
the rarest shells collected during the eighteenth century. So much
so, in fact, that a specimen in 1796 was sold for more than six times
as much as a painting by Vermeer at the same auction. But since the
advent of scuba diving, this shell has become far more accessible to
collectors—though not without certain risks. Some species of Conus
produce venom that has caused more than thirty known human
deaths.
The Zebra Nerite, the Heart Cockle, the Indian Babylon, the
Junonia, the Atlantic Thorny Oyster—shells from habitats spanning
the poles and the tropics, from the highest mountains to the ocean’s
deepest recesses, are all on display in this definitive work.
M. G. Harasewych is research zoologist and curator of marine mollusks at the
Department of Invertebrate Zoology at the Smithsonian Institution in Washington, D.C., which houses one of the world’s largest mollusk collections. He
has discovered and described dozens of new genera and species, written widely
for scientific journals and periodicals, and is the author of Shells: Jewels from the
Sea. Fabio Moretzsohn has a doctorate in zoology and is a researcher for the
Harte Research Institute in Texas. He has discovered a few new species of mollusks and is a coauthor of the Encyclopedia of Texas Seashells.
general interest
9
Harvey G. Cohen
Duke Ellington’s
America
F
ew American artists in any medium have enjoyed the lasting
international cultural impact of Duke Ellington. From jazz
standards such as “Mood Indigo” and “Don’t Get Around Much
Anymore,” to his longer, more orchestral suites, to his leadership of the
stellar big band he toured and performed with for decades after most
big bands folded, Ellington represented a singular, pathbreaking force
in music over the course of a half-century. At the same time, as one of
the most prominent black public figures in history, Ellington demonstrated leadership on questions of civil rights and America’s role in the
“An excellent piece of cultural history,
world.
grounded in fantastic sources, including
Duke Ellington’s papers and scrapbooks,
picture of Ellington’s life and times, taking him from his youth in the
and interviews with his players and other
black middle-class enclave of Washington, D.C., to the heights of world-
jazzmen, a treasure trove that future
wide acclaim. Mining extensive archives, many never before available,
scholars will mine for decades. Cohen
plus new interviews with Ellington’s friends, family, band members,
rightfully places Ellington in the forefront
and business associates, Cohen illuminates his constantly evolving ap-
of African American desires for freedom,
proach to composition, performance, and the music business—as well
dignity, and cultural equality, while also
as issues of race, equality, and religion. Ellington’s own voice, mean-
offering a fascinating account of the
while, animates the book throughout, giving Duke Ellington’s America an
nature of his creative genius.”
—Lewis Erenberg,
author of Swingin’ the Dream:
Big Band Jazz and the Rebirth
of American Culture
intimacy and immediacy unmatched by any previous account.
May 720 p., 12 halftones 6 x 9
ISBN-13: 978-0-226-11263-3
Cloth $40.00/£26.00
MUSIC AMERICAN HISTORY
10
general interest
With Duke Ellington’s America, Harvey G. Cohen paints a vivid
By far the most thorough and nuanced portrait yet of this towering
figure, Duke Ellington’s America highlights Ellington’s importance as a
figure in American history as well as in American music.
Harvey G. Cohen, a cultural historian, is associate professor of cultural and
creative industries at King’s College London.
Martin Preib
The Wagon
and Other Stories from the City
M
artin Preib is an officer in the Chicago Police Department—a beat cop whose first assignment as a rookie policeman was working on the wagon that picks up the dead.
Over the course of countless hours driving the wagon through the city
streets, claiming corpses and taking them to the morgue, arresting
drunks and criminals and hauling them to jail, Preib put pen to paper
to record his experiences. Inspired by Preib’s daily life as a policeman,
The Wagon and Other Stories from the City chronicles the outer and inner
lives of both a Chicago cop and the city itself.
The book follows Preib as he transports body bags, forges an un-
likely connection with his female partner, trains a younger officer, and
finds himself among people long forgotten—or rendered invisible—by
the rest of society. Preib recounts how he navigates the tenuous labyrinths of race and class in the urban metropolis, such as a domestic
disturbance call involving a gang member and his abused girlfriend
or a run-in with a group of drunk yuppies. As he encounters the real
and imagined geographies of Chicago, the city reveals itself to be not
just a backdrop, but a central force in his narrative of life and death.
Preib’s accounts, all told in his breathtaking prose, range from noirlike reports of police work to streetwise meditations on life and darkly
“From its aptly noirish title on, Martin
Preib’s The Wagon and Other Stories from
the City has the rightness of authenticity
about it. From the perspective of a cop, he
fashions a compelling view of the Chicago
Algren once called ‘the dark city.’ There’s
a unique quality to his stories, which
manage to be broodingly meditative even
as their narrative drive keeps you turning
pages.”
—Stuart Dybek
humorous accounts of other jobs in the city’s service industry. Here,
Preib’s universe of police officers, criminals, and victims—and everyone in between—comes alive in ways that readers will long remember.
May 176 p. 51/2 x 81/2
ISBN-13: 978-0-226-67980-8
Cloth $20.00/£13.00
LITERATURE true crime
Martin Preib is an officer with the Chicago Police Department. His essays have
appeared in the Virginia Quarterly Review and Tin House.
general interest
11
Julian Pepperell
Fishes of the
Open Ocean
A Natural History
and Illustrated Guide
With Illustrations by Guy Harvey
March 272 p., 370 color plates 9 x 11
ISBN-13: 978-0-226-65539-0
Cloth $35.00/£22.50
NATURE
anz
Copublished with University of New South
Wales Press
B
etween the surface of the sea and depths of two hundred
meters lies a remarkable range of fish, generally known as
pelagics, or open-ocean dwellers. These creatures are among
the largest, fastest, highest-leaping, and most migratory fish on the
entire planet. Beautifully adapted to their world, they range from tiny
drift fish and plankton-straining whale sharks to more streamlined
predators such as tuna, marlin, sailfish, and wahoo.
Fishes of the Open
Ocean, from leading marine biologist
and world authority
on the subject Julian
Pepperell, is the first
book to comprehensively describe these
fishes and explore the
complex and often
fragile world in which
they live. In what
will be the definitive
book on the subject for years to come—and, with over three hundred
color images, the most lavishly produced as well—Pepperell details the
environment and biology of every major species of fish that inhabits
the open ocean, an expanse that covers 330 million cubic miles and is
the largest aquatic habitat on the Earth. The first section of the book
introduces the various evolutionary forms these fish have taken, as well
as the ways in which specific species interact and coevolve with
others in the food web. A chapter on commercial and
sport fisheries explores the human element in this
realm and considers such issues as sustainability,
catch-and-release initiatives, and the risks of extinction.
Flying fish, great white sharks,
sardines, mackerel, chinook
salmon, giant sunfish—virtually
every fish of the open ocean gets
its due in this essential resource,
a book that will enthrall anglers,
mariners, conservationists, and
newcomers to the subject alike.
The second section of the book provides species accounts of openocean dwellers organized by group, with overviews and general
descriptions that are inclusive of range and distribution, unique physiological and morphological attributes, and the role of each species
within its ecosystem. Global distribution maps, original illustrations
from renowned artist and scientist Guy Harvey, and truly stunning
images from some of the world’s leading underwater photographers
round out this copiously illustrated volume.
Julian Pepperell is one of the best-known marine biologists in the world and
a leading authority on marlin, sailfish, tuna, and sharks. He has conducted
research on these fishes in partnership with governments across the globe
for over thirty years and is an adjunct professor at a number of universities.
He is past president of the Australian Society for Fish Biology and recipient
of the prestigious Conservation Award from the International Game Fish
Association. Guy Harvey is a unique blend of artist, scientist, diver, angler, and
conservationist. In 1999 he collaborated with the Oceanographic Center of
Nova Southeastern University to create the Guy Harvey Research Institute,
providing scientific information for effective conservation and restoration of
fish biodiversity.
general interest
13
Claude S. Fischer
Made in America
A Social History of American
Culture and Character
O
ur nation began with the simple phrase, “We the People.”
But who were and are “We”? Who were we in 1776, in 1865,
or 1968, and is there any continuity in character between
the we of those years and the nearly 300 million people living in the
radically different America of today?
With Made in America, Claude S. Fischer draws on decades of
historical, psychological, and social research to answer that question
by tracking the evolution of American character and culture over
“Made in America is a book rich in its find-
three centuries. He explodes myths—that contemporary Americans
ings and judicious in its interpretations.
are more mobile and less religious than their ancestors, or that they’re
Fischer has uncovered a lot of things that
more focused on money and consumption—and reveals instead how
even those of us who have long studied
greater security and wealth have only reinforced the independence,
the United States didn’t know, and he
egalitarianism, and commitment to community that characterized our
has also expertly shown that many of the
people from the earliest years. Skillfully drawing on personal stories of
things we thought we knew are simply
representative Americans, Fischer shows that, as affluence and social
wrong. The book will make any reader
progress have allowed more people to participate fully in cultural and
wiser and more careful in thinking about
political life, what it means to be an American has broadened—yet at
this strange country in which we live.”
—Robert N. Bellah
the same time has retained a surprising continuity with much earlier
notions of American character.
Firmly in the vein of such classics as The Lonely Crowd and Habits of
April 528 p. 6 x 9
ISBN-13: 978-0-226-25143-1
Cloth $35.00/£22.50
the Heart—yet challenging many of their conclusions—Made in America
AMERICAN HISTORY
elites to show us the lives and aspirations of ordinary Americans, from
takes readers beyond the simplicity of headlines and the actions of
the settling of the colonies to the settling of the suburbs.
Claude S. Fischer is professor of sociology at the University of California,
Berkeley, and the author of many books, including Century of Difference: How
America Changed in the Last One Hundred Years and America Calling: A Social
History of the Telephone, 1880–1940.
14
general interest
Svetlana Boym
Another Freedom
The Alternative History of an Idea
F
rom political debates about global free markets to local free
lunches, today the word “freedom” is in danger of becoming
a distorted and tired cliché. In Another Freedom, Svetlana Boym
explores the rich history of the idea of freedom, from its origins in
ancient Greece through the present day, suggesting that our attempts
to imagine freedom should occupy the space of not only “what is” but
also “what if.” Beginning with notions of sacrifice and the emergence
of a public sphere for politics and art, Boym expands her account to
include the relationships between freedom and liberty, modernity and
terror, political dissent and creative estrangement, and love and freedom of the other. While depicting a world of differences, Boym affirms
lasting cross-cultural solidarities with the commitment to passionate
thinking that reflection on freedom requires.
Another Freedom is filled with stories that illuminate our own sense
“In this new and incredibly ambitious
account of the anatomy of freedom,
Svetlana Boym works through the specifics of historical, aesthetic, and cultural
narratives, moving effortlessly from
of what it means to be free, and it assembles a truly remarkable cast of
large movements to human relationships
characters: Warburg and Euripides, Pushkin and Tocqueville, Kafka
and back again. Another Freedom is an
and Osip Mandelshtam, Arendt and Heidegger, and an imagined
engaging and imaginative philosophical
encounter between Dostoevsky and Marx on the streets of Paris. What
experiment, at once intellectually grip-
are the limits of freedom and how can it be imagined anew? Reflecting
ping and moving, intensely relevant to
upon her experience as a Leningrad native transplanted to the United
the contemporary condition, and a major
States, Boym dares to ask whether American freedom can be trans-
work of dazzling scholarship.”
—Isobel Armstrong,
Birkbeck College,
University of London
ported across the national border. With these questions in mind, Boym
attempts to reinvent freedom as something “infinitely improbable”
—yet nevertheless still possible.
By offering a fresh look at the strange history of this idea and
opening a new arena of inquiry, Another Freedom delivers a nuanced
May 376 p., 19 halftones, 2 line drawings
6x9
portrait of freedom’s unpredictable occurrences and unexplored plots,
ISBN-13: 978-0-226-06973-9
Cloth $35.00s/£22.50
one whose repercussions will be felt well into the future.
PHILOSOPHY
Svetlana Boym is the Curt Hugo Reisinger Professor of Slavic and Comparative Literature at Harvard University, as well as an associate of the Graduate
School of Design. A writer, theorist, and media artist, she is the author of The
Future of Nostalgia, among other publications.
general interest
15
Sebastian Edwards
Left Behind
Latin America and the False
Promise of Populism
T
he political and economic history of Latin America has been
marked by great hopes and even greater disappointments.
Despite abundant resources—and a history of productiv-
ity and wealth—in recent decades the region has fallen further and
further behind developed nations, surpassed even by other developing
economies in Southeast Asia and elsewhere.
In Left Behind, Sebastian Edwards asks why the nations of Latin
America have failed to share in the fruits of globalization and forcefully
“Sebastian Edwards’s book is a must read
highlights the dangers of the recent turn to economic populism in the
for anyone interested in the economy of
region. He begins by detailing the many ways Latin American govern-
Latin America—past, present, and future.
ments have stifled economic development over the years through ex-
No one knows Latin America better than
cessive regulation, currency manipulation, and thoroughgoing corrup-
Edwards. And the experience of Latin
tion. He then turns to the neoliberal reforms of the early 1990s, which
America offers lessons for every develop-
called for the elimination of deficits, lowering of trade barriers, and
ing country about what to do and what to
privatization of inefficient public enterprises—and which, Edwards
avoid.”
argues, held the promise of freeing Latin America from the burdens of
—Martin Feldstein
the past. Flawed implementation, however, meant the promised gains
of globalization were never felt by the mass of citizens, and growing
June 296 p. 6 x 9
ISBN-13: 978-0-226-18478-4
Cloth $29.00/£18.50
frustration with stalled progress has led to a resurgence of populism,
ECONOMICS POLITICAL SCIENCE
But such measures, Edwards warns, are a recipe for disaster; instead,
exemplified by the economic policies of Venezuela’s Hugo Chávez.
he argues, the way forward for Latin America lies in further market
reforms, more honestly pursued and fairly implemented.
As the global financial crisis has reminded us, the risks posed by
failing economies extend far beyond their national borders. Putting
Latin America back on a path toward sustained growth is crucial not
just for the region but for the world, and Left Behind offers a clear, concise blueprint for the road ahead.
Sebastian Edwards is the Henry Ford II Professor of International Business
Economics in the Anderson Graduate School of Management at the
University of California, Los Angeles.
16
general interest
Edited by Eric A. Posner and
Cass R. Sunstein
Law and Happiness
S
ince the earliest days of philosophy, thinkers have debated
the meaning of the term happiness and the nature of the good
life. But it is only in recent years that the study of happiness—
or “hedonics”—has developed into a formal field of inquiry, cutting
across a broad range of disciplines and offering insights into a variety
of crucial questions of law and public policy.
Law and Happiness brings together the best and most influential
thinkers in the field to explore the question of what happiness is—and
what factors can be demonstrated to increase or decrease it. Martha C.
Nussbaum offers an account of the way that hedonics can productively
be applied to psychology; Cass R. Sunstein considers the unexpected
Contributors
relationship between happiness and health problems; Matthew Adler
Matthew Adler, Mark A. Cohen, Paul
and Eric A. Posner view hedonics through the lens of cost-benefit anal-
Dolan, Jonathan Haidt, Christopher K.
ysis; David A. Weisbach considers the relationship between happiness
Hsee, Selin Kesebir, George Loewen-
and taxation; and Mark A. Cohen examines the role that crime—and
stein, Martha C. Nussbaum, Andrew J.
fear of crime—can play in people’s assessment of their happiness; and
Oswald, Tessa Peasgood, Eric A. Posner,
other distinguished contributors take similarly innovative approaches
Nattavudh Powdthavee, J. Patrick Seder,
to the topic of happiness.
Betsey Stevenson, Cass R. Sunstein,
Ningyu Tang, Peter A. Ubel, David A.
The result is a kaleidoscopic overview of this increasingly promi-
nent field, offering surprising new perspectives and incisive analyses
Weisbach, Justin Wolfers, Fei Xu
that will have profound implications for the law and our lives.
Eric A. Posner is the Kirkland and Ellis Professor of Law at the University of
Chicago Law School. He is the author or coauthor of several books, including The Perils of Global Legalism. Cass R. Sunstein is administrator of the White
House’s Office of Information and Regulatory Affairs, Office of Management
and Budget, on leave from Harvard Law School.
April 352 p. 6 x 9
ISBN-13: 978-0-226-67600-5
Cloth $75.00x/£48.50
ISBN-13: 978-0-226-67601-2
Paper $25.00s/£16.00
ECONOMICS
general interest
17
Scott L. Montgomery
The Powers That Be
Global Energy for the Twenty-first
Century and Beyond
G
asoline prices are high and rapidly climbing. Oil and natural gas reserves are dwindling, while demand is poised to
skyrocket, as developing nations around the world lead their
citizens into the modern energy economy. Meanwhile, the grave threat
of catastrophic climate change looms ever larger, and energy worries
are at an all-time high—just how will we power our future?
With The Powers That Be, Scott L. Montgomery cuts through the
hype, alarmism, and confusion to give us a straightforward, informed
“Scott L. Montgomery has written a
account of where we are now, and a map of where we’re going. Starting
much-needed book about global energy
with the inescapable fact of our current dependence on fossil fuels—
for a general nonfiction audience. He
which supply 80 percent of all our energy needs today—Montgomery
approaches the issue with humanistic
clearly and carefully lays out the many alternative energy options avail-
nuance and offers a refreshing voice of
able, ranging from the familiar, like water and solar, to such nascent
clarity and composure on this topic.”
—Saleem H. Ali, author of
Treasures of the Earth: Need, Greed,
and a Sustainable Future
but promising sources as hydrogen and geothermal power. What is
crucial, he explains, is understanding that our future will depend not
on some single, wondrous breakthrough; instead, we should focus on
developing a more diverse, adaptable energy future, one that draws
July 408 p., 12 halftones, 1 table 6 x 9
ISBN-13: 978-0-226-53500-5
Cloth $35.00/£22.50
SCIENCE
on a variety of sources—and is thus less vulnerable to disruption or
failure.
An admirably evenhanded and always realistic guide, Montgomery
enables readers to understand the implications of energy funding,
research, and politics on a global scale. At the same time, he doesn’t
neglect the ultimate connection between those decisions and the
average citizen flipping a light switch or sliding behind the wheel of
a car, making The Powers That Be indispensable for our ever-more
energy-conscious age.
Scott L. Montgomery is a consulting geologist, independent scholar, and the
author of The Chicago Guide to Communicating Science and Science in Translation,
both published by the University of Chicago Press.
18
general interest
Thomas J. Bassett and Alex Winter-Nelson
The Atlas of World
Hunger
E
arlier this year, President Obama declared one of his top priorities to be “making sure that people are able to get enough
to eat.” The United States spends about five billion dollars on
food aid and related programs each year, but still, both domestically
and internationally, millions of people are hungry. In 2006 the Food
and Agricultural Organization of the United Nations counted 850 million hungry people worldwide, but as food prices soared, an additional
100 million or more who were vulnerable succumbed to food insecurity.
If hunger were simply a matter of food production, no one would
“The Atlas of World Hunger paints a comprehensive picture of hunger in our time.
Bassett and Winter-Nelson thoroughly
go without. There is more than enough food produced annually to
examine the roots of hunger and poverty
provide every living person with a healthy diet, yet so many suffer from
and incontrovertibly show their associa-
food shortages, unsafe water, and malnutrition every year. That’s be-
tion. By devising a new scale to measure
cause hunger is a complex political, economic, and ecological phenom-
hunger vulnerability and by naming the
enon. The interplay of these forces produces a geography of hunger
multiple causes of hunger and poverty
that Thomas J. Bassett and Alex Winter-Nelson illuminate in this
around the globe, from local to interna-
empowering book. The Atlas of World Hunger uses a conceptual frame-
tional levels, the Atlas provides an outline
work informed by geography and agricultural economics to present a
for solutions that will reduce the roster of
hunger index that combines food availability, household access, and
hungry people from one billion today to
nutritional outcomes into a single tool—one that delivers a fuller un-
zero as soon as possible.”
—Paul Farmer, MD, PhD,
cofounder of Partners In Health
derstanding of the scope of global hunger, its underlying mechanisms,
and the ways in which the goals for ending hunger can be achieved.
The first depiction of the geography of hunger worldwide, the
Atlas will be an important resource for teachers, students, and anyone
else interested in understanding the geography and causes of hunger.
This knowledge, the authors argue, is a critical first step toward elimi-
May 216 p., 103 color plates, 47 halftones,
3 line drawings, 35 tables 81/2 x 11
ISBN-13: 978-0-226-03907-7
Cloth $45.00/£29.00
CURRENT EVENTS REFERENCE
nating unnecessary suffering in a world of plenty.
Thomas J. Bassett is professor of geography at the University of Illinois at
Urbana-Champaign and the author or coauthor of six books. Alex WinterNelson is professor of agricultural and consumer economics at the University
of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.
general interest
19
Edited by Mary Jane Jacob and
Michelle Grabner
The Studio Reader
On the Space of Artists
T
he image of a tortured genius working in near isolation has
long dominated our conceptions of the artist’s studio. Examples abound: think Jackson Pollock dripping resin on a
cicada carcass in his shed in the Hamptons. But times have changed;
ever since Andy Warhol declared his art space a “factory,” artists have
begun to envision themselves as the leaders of production teams, and
Contributors
Glenn Adamson, Svetlana Alpers, Art
& Language, John Baldessari, Alice
Bellony-Rewold, Mary Bergstein,
Walead Beshty, Andrea Bowers, Daniel
Buren, Rochelle Feinstein, David J.
Getsy, Rodney Graham, Amy Granat,
Karl Haendel, Rachel Harrison, Lynn
Lester Hershman, Caroline A. Jones,
Kimsooja, Suzanne Lacy, Thomas
Lawson, Shana Lutker, Annika Marie,
Courtney Martin, Carrie Moyer, Bruce
Nauman, Michael Peppiatt, David
Reed, Lane Relyea, David Robbins,
Judith Rodenbeck, Joe Scanlan,
Brenda Schmahmann, Carolee
Schneemann, Katy Siegel, Howard
Singerman, Michael Smith, Buzz
Spector, Frances Stark, Robert Storr,
Barry Schwabsky, Charline von Heyl,
Marjorie Welish, James Welling,
Brian Winkenweder, John Wood
June 328 p., 67 halftones 7 x 9
ISBN-13: 978-0-226-38959-2
Cloth $68.00x/£44.50
ISBN-13: 978-0-226-38961-5
Paper $25.00/£16.00
ART
20
general interest
their sense of what it means to be in the studio has altered just as dramatically as their practices.
The Studio Reader pulls back the curtain from the art world to re-
veal the real activities behind artistic production. What does it mean to
be in the studio? What is the space of the studio in the artist’s practice?
How do studios help artists envision their agency and, beyond that,
their own lives? This forward-thinking anthology features an all-star
array of contributors, ranging from Svetlana Alpers, Bruce Nauman,
and Robert Storr to Daniel Buren, Carolee Schneemann, and Buzz
Spector, each of whom locates the studio both spatially and conceptually—at the center of an art world that careens across institutions,
markets, and disciplines.
A companion for anyone engaged with the spectacular sites of art
at its making, The Studio Reader reconsiders this crucial space as an
actual way of being that illuminates our understanding of both artists
and the world they inhabit.
Mary Jane Jacob is professor of sculpture and executive director of exhibitions
at the School of the Art Institute of Chicago and coeditor of Buddha Mind
in Contemporary Art and Learning Mind: Experience into Art. Michelle Grabner
is professor in and chair of the Department of Painting and Drawing at the
School of the Art Institute of Chicago and codirector of The Suburban, a gallery in Oak Park, Illinois.
Edited by W. J. T. Mitchell and
Mark B. N. Hansen
Critical Terms for
Media Studies
C
ommunications, philosophy, film and video, digital culture:
media studies straddles an astounding array of fields and disciplines and produces a vocabulary that is in equal parts rig-
orous and intuitive. Critical Terms for Media Studies defines, and at times
redefines, what this new and hybrid area aims to do, illuminating the
key concepts behind its liveliest debates and most dynamic topics.
Part of a larger conversation that engages culture, technology, and
politics, this exciting collection of essays explores our most critical
language for dealing with the qualities and modes of contemporary
“Critical Terms for Media Studies offers not
media. Edited by two outstanding scholars in the field, W. J. T. Mitch-
simply a collection of critical terms, but a
ell and Mark B. N. Hansen, and featuring a team of distinguished
paradigm-shifting rethinking of the field
contributors—including N. Katherine Hayles, Johanna Drucker, and
itself. It represents an extremely impor-
Bernard Stiegler—Critical Terms for Media Studies offers diverse oppor-
tant approach to media in the twenty-first
tunities for students to understand the language that underpins much
century, one that will become increasing-
of new media. The essays, commissioned expressly for this volume, not
ly relevant as the ubiquity of new media
only emphasize the ways in which technology changes our understand-
and new technologies make the questions
ing of mediation, but also help to articulate issues important to media
it raises more and more pressing. The
practitioners, such as the obsolescence of the body and the changing
book is a definitive and defining state-
role of memory. Mitchell and Hansen have organized these essays into
ment about the future shape and direction
three interrelated groups: “Aesthetics” engages with terms that describe
of media studies.”
sensory experiences and judgments, “Technology” offers entry into a
—Charlie Gere,
Lancaster University
broad array of technological concepts, and “Society” invites inquiry into
language that describes the systems that allow a medium to function.
A compelling reference work for the twenty-first century and the
media that form our experience within it, Critical Terms for Media Studies will engage and deepen anyone’s knowledge of one of our most
important new fields.
March 368 p., 4 halftones, 6 line drawings
6x9
ISBN-13: 978-0-226-53254-7
Cloth $75.00x/£48.50
ISBN-13: 978-0-226-53255-4
Paper $27.50s/£18.00
MEDIA STUDIES LITERARY CRITICISM
W. J. T. Mitchell is the Gaylord Donnelley Distinguished Service Professor in
the Department of English Language and Literature and in the Department
of Art History at the University of Chicago. He is the author or editor of nine
books published by the University of Chicago Press, including What Do Pictures
Want? The Lives and Loves of Images. Mark B. N. Hansen is professor of literature
and arts of the moving image at Duke University. He is the author of
New Philosophy for New Media, among other titles.
general interest
21
Mark Monmonier
No Dig, No Fly,
No Go
How Maps Restrict and Control
S
ome maps help us find our way; others restrict where we go and
what we do. These maps control behavior, regulating activities
from flying to fishing, prohibiting students from one part of
town from being schooled on the other, and banishing certain individuals and industries to the periphery. This restrictive cartography
has boomed in recent decades as governments seek to regulate activities as diverse as hiking, building a residence, opening a store, locating
Praise for From Squaw Tit to Whorehouse
Meadow
“An entertaining and enlightening
a chemical plant, or painting a house anything but regulation colors.
It is this aspect of mapping—its power to prohibit—that celebrated
geographer Mark Monmonier tackles in No Dig, No Fly, No Go.
excursion.”
—Boston Globe
Restrictive mapping has been indispensable in settling the Ameri-
can West, claiming slices of Antarctica, protecting fragile ocean
fisheries, and keeping sex offenders away from playgrounds. But it
“Mark Monmonier is an able populariser of
has also been used for opprobrium: during one of the darkest mo-
academic geography, and an expert guide
ments in American history, cartographic exclusion orders helped
to the bureaucratic, legal and political
send thousands of Japanese Americans to remote detention camps.
hierarchies that determine how places
Tracing the power of prohibitive mapping at multiple levels—from
acquire, change and lose their names.”
—Economist
regional to international—and multiple dimensions—from property
“Mark Monmonier’s boyishly infectious
history of (principally American) toponyms maps out the sexism, racism and
imperialism through which we have come
to know our landscapes.”
—Times Literary Supplement
May 216 p., 63 halftones, 19 line drawings
6x9
ISBN-13: 978-0-226-53467-1
Cloth $65.00x/£42.00
ISBN-13: 978-0-226-53468-8
Paper $18.00/£11.50
SCIENCE
22
general interest
to cyberspace—Monmonier demonstrates how much boundaries influence our experience, from homeownership and voting to taxation and
airline travel. A worthy successor to his critically acclaimed How to Lie
with Maps, the book is replete with all of the hallmarks of a Monmonier
classic, including the wry observations and witty humor.
Written for anyone who votes, owns a home, or aspires to be an
informed citizen, No Dig, No Fly, No Go will change the way we look at
maps forever.
Mark Monmonier is distinguished professor of geography at Syracuse University’s Maxwell School of Citizenship and Public Affairs and the author of many
books, including, most recently, Coast Lines: How Mapmakers Frame the World
and Chart Environmental Change and From Squaw Tit to Whorehouse Meadow, also
published by the University of Chicago Press.
Massimo Pigliucci
Nonsense on Stilts
How to Tell Science from Bunk
R
ecent polls suggest that fewer than 40 percent of Americans
believe in Darwin’s theory of evolution, despite it being one
of science’s best-established findings. More and more par-
ents are refusing to vaccinate their children for fear it causes autism,
though this link has been consistently disproved. And about 40 percent
of Americans believe that the threat of global warming is exaggerated,
despite near consensus in the scientific community that manmade
climate change is real.
Why do people believe bunk? And what causes them to embrace
such pseudoscientific beliefs and practices? Noted skeptic Massimo
Pigliucci sets out to separate the fact from the fantasy in this entertaining exploration of the nature of science, the borderlands of fringe
science, and—borrowing a famous phrase from philosopher Jeremy
Bentham—the nonsense on stilts. Presenting case studies on a number
of controversial topics, Pigliucci cuts through the ambiguity surrounding science to look more closely at how science is conducted, how it is
disseminated, how it is interpreted, and what it means to our society.
The result is in many ways a “taxonomy of bunk” that explores the
“A refreshingly original excursion over the
unmarked territory separating science
from pseudoscience and nonscience,
Nonsense on Stilts is a thoughtful examination of the tumultuous terrain between
the two and a primer on how one tells the
difference.”
—Kendrick Frazier,
editor of Skeptical Inquirer
intersection of science and culture at large.
No one—not the public intellectuals in the culture wars between
defenders and detractors of science nor the believers of pseudoscience
themselves—is spared Pigliucci’s incisive analysis. In the end, Nonsense
on Stilts is a timely reminder of the need to maintain a line between
May 336 p. 6 x 9
ISBN-13: 978-0-226-66785-0
Cloth $70.00x/£45.00
ISBN-13: 978-0-226-66786-7
Paper $20.00/£13.00
SCIENCE
expertise and assumption. Broad in scope and implication, it is also
ultimately a captivating guide for the intelligent citizen who wishes to
make up her own mind while navigating the perilous debates that will
affect the future of our planet.
Massimo Pigliucci is professor of philosophy at the City University of New
York. He has written many books, including, most recently, with Jonathan
Kaplan, Making Sense of Evolution, also published by the University of Chicago
Press.
general interest
23
Stanley Greenberg
Architecture
under Construction
With a Foreword by Joseph Rosa
M
ies van der Rohe once commented, “Only skyscrapers
under construction reveal their bold constructive
thoughts, and then the impression made by their soaring
skeletal frames is overwhelming.” Never has this statement resonated
more than in recent years, when architectural design has undergone
“These magnificent photographs capture
the romance of construction sites with the
a radical transformation, and when digital imaging systems now allow
precision and poetry and insistent prob-
us to construct buildings that would have been impossible just a few
ing curiosity we have come to expect from
years ago. Yet at the same time, the mystery of what lies underneath
Stanley Greenberg. For lovers of photog-
these manufactured surfaces is now more overwhelming than ever
raphy, architecture, city life, or simply the
before.
physical world, this book is a must-have.”
—Phillip Lopate
In Architecture under Construction, acclaimed photographer Stanley
Greenberg excavates the skeletons of some of our most iconoclastic
buildings, spurring on a continued engagement with those intention-
March 120 p., 80 halftones 11 x 11
ISBN-13: 978-0-226-30642-1
Cloth $45.00/£29.00
ARCHITECTURE PHOTOGRAPHY
ally (World Trade Center) and accidentally (Charles DeGaulle Airport
Terminal) destroyed that furthers our fascination with what makes
buildings stand up, and what makes them fall down. In stunning photographs, Greenberg captures the complex mystery and beauty found
in the transitory moments before the outside of a building covers up
the structures that hold it together. As designs for new buildings are
revealed and architects and engineers challenge each other with provocative new forms and equally audacious ideas, Greenberg documents
his own interest in this new architecture.
Framed by a historical and critical essay by Joseph Rosa, the Art
Institute of Chicago’s curatorial chair, and an afterword by the author,
the eighty captivating and thought-provoking images collected here—
which focus on some of the most high-profile design projects of the
past decade, including buildings designed by Daniel Libeskind, Frank
Gehry, and Renzo Piano, among others—are not to be missed by anyone with an eye for the almost invisible foundations that continue to
define our relationship with the built world.
Stanley Greenberg is the author of Invisible New York: The Hidden Infrastructure
of the City and Waterworks: A Photographic Journey Through New York’s Hidden
Water System. He received a Guggenheim Fellowship in 2005.
24
general interest
Kate L. Turabian
Student’s Guide to
Writing College
Papers
Fourth Edition
Revised by Gregory G. Colomb, Joseph M. Williams, and the
University of Chicago Press Editorial Staff
H
igh school, two-year college, and university students all
need to know how to write a well-reasoned, coherent research paper—and for decades, Kate L. Turabian’s Student’s
Guide to Writing College Papers has helped them develop this critical
◆ Complete coverage of Chicago, MLA, and
APA citation styles, including electronic
sources
skill. Now the team behind Chicago’s respected The Craft of Research has
renewed this classic for today’s generation. Designed for less-advanced
writers than Turabian’s Manual for Writers this book introduces students
◆ Helpful tip boxes and examples
throughout
to the art of defining a topic, doing high-quality research, and writing
an engaging college paper.
Gregory G. Colomb and Joseph M. Williams have organized the
Student’s Guide in three sections. Part 1, “Writing Your Paper,” guides
students through the research process with discussions of choosing
◆ Guidelines for the presentation of
quantitative data
Chicago Guides to Writing, Editing,
and Publishing
and developing a topic, validating sources, planning arguments, writing drafts, avoiding plagiarism, and presenting numerical evidence.
Part 2, “Citing Sources,” explains why citation is important and includes sections on the three major styles—Chicago, MLA, and APA—
all with full coverage of electronic source citation. Part 3, “Style,”
April 304 p., 21 line drawings, 6 tables
65/8 x 93/8
ISBN-13: 978-0-226-81630-2
Cloth $39.00s/£25.00
ISBN-13: 978-0-226-81631-9
Paper $15.00/£9.50
REFERENCE
covers all matters of style, from punctuation to spelling to presenting
titles, names, and numbers.
With the authority and clarity long associated with the name Tura-
bian, the fourth edition of Student’s Guide is both a solid introduction to
the research process and a convenient handbook to the best practices
of writing college papers. Classroom-tested and filled with relevant
examples and tips, this is a reference that students, and their teachers,
will turn to again and again.
Gregory G. Colomb is professor of English at the University of Virginia. Joseph M.
Williams (1933–2008) was professor in the Department of English Language and
Literature at the University of Chicago. Together Colomb and Williams are the
authors (with Wayne C. Booth) of the best-selling guide The Craft of Research.
general interest
25
“The Phoenix Poets list contains a number of poets currently on my
list of favorites. This is a strong, vital series that has given voice to
some of the best voices in American poetry today.”
—Billy Collins
Romey’s Order
Medicine Show
atsuro riley
tom yuill
From Chord
From Veritas
Come the marrow-hours when he couldn’t sleep,
Imagining Heaven as Istanbul, or a beach south of Istanbul,
the boy river-brinked and chorded.
Where your friends are preparing an apartment for you
And your Beloved. And sleeping fathers, babies plump
Mud-bedded himself here in the root-mesh; bided.
And shining as good faith, memory in the faithful heat.
Sieved our alluvial sounds—
You and she in the fastening-unfastenings of heat. And poetry
Just capers in the leafy thoughts above. Just Orpheus exhausted
Romey’s Order is an indelible sequence of poems voiced by an
invented (and inventive) boy-speaker called Romey, set alongside a river in the South Carolina lowcountry.
As the word-furious eye and voice of these poems, Romey
urgently records—and tries to order—the objects, inscape,
injuries, and idiom of his “blood-home” and childhood world.
Sounding out the nerves and nodes of language to transform
“every burn-mark and blemish,” to “bind our river-wrack and
leavings,” Romey seeks to forge finally (if even for a moment)
a chord in which he might live. Intently visceral, aural, oral,
Atsuro Riley’s poems bristle with musical and imaginative
pleasures, with storytelling and picture-making of a new and
wholly unexpected kind.
“The best literature forces you out of your old eyes, and
that’s what happens here. Atsuro Riley’s Romey’s Order is deep
craft—brilliant and consuming and thoroughly strange.
When you put this book down, American poetry will be different than when you picked it up.”—Kay Ryan, United States
Poet Laureate
Atsuro Riley was brought up in the South Carolina lowcountry. His
work has appeared in Poetry, Threepenny Review, and The McSweeney’s
Book of Poets Picking Poets. He has been awarded a Pushcart Prize and
the Wood Prize from Poetry magazine.
april 64 p. 6 x 9
ISBN-13: 978-0-226-71942-9
Cloth $45.00x/£29.00
ISBN-13: 978-0-226-71944-3
Paper $14.00/£9.00
poetry
Now but coughing little plaints. Just memory rewritten,
Honey, just like Louis Armstrong’s voice, like some
Big happy face. Just living, living, Honey, just believe,
Don’t understand so much. Just come to bed, she says.
In Medicine Show, inner conflict is wonderfully realized in the
clash of down-home plain speech and European high culture
utterances. Freely translating and adapting Catullus (Latin),
Villon (Middle French), Corbière (French), Hikmet (Turkish), and Orpheus (Greek), and placing them alongside Jagger and Richards, skinheads, and psalms, Tom Yuill’s book
mirrors an old-style hawking of wares, with all the charm and
absurdity that results when high culture meets pop, when city
meets small town, and when provincialism confronts urbanity. Here, the poems talk to one another, one poem nudging
the cusps of many others, those poems touching still others’
circumferences. Yuill, by invoking the Rolling Stones as muses and as background music, offers cover versions of Shakespeare, Keats, and Dylan Thomas, ultimately giving us a new
kind of verse, funneled through the languages and rhythms
of his masters’ voices.
“Tom Yuill’s Medicine Show almost bursts its seams with its
canny exuberance. Raucous, uncouth, elegiac, filial, tender,
polished, and rough, these poems pay homage to lost parents,
whether the biological mother and father or the poetic ancestors, Catullus, Villon, and Hikmet. Yuill wrings his own tunes
from Texas stomp, the Rolling Stones, and the lyric masters of
English. He’s reinventing fireworks.”—Rosanna Warren
Tom Yuill is a lecturer in liberal arts at Metropolitan College, Boston
University, and associate professor of literature and creative writing
at the New England Institute of Art.
april 72 p. 51/2 x 81/2
ISBN-13: 978-0-226-97164-3
Cloth $45.00x/£29.00
ISBN-13: 978-0-226-97165-0
Paper $14.00/£9.00
poetry
26
general interest
Reginald Gibbons
Slow Trains
Overhead
not available yet.
will place at correction stage
Chicago Poems and Stories
F
ew people writing today could successfully combine an intimate
knowledge of Chicago with a poet’s eye, and capture what it’s
really like to live in this remarkable city. Embracing a striking
variety of human experience—a chance encounter with a veteran on
Belmont Avenue, the grimy majesty of the downtown L tracks, domestic violence in a North Side brownstone, the wide-eyed wonder of new
arrivals at O’Hare, and much more—these new and selected poems
and stories by Reginald Gibbons celebrate the heady mix of elation
and despair that is city life. With Slow Trains Overhead, he has rendered
a living portrait of Chicago as luminously detailed and powerful as
those of Nelson Algren and Carl Sandburg.
Gibbons takes the reader from museums and neighborhood life
“This is some of the most beautiful writing I’ve encountered in a long time. With
Reginald Gibbons as our guide, we find
ourselves in the nooks and crannies of
Chicago, in garages, on street corners,
to tense proceedings in Juvenile Court, from comically noir-tinged
in apartment buildings, and in the city’s
scenes at a store on Clark Street to midnight immigrants at a gas sta-
neglected institutions, like juvenile court.
tion on Western Avenue, and from a child’s piggy bank to nature in
In this stunning collection of prose and
urban spaces. For Gibbons, the city’s people, places, and historical
poetry, Gibbons captures intimate and
reverberations are a compelling human array of the everyday and the
poignant stories that have as their back-
extraordinary, of poverty and beauty, of the experience of being one
drop this large, anonymous metropolis.
among many. Penned by one of its most prominent writers, Slow Trains
Anyone who has an investment in the
Overhead evokes and commemorates human life in a great city.
urban experience will find themselves
drawn to Slow Trains Overhead.”
—Alex Kotlowitz,
author of Never a City So Real:
A Walk in Chicago
“The poems and stories in Reginald Gibbons’s Slow Trains Overhead
are a constantly surprising tour through the loveliness and desperation
of Chicago. By their attentive listening, they pay homage to the city’s
uncountable souls wherever they are to be found—on the map, on the
street, at home, in the solitary mind’s eye. This is a necessary, enlivening book by a keen observer with an open spirit who makes impassioned music out of the most ordinary encounters, without cynicism or
April 136 p. 51/2 x 81/2
ISBN-13: 978-0-226-29058-4
Cloth $20.00/£13.00
LITERATURE
sentimentality.”—Rosellen Brown
Reginald Gibbons is a poet, fiction writer, translator, and essayist. At Northwestern University, he is professor of English and classics, director of the Center for the Writing Arts, and codirector of the MA/MFA Program in Creative
Writing. His most recent poetry collection, Creatures of a Day, was a finalist for
the 2008 National Book Award.
general interest
27
Matthew Jesse Jackson
The Experimental
Group
Ilya Kabakov, Moscow Conceptualism,
Soviet Avant-Gardes
T
he most comprehensive story of unofficial postwar Soviet art
yet to appear in any language, The Experimental Group takes as
its point of departure a subject of strange fascination: the life
and work of renowned conceptual artist Ilya Kabakov.
“Matthew Jesse Jackson combines vast art
historical and theoretical erudition with
a rare ability to understand the specific
social milieus and psychological motives
that govern individual artistic strategies.
His book offers a fascinating—and at the
same time precise—description of the
Moscow artistic scene during the times of
the cold war.”
—Boris Groys,
New York University
Kabakov’s art—iconoclastic installations, paintings, illustrations,
and texts—delicately experiments with such issues as history, mortality, and disappearance, and here exemplifies a much larger narrative
about the work of the artists who rose to prominence just as the Soviet
Union began to disintegrate. By placing Kabakov and his conceptualist peers in line with our own contemporary perspective, Matthew
Jesse Jackson suggests that the art that emerged in the wake of Stalin
belongs neither entirely to its lost communist past nor to a future free
from socialist nostalgia. Instead, these artists and the work they produced are inextricably part of a transnational art world for which the
Soviet Union is largely a memory, fading fast.
March 336 p., 54 color plates, 86 halftones
81/2 x 101/2
ISBN-13: 978-0-226-38941-7
Cloth $55.00s/£35.50
ART
Though remembrance tends to paint the past in broadly heroic
tones, The Experimental Group leaves aside the art-hero in order to explore the everyday activities of individuals who circulated in a cultural
environment that ultimately unmade the Soviet Union. Encompassing
most of the nonconformist art world that emerged between the late
1950s and mid-1980s, Jackson’s narrative builds outward from the life
and art of Kabakov to the multimedia undertakings of the Moscow
Conceptual Circle, bringing into focus a forgotten avant-garde that
flourished in the shadow of the official Soviet art establishment.
Lavishly illustrated in full color, and including many rare and
previously unpublished documentary images, The Experimental Group
is not only a vital contribution to a neglected chapter in the history of
twentieth-century art but also a brilliant illumination of the life and
work of one of its most remarkable figures.
28
general interest
Matthew Jesse Jackson is assistant professor of visual arts and art history at
the University of Chicago, as well as cofounder of Our Literal Speed, the
international art history as practice and performance collective.
Josiah McElheny
The Light Club
On Paul Scheerbart’s The Light Club
of Batavia
P
aul Scheerbart (1863–1915) was a visionary German novelist,
theorist, poet, and artist who made a lasting impression on
such icons of modernism as Walter Benjamin, Bruno Taut, and
Walter Gropius. Fascinated with the potential of glass as a medium for
expressionist architecture and moved by tales of the fantastic, Scheerbart envisioned the sublime through a series of futurist milieus composed entirely of crystalline, colored glass architecture.
In 1912, Scheerbart published The Light Club of Batavia, a novelette
about the formation of a club dedicated to building a glass spa for
bathing—not in water, but in light—at the bottom of an abandoned
mineshaft. Translated here into English for the first time, this rare
story serves as a point of departure for Josiah McElheny, who, with an
esteemed group of collaborators, offers a fascinating array of responses to this enigmatic work.
The Light Club makes clear that the themes of utopian hope, desire,
and madness in Scheerbart’s tale represent a part of modernism’s lost
project: a world that would have looked entirely different from the one
we now inhabit. In his compelling introduction, McElheny describes
Scheerbart’s life as well as his own enchantment with the artist, and
he explains the ways in which The Light Club of Batavia inspired him
to produce art of uncommon breadth. The Light Club also features
inspired writings from Gregg Bordowitz and Ulrike Müller, Andrea
Geyer, and Branden W. Joseph, as well as translations of original texts
by and about Scheerbart. A unique response by one visionary artist
to another, The Light Club is an unforgettable examination of what it
Including
◆ A Small, Silent Utopia, an Introduction
by Josiah McElheny
◆ The Light Club of Batavia: A Ladies
Novelette by Paul Scheerbart,
translated from the German by
Wilhelm Werthern
◆ From the Shadows, a poem by Gregg
Bordowitz and Ulrike Müller
◆ The Club of Visionaries, a play by
Andrea Geyer
◆ The Light Spa in the Mine, a short story
by Josiah McElheny
◆ About Scheerbart by Georg Hecht,
translated from the German by Barbara
Schroeder
◆ On Scheerbart, an essay by Branden
W. Joseph
might mean to see radical potential in the readily transparent.
Josiah McElheny is a New York–based contemporary artist, performance artist,
and filmmaker best known for his use of glass with other materials. He has
written for such publications as Artforum and Cabinet, is a contributing editor
to BOMB, and was a 2006 recipient of a MacArthur fellowship.
May 104 p., 8 halftones 51/2 x 81/2
ISBN-13: 978-0-226-51457-4
Cloth $25.00s/£16.00
ART LITERATURE
general interest
29
“Memorial Mania is an important
and much-needed book, one that
complements the existing literature on memorials with richness
and originality, and also forges
new territory. Erika Doss’s excellent and highly polemical critique
of its resurgence furthers one of
American studies’ most noteworthy
traditions.”
—Michelle Bogart,
Stony Brook University
July 488 p., 161 halftones 6 x 9
ISBN-13: 978-0-226-15938-6
Cloth $35.00s/£22.50
AMERICAN HISTORY ART
Memorial Mania
Public Feeling in America
Erika Doss
In the past few decades, thousands of
new memorials to executed witches, victims of terrorism, and dead astronauts,
along with those that pay tribute to civil
rights, organ donors, and the end of
communism, have dotted the American
landscape. Equally ubiquitous, though
until now, less the subject of serious
inquiry, are temporary memorials:
spontaneous offerings of flowers and
candles that materialize at sites of tragic
and traumatic death. In Memorial Mania,
Erika Doss argues that these memorials
underscore our obsession with issues
of memory and history, and the urgent
desire to express—and claim—those
issues in visibly public contexts.
Doss shows how this desire to memorialize the past disposes itself to
individual anniversaries and personal
grievances, to stories of tragedy and
trauma, and to the social and political
agendas of diverse numbers of Americans. By offering a framework for understanding these sites, Doss engages
the larger issues behind our culture
of commemoration. Driven by heated
struggles over identity and the politics
of representation, Memorial Mania is a
testament to the fevered pitch of public
feelings in America today.
Erika Doss is professor of American studies at the University of Notre Dame and the author
of Benton, Pollock, and the Politics of Modernism: From Regionalism to Abstract Expressionism.
“La voz a ti debida is the greatest
Spanish love poem of the twentieth
century, and Willis Barnstone, one
of our greatest living translators,
loses none of the beauty, purity, and
Love Poems by Pedro Salinas
My Voice Because of You and Letter Poems to Katherine
Pedro Salinas
Translated and with an Introduction by Willis Barnstone
With a Foreword by Jorge Guillén and an Afterword by Enric Bou
light of the Spanish original in his
outstanding translation. Excellent.”
—Sergio Waisman,
George Washington University
April 256 p., 3 halftones,
1 line drawing 6 x 9
ISBN-13: 978-0-226-73426-2
Cloth $35.00s/£22.50
POETRY
30
special interest
When Pedro Salinas’s 1933 collection
of love poems, La voz a ti debida, was
introduced to American audiences in
Willis Barnstone’s 1975 English translation, it was widely regarded as the greatest sequence of love poems written in
any language in the twentieth century.
Now, seventy-five years after its original
publication, the reputation of the poems and its multifaceted writer remains
untarnished. A portrait of their era, the
poems, from a writer in exile from his
native civil war–torn Spain, reemerge
in our time.
In this new facing-page bilingual
edition, Barnstone has added thirtysix poems written in the form of letters
from Salinas to his great love, Katherine Whitmore. Discovered years later,
these poems were written during and
after the composition of La voz and,
though disguised as prose, have all the
rhythms and sounds of lineated lyric
poetry. Taken together, the poems and
letters are a history, a dramatic monologue, and a crushing and inevitable
ending to the story of a man consumed
by his love and his art.
Bolstered by an elegant foreword
by Salinas’s contemporary, the poet
Jorge Guillén, and a masterly afterword
by Salinas scholar Enric Bou that considers the poet and his legacy for twenty-first-century world poetry, Love Poems
by Pedro Salinas will be cause for celebration throughout the world of verse and
beyond.
Pedro Salinas (1891–1951) was a poet, scholar, and literary critic who taught extensively in
Europe and the United States. He is the author of nine books of poems, as well as a novel,
short stories, plays, essays, and criticism. Willis Barnstone is Distinguished Professor of
Comparative Literature, Spanish, and Portuguese Emeritus at Indiana University. He is the
author, translator, or editor of more than fifty publications.
Robert B. Pippin
Nietzsche,
Psychology, and
First Philosophy
F
riedrich Nietzsche is one of the most elusive thinkers in the
philosophical tradition. His highly unusual style and insistence
on what remains hidden or unsaid in his writing make pin-
ning him to a particular position tricky. Nonetheless, certain readings
of his work have become standard and influential. In this major new
interpretation of Nietzsche’s work, Robert B. Pippin challenges various
traditional views of Nietzsche, taking him at his word when he says that
his writing can best be understood as a kind of psychology.
Pippin traces this idea of Nietzsche as a psychologist to his admi-
“There have been literally hundreds of
works on Nietzsche published over the
last thirty years, but none of them ap-
ration for the French moralists: La Rochefoucauld, Pascal, Stendhal,
proach him in quite the way Robert Pippin
and especially Montaigne. In distinction from philosophers, Pippin
does here. The result of long and deep
shows, these writers avoided grand metaphysical theories in favor of
reflection on Nietzsche’s philosophical
reflections on life as lived and experienced. Aligning himself with this
project, Nietzsche, Psychology, and First
project, Nietzsche sought to make psychology “the queen of the sci-
Philosophy does not attempt to reduce all
ences” and the “path to the fundamental problems.” Pippin contends
philosophical theorizing to psychology,
that Nietzsche’s singular prose was an essential part of this goal, so he
but instead suggests that Nietzsche’s
organizes the book around four of Nietzsche’s most important images
philosophical thinking, like that of the
and metaphors: that truth could be a woman, that a science could be
French moralistes before him, was driven
gay, that God could have died, and that an agent is as much one with
by a desire to understand how human be-
his act as lightning is with its flash.
ings think about their lives and why they
think about their lives in the ways that
Expanded from a series of lectures Pippin delivered at the Collège
de France, Nietzsche, Psychology, and First Philosophy offers a brilliant,
they do.”
—Alan D. Schrift,
Grinnell College
novel, and accessible reading of this seminal thinker.
Robert B. Pippin is the Evelyn Stefansson Nef Distinguished Service Professor
in the John U. Nef Committee on Social Thought, the Department of Philosophy, and the College at the University of Chicago. He is the author or editor
of nearly a dozen books, including, most recently, Hegel’s Practical Philosophy:
Rational Agency as Ethical Life.
June 152 p. 6 x 9
ISBN-13: 978-0-226-66975-5
Cloth $29.00s/£18.50
PHILOSOPHY
special interest
31
Praise for the German edition
“Steiner’s dual focus on text and
context offers a fruitful and illuminating introduction to Benjamin’s
Walter Benjamin
An Introduction to His Work and Thought
Uwe Steiner
Translated by Michael Winkler
challenging writings.”
—Paragraph
“The book offers much to those long
familiar with Benjamin’s reception,
as well as to those looking for a
sound introduction.”
—Monatshefte
May 248 p. 6 x 9
ISBN-13: 978-0-226-77221-9
Cloth $35.00s/£22.50
PHILOSOPHY
Seven decades after his death, German
Jewish writer, philosopher, and literary
critic Walter Benjamin (1892–1940)
continues to fascinate and influence.
Here Uwe Steiner offers a comprehensive and sophisticated introduction to
the oeuvre of this intriguing theorist.
Acknowledged only by a small circle
of intellectuals during his lifetime, Benjamin is now a major figure whose work
is essential to an understanding of modernity. Steiner traces the development
of Benjamin’s thought chronologically
through his writings on philosophy,
literature, history, politics, the media,
art, photography, cinema, technology,
and theology. Walter Benjamin reveals
the essential coherence of its subject’s
thinking while also analyzing the controversial or puzzling facets of Benjamin’s work. That coherence, Steiner
contends, can best be appreciated by
placing Benjamin in his proper context
as a member of the German philosophical tradition and a participant in contemporary intellectual debates.
As Benjamin’s writing attracts
more and more readers in the Englishspeaking world, Walter Benjamin will
be a valuable guide to this fascinating
body of work.
Uwe Steiner is professor in and chair of the Department of German Studies at Rice University and the author or editor of numerous books in German. Michael Winkler is professor
emeritus of German studies at Rice University.
“This is an original work, well
crafted into flowing continuous
exposition. Readers will gladly
seize on this fresh contribution
and find here a stimulating and
heartening extended essay leading
through an entertaining, virtuoso
meditation to a typically constructive proposal. Conley, who holds a
distinguished record of thoughtful
and humane writing, has charmed
me into merriment with this thoroughly engaging book.”
—John Henderson,
University of Cambridge
June 176 p., 10 halftones 51/2 x 81/2
ISBN-13: 978-0-226-11477-4
Cloth $55.00x/£35.50
ISBN-13: 978-0-226-11478-1
Paper $17.00s/£11.00
PHILOSOPHY
32
special interest
Toward a Rhetoric of Insult
Thomas M. Conley
From high school cafeterias to the floor
of Congress, from The Daily Show to every comments section on the Internet,
insult is a truly universal and ubiquitous
cultural practice with a long and earthy
history. And yet, this most human of
human behaviors has rarely been the
subject of organized and comprehensive attention—until Toward a Rhetoric
of Insult. Viewed through the lens of
the study of rhetoric, insult, Thomas
M. Conley argues, is revealed as at once
antisocial and crucial for human relations, both divisive and unifying.
Explaining how this works and
what exactly makes up a rhetoric of
insult prompts Conley to range across
the vast and splendidly colorful history
of offense. Taking in Monty Python,
Shakespeare, Eminem, Cicero, Henry
Ford, and the Latin poet Martial, Conley breaks down various types of insults,
examines the importance of audience,
and explores the benign side of abuse.
In doing so, Conley initiates readers
into the world of insult appreciation,
enabling us to regard insults not solely
as means of expressing enmity or disdain, but as fascinating aspects of human interaction.
Thomas M. Conley is professor in the Department of Communication at the University
of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign and the author of Rhetoric in the European Tradition, also
published by the University of Chicago Press.
Robert G. McCloskey
The American
Supreme Court
Fifth Edition
Revised by Sanford Levinson
C
elebrating its fiftieth anniversary, Robert G. McCloskey’s classic work on the Supreme Court’s role in constructing the U.S.
Constitution has introduced generations of students to the
workings of our nation’s highest court. For this new fifth edition,
Sanford Levinson extends McCloskey’s magisterial treatment to
address the Court’s most recent decisions.
As in prior editions, McCloskey’s original text remains unchanged.
In his historical interpretation, he argues that the strength of the
Court has always been its sensitivity to the changing political scene, as
well as its reluctance to stray too far from the main currents of public
sentiment. In two revised chapters, Levinson shows how McCloskey’s
approach continues to illuminate developments since 2005, including
the Court’s decisions in cases arising out of the war on terror, which
range from issues of civil liberty to tests of executive power. He also
Praise for the first edition
“The best general book on the Court in
years. . . . Criticism of the Court will surely
once again be heard. We will be fortunate
if some of it matches Mr. McCloskey’s
in thoughtfulness, responsibility, and
penetration.”
—Gerald Gunther,
New York Times Book Review
discusses the Court’s skepticism regarding campaign finance regulation; its affirmation of the right to bear arms; and the increasingly
important nomination and confirmation process of Supreme Court
justices, including that of the first Hispanic justice, Sonia Sotomayor.
The Chicago History of American
Civilization
place in American politics, McCloskey’s wonderfully readable book
July 368 p. 6 x 9
ISBN-13: 978-0-226-55686-4
Cloth $55.00x/£35.50
ISBN-13: 978-0-226-55687-1
Paper $19.00x/£12.50
is an essential guide to the past, present, and future prospects of this
AMERICAN HISTORY POLITICAL SCIENCE
The best and most concise account of the Supreme Court and its
institution.
Robert G. McCloskey was professor of government at Harvard University. He
is the author of American Conservatism in the Age of Enterprise. Sanford Levinson
is the W. St. John Garwood and W. St. John Garwood Jr. Centennial Chair in
Law at the University of Texas Law School and professor of government at
the University of Texas at Austin. He is the author of Constitutional Faith and
Our Undemocratic Constitution: Where the Constitution Goes Wrong (and How We the
People Can Correct It).
special interest
33
“This book offers an extraordinarily rich, illuminating, thoughtprovoking, and original account
of Protagoras, Charmides, and
the Republic in particular and of
Socrates’ thought as a whole.
Even—and especially—when one
disagrees with this stimulating
and daring work, one learns a great
deal from it. It is a remarkably
ambitious book, one that attempts
to put forth an interpretation of
Plato’s entire corpus and its role in
Western civilization.”
—Peter Ahrensdorf,
Davidson College
July 448 p. 6 x 9
ISBN-13: 978-0-226-47096-2
Cloth $55.00s/£35.50
PHILOSOPHY
How Philosophy Became Socratic
A Study of Plato’s Protagoras, Charmides, and Republic
Laurence Lampert
Plato’s dialogues show Socrates at different ages, beginning when he was
about nineteen and already deeply immersed in philosophy and ending with
his execution five decades later. By presenting his model philosopher across
a fifty-year span of his life, Plato leads
his readers to wonder: does that time
period correspond to the development
of Socrates’ thought? In this magisterial investigation of the evolution of Socrates’ philosophy, Laurence Lampert
answers in the affirmative.
The chronological route that Plato
maps for us, Lampert argues, reveals
the enduring record of philosophy as
it gradually took the form that came
to dominate the life of the mind in the
West. The reader accompanies Socrates
as he breaks with the century-old tradition of philosophy, turns to his own
path, gradually enters into a deeper
understanding of nature and human
nature, and discovers a successful way
to transmit his wisdom to the wider
world. Focusing on the final and most
prominent step in that process and offering detailed textual analysis of Plato’s
Protagoras, Charmides, and Republic, How
Philosophy Became Socratic charts Socrates’
gradual discovery of a proper politics to
shelter and advance philosophy.
Laurence Lampert is emeritus professor of philosophy at Indiana University–Purdue University Indianapolis. He is the author of four books, including Leo Strauss and Nietzsche, also
published by the University of Chicago Press, and Nietzsche and Modern Times: A Study of
Bacon, Descartes, and Nietzsche.
“Pangle’s close textual analysis
time and again sheds new light on
The Theological Basis of Liberal Modernity
in Montesquieu’s Spirit of the Laws
Thomas L. Pangle
passages that scholars have been
citing for years. His interpretive
lens helps to make sense of them
in ways that genuinely advance our
knowledge of Montesquieu’s own
project, the rise of liberal modernity, and the contemporary dilemmas
of secularism.”
—Sharon Krause,
Brown University
May 208 p. 6 x 9
ISBN-13: 978-0-226-64549-0
Cloth $32.50s/£21.00
POLITICAL SCIENCE PHILOSOPHY
The Spirit of the Laws—Montesquieu’s
huge, complex, and enormously influential work—is considered one of the
central texts of the Enlightenment,
laying the foundation for the liberally
democratic political regimes that were
to embody its values. In his penetrating
analysis, Thomas L. Pangle brilliantly
argues that the inherently theological
project of Enlightenment liberalism is
made more clearly—and more consequentially—in Spirit than in any other
work.
In a probing and careful reading, Pangle shows how Montesquieu
believed that rationalism, through the
influence of liberal institutions and the
spread of commercial culture, would
secularize human affairs. At the same
time, Pangle uncovers Montesquieu’s
views about the origins of humanity’s
religious impulse and his confidence
that political and economic security
would make people less likely to sacrifice worldly well-being for otherworldly
hopes. With the interest in the theological aspects of political theory and
practice showing no signs of diminishing, this book is a timely and insightful
contribution to one of the key achievements of Enlightenment thought.
Thomas L. Pangle is the Joe R. Long Chair in Democratic Studies in the Department of
Government at the University of Texas at Austin. He is the author of Leo Strauss: An Introduction to His Thought and Intellectual Legacy and Political Philosophy and the God of Abraham,
among other titles.
34
special interest
Nucleus and Nation
Scientists, International Networks, and Power in India
Robert S. Anderson
In 1974 India joined the elite roster of
nuclear world powers when it exploded
its first nuclear bomb. But the technological progress that facilitated that feat
was set in motion many decades before,
as India sought both independence
from the British and respect from the
larger world. Over the course of the
twentieth century, India metamorphosed from a marginal place to a serious hub of technological and scientific
innovation. It is this tale of transformation that Robert S. Anderson recounts
in Nucleus and Nation.
Tracing the long institutional and
individual preparations for India’s first
nuclear test and its consequences, Anderson begins with the careers of India’s
renowned scientists—Meghnad Saha,
Shanti Bhatnagar, Homi J. Bhabha, and
their patron Jawaharlal Nehru—in the
first half of the twentieth century before focusing on the evolution of the
large and complex scientific community—especially Vikram Sarabhi—in the
later part of the era. By contextualizing Indian debates over nuclear power
within the larger conversation about
modernization and industrialization,
Anderson homes in on the thorny issue of the integration of science into
the framework and self-reliant ideals of
Indian nationalism. In this way, Nucleus
and Nation is more than a history of nuclear science and engineering and the
Indian Atomic Energy Commission; it
is a unique perspective on the history
of Indian nationhood and the politics
of its scientific community.
“It is not easy to write a gripping
narrative of the technical details,
institutional arrangements, and
interpersonal relationships within
scientific institutions and between
political powers, but Robert Anderson has pulled it off. Nucleus and
Nation is a complex, wide-ranging,
and engaging work.”
—Benjamin Zachariah,
University of Sheffield
April 736 p., 16 halftones, 1 map,
9 tables 6 x 9
ISBN-13: 978-0-226-01975-8
Cloth $60.00s/£39.00
SCIENCE
Robert S. Anderson is professor in the School of Communication at Simon Fraser University.
The Paradoxes of Integration
Race, Neighborhood, and Civic Life in Multiethnic America
J. Eric Oliver
The United States is rapidly changing
from a country monochromatically divided between black and white into a
multiethnic society. The Paradoxes of Integration helps us to understand America’s racial future by revealing the complex relationships among integration,
racial attitudes, and neighborhood life.
J. Eric Oliver demonstrates that
the effects of integration differ tremendously depending on which geographical level one is examining. Living among people of other races in a
larger metropolitan area corresponds
with greater racial intolerance, particu-
larly for America’s white majority. But
when whites, blacks, Latinos, and Asian
Americans actually live in integrated
neighborhoods, they feel less racial resentment. Paradoxically, this racial tolerance is usually also accompanied by
feeling less connected to their community; it is no longer “theirs.” Basing its
findings on our most advanced means
of gauging the impact of social environments on racial attitudes, The Paradoxes
of Integration sensitively explores the
benefits and at times, heavily borne
costs, of integration.
“J. Eric Oliver makes an important
new contribution to the scholarship
of racial politics in this revealing account which explores social capital
and racial difference in order to illustrate the contradictions between
integration and intergroup tensions
in contemporary American society.”
—Susan Welch,
Pennylvania State University
May 216 p., 2 maps, 43 line drawings
6x9
ISBN-13: 978-0-226-62662-8
Cloth $54.00x/£35.00
ISBN-13: 978-0-226-62663-5
Paper $18.00s/£11.50
POLITICAL SCIENCE
J. Eric Oliver is professor of political science at the University of Chicago. He is the author of
Fat Politics: The Real Story behind America’s Obesity Epidemic and Democracy in Suburbia.
special interest
35
“Filibustering offers an impressive
theory of obstruction that undercuts conventional wisdom on the
filibuster and provides a more
complete analysis of this important
topic than has previously been
available either in one source or
collectively.”
—Bruce I. Oppenheimer,
Vanderbilt University
Chicago Studies in American Politics
June 272 p., 51 line drawings,
14 tables 6 x 9
ISBN-13: 978-0-226-44964-7
Cloth $72.00x/£46.50
ISBN-13: 978-0-226-44965-4
Paper $24.00s/£15.50
POLITICAL SCIENCE
AMERICAN HISTORY
Filibustering
A Political History of Obstruction in the House and Senate
Gregory Koger
In the modern Congress, one of the
highest hurdles for major bills or nominations is gaining the sixty votes necessary to shut off a filibuster in the Senate.
But this wasn’t always the case. Both citizens and scholars tend to think of the
legislative process as a game played by
the rules in which votes are the critical
commodity—the side that has the most
votes wins. In this comprehensive volume, Gregory Koger shows, on the contrary, that filibustering is a game with
slippery rules in which legislators who
think fast and try hard can triumph
over superior numbers.
Filibustering explains how and why
obstruction has been institutionalized
in the U.S. Senate over the last fifty
years, and how this transformation affects politics and policy making. Koger
also traces the lively history of filibustering in the U.S. House during the
nineteenth century and measures the
effects of filibustering—bills killed,
compromises struck, and new issues
raised by obstruction. Unparalleled in
the depth of its theory and its combination of historical and political analysis,
Filibustering will be the definitive study
of its subject for years to come.
Gregory Koger is assistant professor of political science at the University of Miami. Previously, he worked as a legislative assistant in the U.S. House of Representatives.
“While the economy is well covered
by the news media, that coverage
has not been subjected to the level
of scholarly scrutiny warranted by
its importance as an aspect of public
affairs. Carefully researched and
clearly written, Front Page Economics
offers an insightful analysis of the
business beat and the explanatory
strategies its journalists employ.”
—James S. Ettema,
Northwestern University
June 240 p., 12 line drawings,
13 figures 6 x 9
ISBN-13: 978-0-226-78198-3
Cloth $37.50s/£24.00
AMERICAN HISTORY SOCIOLOGY
Front Page Economics
Gerald D. Suttles, with Mark D. Jacobs
In an age when pundits constantly decry bias in the media, we have naturally
become skeptical of the news. But the
bluntness of such critiques masks the
much more sophisticated way in which
the media frame important stories. In
Front Page Economics, Gerald D. Suttles
delves deep into the archives to examine coverage of two major economic
crashes—in 1929 and 1987—in order
to systematically break down the way
newspapers normalize crises.
Poring over the articles generated
by the crashes—as well as the people in
them, the writers who wrote them, and
the cartoons alongside them—Suttles
uncovers dramatic changes between
the ways the first and second crashes
were reported. In the intervening
half-century, an entire new economic
language had arisen and the practice
of business journalism had been completely altered. Both of these transformations, Suttles demonstrates, allowed
journalists to describe the 1987 crash
in a vocabulary that was normal and familiar to readers, rendering it routine.
A subtle and probing look at how ideologies are packaged and transmitted to the
casual newspaper reader, Front Page Economics brims with important insights applicable to our current economic crisis.
Gerald D. Suttles is professor emeritus of sociology at the University of Chicago and
adjunct professor of sociology at Indiana University. He is the author of several books
published by the University of Chicago Press, including The Man-Made City: The Land-Use
Confidence Game in Chicago.
36
special interest
Why Europe?
The Medieval Origins of Its Special Path
Michael Mitterauer
Translated by Gerald Chapple
Why did capitalism and colonialism
arise in Europe and not elsewhere? Why
were parliamentarian and democratic
forms of government founded there?
What factors led to Europe’s unique position in shaping the world? Thoroughly researched and persuasively argued,
Why Europe? tackles these classic questions with illuminating results.
Michael Mitterauer traces the roots
of Europe’s singularity to the medieval
era, specifically to developments in agriculture. While most historians have
located the beginning of Europe’s special path in the rise of state power in
the modern era, Mitterauer establishes
its origins in rye and oats. These new
crops played a decisive role in remaking the European family, he contends,
spurring the rise of individualism and
softening the constraints of patriarchy.
Mitterauer reaches these conclusions
by comparing Europe with other cultures, especially China and the Islamic
world, while surveying the most important characteristics of European society
as they took shape from the decline of
the Roman empire to the invention of
the printing press. Along the way, Why
Europe? offers up a dazzling series of
novel hypotheses to explain the unique
evolution of European culture.
Praise for the German edition
“Michael Mitterauer, the Viennese
medievalist, has written a great
book. . . . Mitterauer has something
to teach even veteran historians.”
—Frankfurter Allgemeine Zeitung
“An outstanding work of nonfiction
both conceptually and in its wealth
of surprising details.”
—Rheinischer Merkur
June 400 p. 6 x 9
ISBN-13: 978-0-226-53253-0
Cloth $49.00s/£31.50
EUROPEAN HISTORY
Michael Mitterauer is professor of social history at the University of Vienna and the author
of numerous books, including A History of Youth. Gerald Chapple is associate professor of
German at McMaster University.
Fireworks
Pyrotechnic Arts and Sciences in European History
Simon Werrett
Fireworks are synonymous with celebration in the twenty-first century. But
pyrotechnics—in the form of rockets,
crackers, wheels, and bombs—have exploded in sparks and noise to delight
audiences in Europe ever since the Renaissance. Here, Simon Werrett shows
that, far from being only a means of
entertainment, fireworks helped foster
advances in natural philosophy, chemistry, mathematics, and many other
branches of the sciences.
Fireworks brings to vibrant life the
many artful practices of pyrotechnicians, as well as the elegant compositions of the architects, poets, painters,
and musicians they inspired. At the
same time, it uncovers the dynamic
relationships that developed among
the many artists and scientists who produced pyrotechnics. In so doing, the
book demonstrates the critical role that
pyrotechnics played in the development
of physics, astronomy, chemistry and
physiology, meteorology, and electrical
science.
Richly illustrated and drawing on
a wide range of new sources, Fireworks
takes readers back to a world where pyrotechnics were both divine and magical and reveals for the first time their
vital contribution to the modernization
of European ideas.
“An excellent book. Fireworks benefits from the tremendous temporal,
geographic, linguistic, and archival
scope of Werrett’s research. It will
make a real contribution to the
history of art, science, technology,
and early modern Europe, not just
separately but together.”
—Michael D. Gordin,
Princeton University
May 392 p., 16 color plates,
36 halftones 6 x 9
ISBN-13: 978-0-226-89377-8
Cloth $45.00s/£29.00
HISTORY SCIENCE
Simon Werrett is associate professor in the Department of History at the University
of Washington.
special interest
37
“A remarkable achievement, an
essay in intellectual and social
history of the highest quality. The
Modulated Scream will become
a standard point of reference for
scholars wishing to find their way
through the dense thicket of medieval pain perception.”
—Robert Mills,
King’s College London
May 384 p., 5 halftones 6 x 9
ISBN-13: 978-0-226-11267-1
Cloth $49.00s/£31.50
EUROPEAN HISTORY
The Modulated Scream
Pain in Late Medieval Culture
Esther Cohen
In the late medieval era, pain could
be a symbol of holiness, disease, sin,
or truth. It could be encouragement
to lead a moral life, a punishment for
wrongdoing, or a method of healing.
Exploring the varied depictions and
descriptions of pain—from martyrdom
narratives to practices of torture and
surgery—The Modulated Scream attempts
to decode this culture of suffering in
the Middle Ages.
Esther Cohen brings to life the cacophony of howls emerging from the
written record of physicians, torturers,
theologians, and mystics. In considering how people understood suffering,
explained it, and meted it out, Cohen
discovers that pain was imbued with
multiple meanings. While interpreting
pain was the province only of the rarified elite, harnessing pain for religious,
moral, legal, and social purposes was
a practice that pervaded all classes of
medieval life. In the overlap of these
contradictory attitudes about what pain
was for—how it was to be understood
and who should use it—Cohen reveals
the distinct and often conflicting cultural traditions and practices of late
medieval Europeans. Ambitious and
wide-ranging, The Modulated Scream is
intellectual history at its most acute.
Esther Cohen is a research fellow at the Scholion Center and professor of medieval history
at the Hebrew University of Jerusalem.
“A book rich and profound that
shines light on a fundamental
aspect of Islamic civilization.”
—L’histoire,
on the French edition
june 304 p., 1 map 6 x 9
ISBN-13: 978-0-226-80877-2
Cloth $55.00s/£38.50
HISTORY
Islam and Travel in the Middle Ages
Houari Touati
Translated by Lydia G. Cochrane
In the Middle Ages, Muslim travelers
embarked on a rihla, or world tour, as
surveyors, emissaries, and educators.
On these journeys, voyagers not only interacted with foreign cultures—touring
Greek civilization, exploring the Middle
East and North Africa, and seeing parts
of Europe—they also established both
philosophical and geographic boundaries between the faithful and the heathen. These voyages thus gave the Islamic world, which at the time extended
from the Maghreb to the Indus Valley, a
coherent identity.
Islam and Travel in the Middle Ages
assesses both the religious and philosophical aspects of travel, as well as the
economic and cultural conditions that
made the rihla possible. Houari Touati
tracks the compilers of the hadı̄th, who
culled oral traditions linked to the
Prophet, the linguists and lexicologists
who journeyed to the desert to learn
Bedouin Arabic, the geographers who
mapped the Muslim world, and the students who ventured to study with holy
men and scholars. Travel, with its costs,
discomforts, and dangers, emerges in
this study as both a means of spiritual
growth and a metaphor for progress.
Touati’s book will interest a broad
range of scholars in history, literature,
and anthropology.
Houari Touati is a director of studies at the École des hautes études en sciences sociales,
Paris. Lydia G. Cochrane has translated numerous works from the Italian and the French
for the University of Chicago Press.
38
special interest
I’ve Got to Make My Livin’
Black Women’s Sex Work in Turn-of-the-Century Chicago
Cynthia Blair
For many years, the interrelated histories of prostitution and cities have
perked the ears of urban scholars, but
until now the history of urban sex work
has dealt only in passing with questions
of race. In I’ve Got to Make My Livin’,
Cynthia Blair explores African American women’s sex work in Chicago during the decades of some of the city’s
most explosive growth, expanding not
just our view of prostitution, but also
of black women’s labor, the Great Migration, black and white reform movements, and the emergence of modern
sexuality.
Focusing on the notorious sex
districts of the city’s south side, Blair
paints a complex portrait of black pros-
titutes as conscious actors and historical
agents; prostitution, she argues here,
was an arena of exploitation and abuse,
as well as a means of resisting middleclass sexual and economic norms. Blair
ultimately illustrates just how powerful
these norms were, offering stories about
the struggles that emerged among
black and white urbanites in response
to black women’s increasing visibility in
the city’s sex economy. Through these
powerful narratives, I’ve Got to Make
My Livin’ reveals the intersecting racial
struggles and sexual anxieties that underpinned the celebration of Chicago
as the quintessentially modern twentieth-century city.
“I’ve Got to Make My Livin’ is a
splendid study of the historical
interplay of city space, race, class,
gender, and sexual politics during
the industrial era. In this engaging work, Cynthia Blair creates a
compelling portrait and persuasive argument for black women’s
participation in the underground
sexual economy.”
—Elizabeth Clement,
University of Utah
Historical Studies of Urban America
July 312 p., 15 halftones, 10 maps,
9 tables 6 x 9
ISBN-13: 978-0-226-05598-5
Cloth $40.00s/£26.00
AMERICAN HISTORY
Cynthia Blair is associate professor in the Department of African American Studies and the
Department of History at the University of Illinois at Chicago.
Mom
The Transformation of Motherhood in Modern America
Rebecca Jo Plant
In the early twentieth-century United
States, to speak of “mother love” was
to invoke an idea of motherhood that
served as an all-encompassing identity,
rooted in notions of self-sacrifice and
infused with powerful social and political meanings. Sixty years later, mainstream views of motherhood had been
transformed, and Mother found herself
to blame for a wide array of social and
psychological ills. Here, Rebecca Jo
Plant traces this huge turn through several key moments in American history
and popular culture.
Exploring such topics as maternal
caregiving, childbirth, and women’s
political roles, Mom vividly brings to
life the varied groups that challenged
older ideals of motherhood, including
male critics who railed against female
moral authority, psychological experts
who hoped to expand their influence,
and women who wished to be defined
as more than wives and mothers. In her
careful analysis of how motherhood
came to be viewed as a more private and
partial component of modern female
identity, Plant ultimately engages the
question of what it means to be a woman
in American civic and social life.
“Ranging from Gold Star Mothers
through natural childbirth, Mom
makes the case for treating the
decades from the 1920s through
the early ’60s as one period of
sweeping change. This is essential
reading for all historians who are
interested in the gender politics of
modern America.”
—Sonya Michel,
coeditor of Mothers of
a New World: Maternalist Politics
and the Origins of Welfare States
March 264 p. 6 x 9
ISBN-13: 978-0-226-67020-1
Cloth $37.50s/£24.00
AMERICAN HISTORY
Rebecca Jo Plant is associate professor of history at the University of California, San Diego.
special interest
39
“Written with simple elegance and
brilliantly engaged with the politics
of dignity and recognition, Puerto
Rican Citizen is a powerful work of
original scholarship that should
attract a broad readership among
academic and general audiences
alike.”
—David Gutierrez,
University of California,
San Diego
Historical Studies of Urban
America
June 352 p., 20 halftones 6 x 9
ISBN-13: 978-0-226-79608-6
Cloth $40.00s/£26.00
AMERICAN HISTORY
Puerto Rican Citizen
History and Political Identity in Twentieth-Century
New York City
Lorrin Thomas
By the end of the 1920s, just ten years
after the Jones Act first made them fullfledged Americans, more than 45,000
native Puerto Ricans had left their
homes and entered the United States,
citizenship papers in hand, forming
one of New York City’s most complex
and unique migrant communities. In
Puerto Rican Citizen, Lorrin Thomas for
the first time unravels the many tensions—historical, racial, political, and
economic—that defined the experience of this unique group of American
citizens before and after World War II.
Building its incisive narrative from
a wide range of archival sources, interviews, and first-person accounts of Puerto Rican life in New York, this book illu-
minates the rich history of a group that
is still largely invisible to many scholars.
At the center of Puerto Rican Citizen are
Puerto Ricans’ own formulations about
political identity, the responses of activists and ordinary migrants to the failed
promises of American citizenship, and
their expectations of how the American state should address those failures.
Complicating our understanding of the
discontents of modern liberalism, of
race relations beyond black and white,
and of the diverse conceptions of rights
and identity in American life, Thomas’s
book transforms the way we understand
this community’s integral role in shaping our sense of citizenship in twentieth-century America.
Lorrin Thomas is assistant professor of history at Rutgers–Camden University.
“New World Gold will be an important amalgam of work in disparate
genres, rarely united: economic
theory and literary criticism.
Vilches has mastered both. She
has written a provocative cultural
analysis of colonial wealth and
money.”
—Karen Graubart,
University of Notre Dame
May 336 p. 51/2 x 81/2
ISBN-13: 978-0-226-85618-6
Cloth $45.00s/£29.00
HISTORY LITERARY CRITICISM
New World Gold
Cultural Anxiety and Monetary Disorder in
Early Modern Spain
Elvira Vilches
The discovery of the New World was
initially a cause for celebration. But
the vast amounts of gold that Columbus and other explorers claimed from
these lands altered Spanish society. The
influx of such wealth contributed to
the expansion of the Spanish empire,
but it also raised doubts and insecurities about the meaning and function
of money, the ideals of court and civility, and the structure of commerce
and credit. New World Gold shows that,
far from being a stabilizing force, the
flow of gold from the Americas created
anxieties among Spaniards and shaped
a host of distinct behaviors, cultural
practices, and intellectual pursuits on
both sides of the Atlantic.
Elvira Vilches examines economic
treatises, stories of travel and conquest,
moralist writings, fiction, poetry, and
drama to reveal that New World gold ultimately became a problematic source
of power that destabilized Spain’s sense
of trust, truth, and worth. These cultural anxieties, she argues, rendered the
discovery of gold paradoxically disastrous for Spanish society. Combining
economic thought, social history, and
literary theory in transatlantic contexts,
New World Gold unveils the dark side of
Spain’s Golden Age.
Elvira Vilches is associate professor of Spanish and early modern studies at North Carolina
State University.
40
special interest
This Is Enlightenment
Edited by Clifford Siskin and William Warner
Contributors
Ian Baucom, John Bender, Ann
Blair, Peter de Bolla, Knut Ove
Debates about the nature of the Enlightenment date to the eighteenth
century, when Immanuel Kant himself
addressed the question, “What is Enlightenment?” The contributors to this
ambitious book offer a paradigm-shifting answer to that now-famous query:
Enlightenment is an event in the history of mediation. Enlightenment, they
argue, needs to be engaged within the
newly broad sense of mediation introduced here—not only oral, visual, written, and printed media, but everything
that intervenes, enables, supplements,
or is simply in between.
With essays addressing infrastructure and genres, associational practices
and protocols, this volume establishes
mediation as the condition of possibility
for enlightenment. In so doing, it not
only answers Kant’s query; it also poses
its own broader question: how would
foregrounding mediation change the
kinds and areas of inquiry in our own
epoch? This Is Enlightenment is a landmark volume with the polemical force
and archival depth to start a conversation that extends across the disciplines
that the Enlightenment itself first configured.
Clifford Siskin is the Henry W. and Albert A. Berg Professor of English and American
Literature at New York University. William Warner is professor of English at the University
of California, Santa Barbara.
Eliassen, Anne Fastrup, Lisa
Gitelman, John Guillory, Yngve
Sandhei Jacobsen, Adrian
Johns, Helge Jordheim, Paula
McDowell, Michael McKeon,
Maureen McLane, Robert
Miles, Mary Poovey, Arvind
Rajagopal, Bernhard Siegert,
Peter Stallybrass, and
Michael Warner
June 568 p., 24 halftones,
2 line drawings 6 x 9
ISBN-13: 978-0-226-76147-3
Cloth $75.00x/£48.50
ISBN-13: 978-0-226-76148-0
Paper $27.50s/£18.00
HISTORY
Rethinking France
Praise for Les Lieux de mémoire
Les Lieux de mémoire, Volume 4: Histories and Memories
“The grandest, most ambitious
Edited by Pierre Nora
Translation directed by David P. Jordan
The fourth and final volume in Pierre
Nora’s monumental series documenting the history and culture of France
takes a self-reflective turn. The eleven
essays collected here consider the texts
and places that make up the collective memory of the history of France,
a country whose people are extraordinarily conscious of history and their
place in it. Distinguished contributors
look at the medieval Grands chroniques
de France and the monasteries and chancelleries that produced them, the establishment of Versailles as a historical
museum, and Pierre Larousse’s Grand
dictionnaire, an important touchstone
of cultural memory. Other essays range
in topic from the creation of the National Archives, a curiously organized
catacomb of manuscripts, to Annales,
a publication begun in 1929 that profoundly revitalized the study of history
in France. Taken together, these richly
detailed essays fully explore the multifaceted ways France has institutionalized its history and are, along with the
rest of Les Lieux de mémoire, a crucial
part of that process.
effort to dissect, interpret, and celebrate the French fascination with
their own past.”
—Los Angeles Times
“A magnificent achievement. . . . It is
not only a work of history, it is also
something of a historical document
itself.”
—New Republic
JUNE 504 p., 77 halftones 61/2 x 91/4
ISBN-13: 978-0-226-59135-3
Cloth $99.00x/£64.00
EUROPEAN HISTORY
Pierre Nora is editorial director at Éditions Gallimard. Since 1977, he has been directeur
d’études at the École des hautes études en science sociales. He has directed the editorial
work on Les Lieux de mémoire since 1984. David P. Jordan is the LAS Distinguished Professor
of French History at the University of Illinois at Chicago and the author of Transforming
Paris and The Revolutionary Career of Maximilien Robespierre.
special interest
41
“In The Figural Jew, Sarah Hammerschlag deftly brings together intellectual history, literary analysis,
and philosophical argument in a
wonderfully insightful and engaging account of the role the figure
of the Jew plays within twentiethcentury French philosophy. She
also makes a vital philosophical
contribution to contemporary
debates about ethics, alterity, and
politics.”
—Amy Hollywood,
Harvard Divinity School
Religion and Postmodernism series
May 320 p. 6 x 9
ISBN-13: 978-0-226-31511-9
Cloth $75.00x/£48.50
ISBN-13: 978-0-226-31512-6
Paper $25.00s/£16.00
RELIGION
“Truly distinctive and distinguished.
This is a remarkable book simply
for recording these fascinating
practitioners and helping readers understand their categories of
experience in all their complexity.
But her work does far more than
merely record; it offers a compelling examination of how we may
think anew about these categories
and the people—metaphysicals
and scholars alike—for whom they
matter. Hilarious and humane all
at once: it’s a rare mix, and Bender
hits the mark again and again.”
—R. Marie Griffith,
Harvard Divinity School
May 272 p. 6 x 9
ISBN-13: 978-0-226-04279-4
Cloth $75.00x/£48.50
ISBN-13: 978-0-226-04280-0
Paper $25.00s/£16.00
RELIGION SOCIOLOGY
42
special interest
The Figural Jew
Politics and Identity in Postwar French Thought
Sarah Hammerschlag
The rootless Jew, wandering disconnected from history, homeland, and
nature, was often the target of early
twentieth-century nationalist rhetoric
aimed against modern culture. But after World War II, a number of prominent French philosophers recast this
maligned figure in positive terms and
in so doing transformed postwar conceptions of politics and identity.
Sarah Hammerschlag explores this
figure of the Jew from its prewar usage
to its resuscitation by Jean-Paul Sartre,
Emmanuel Levinas, Maurice Blanchot,
and Jacques Derrida. Sartre and Levinas idealized the Jew’s rootlessness in
order to rethink the foundations of political identity. Blanchot and Derrida, in
turn, used the figure of the Jew to call
into question the very nature of group
identification. By chronicling this evolution in thinking, Hammerschlag ultimately reveals how the figural Jew can
function as a critical mechanism that
exposes the political dangers of mythic
allegiance, whether couched in universalizing or particularizing terms.
Both an intellectual history and a
philosophical argument, The Figural Jew
will set the agenda for all further consideration of Jewish identity, modern Jewish
thought, and continental philosophy.
Sarah Hammerschlag is assistant professor of Jewish thought in the Department of Religion
at Williams College.
The New Metaphysicals
Spirituality and the American Religious Imagination
Courtney Bender
American spirituality—meaning astrology, yoga, and the huge number of
other alternative strains of religion pursued by individuals outside of traditional organizations—is usually thought to
be a product of the postmodern era.
Aromatherapy, crystals, and an interest in one’s aura are supposedly relics
of the narcissism and iconoclasm of
the 1960s. But, as The New Metaphysicals reveals, contemporary American
spirituality has deep historic roots in
the nineteenth century and a great deal
in common with traditional religious
movements: it turns out the New Age is
getting on in years.
To explore the world of contempo-
rary spiritual practitioners, Courtney
Bender combines research into the history of the movement with fieldwork in
Cambridge, Massachusetts—a key site
of alternative religious inquiry from
Ralph Waldo Emerson and William
James to today. Through her ethnographic analysis, Bender discovers that
a focus on the new, on progress, and on
the way spiritualist beliefs intersect with
science obscures the historical roots of
spirituality from its practitioners as well
as from the many scholars who have
studied it. Perceptive, persuasive, and at
times gently humorous, The New Metaphysicals will greatly broaden our understanding of religion in America.
Courtney Bender is associate professor of religion at Columbia University and the author of
Heaven’s Kitchen: Living with Religion at God’s Love We Deliver, also published by the University
of Chicago Press.
Authors of the Impossible
The Paranormal and the Sacred
Jeffrey J. Kripal
Most scholars dismiss research into the
paranormal as pseudoscience, a frivolous pursuit for the paranoid or gullible. Even historians of religion, whose
work naturally attends to events beyond
the realm of empirical science, have
shown scant interest in the subject. But
the history of psychical phenomena, Jeffrey J. Kripal contends, is an untapped
source of insight into the sacred, and
by tracing that history through the last
two centuries of Western thought we
can see its centrality to the field of religious study.
Kripal grounds his study in the
work of four major figures in the history of paranormal research: psychical
researcher Frederic Myers; writer and
humorist Charles Fort; astronomer, computer scientist, and ufologist Jacques
Vallée; and philosopher Bertrand
Méheust. Through incisive analyses of
these thinkers, Kripal ushers the reader
into a beguiling world somewhere between fact, fiction, and fraud. The cultural history of telepathy, teleportation,
and UFOs; a ghostly love story; the occult dimensions of science fiction; cold
war psychic espionage; galactic colonialism; and the intimate relationship
between consciousness and culture all
come together in Authors of the Impossible, a dazzling and profound look at
how the paranormal bridges the sacred
and the scientific.
“This is a quietly earth-shattering
project that constitutes a logical
next step in the development of
Kripal’s thinking over the course of
his career and grows directly out of
Esalen. In Kripal we have a classic Romantic thinker/writer who is
formulating—in a conscious meld of
the subjective and objective that is
the hallmark of Romantic writing—
his own distinctive and highly
original Biographia Spiritualis.”
—Victoria Nelson,
author of The Secret
Life of Puppets
May 320 p., 4 halftones 6 x 9
ISBN-13: 978-0-226-45386-6
Cloth $37.50s/£24.00
RELIGION
Jeffrey J. Kripal is the J. Newton Rayzor Professor in Philosophy and Religious Thought at
Rice University. He is the author of several books, including Esalen: America and the Religion
of No Religion and The Serpent’s Gift: Gnostic Reflections on the Study of Religion.
“Anne Blackburn’s close reading
Locations of Buddhism
Colonialism and Modernity in Sri Lanka
Anne M. Blackburn
Modernizing and colonizing forces
brought nineteenth-century Sri Lankan
Buddhists both challenges and opportunities. How did Buddhists deal with
social and economic change; new forms
of political, religious, and educational
discourse; and Christianity? And how
did Sri Lankan Buddhists, collaborating with other Asian Buddhists, respond to colonial rule? To answer these
questions, Anne M. Blackburn focuses
on the life of leading monk and educator Hikkaduve Sumangala (1827–1911)
to examine more broadly Buddhist life
under foreign rule.
In Locations of Buddhism, Blackburn
reveals that during Sri Lanka’s crucial
decades of deepening colonial control
and modernization, there was a sur-
prising stability in the central religious
activities of Hikkaduve and the Buddhists among whom he worked. At the
same time, they developed new institutions and forms of association, drawing
on precolonial intellectual heritage as
well as colonial-period technologies
and discourse. Advocating a new way
of studying the impact of colonialism
on colonized societies, Blackburn is
particularly attuned here to human experience, paying attention to the habits
of thought and modes of affiliation that
characterized individuals and smallerscale groups. Locations of Buddhism is a
wholly original contribution to the study
of Sri Lanka and the history of Buddhism more generally.
Anne M. Blackburn is associate professor of South Asian and Buddhist studies at Cornell
University and the author of Buddhist Learning and Textual Practice in Eighteenth-Century
Lankan Monastic Culture.
of the life and monastic career of
Hikkaduve Sumangala, perhaps the
most influential Buddhist monk of
low-country Lanka, makes a unique
contribution to our understanding
of nineteenth-century religious culture on this small but historically
important island nation.”
—John Clifford Holt,
Bowdoin College
Buddhism and Modernity series
April 256 p., 3 halftones, 1 map 6 x 9
ISBN-13: 978-0-226-05507-7
Cloth $45.00s/£29.00
RELIGION
special interest
43
“Steinzor and Shapiro present an
eminently readable account of how
thirty years of conscious neglect
have decimated the regulatory
programs that protect our health,
safety, and environment, and they
offer innovative suggestions for
revitalizing the civil service and
developing positive metrics to alert
society to the need for stronger
governmental action.”
—Thomas O. McGarity,
University of Texas at Austin
June 256 p., 6 line drawings, 2 tables
6x9
ISBN-13: 978-0-226-77202-8
Cloth $45.00s/£29.00
LAW
The People’s Agents and the Battle to Protect
the American Public
Special Interests, Government, and Threats to Health, Safety,
and the Environment
Rena Steinzor and Sidney Shapiro
Reasonable people disagree about the
reach of the federal government, but
there is near-universal consensus that it
should protect us from such dangers as
bacteria-infested food, harmful drugs,
toxic pollution, crumbling bridges, and
unsafe toys. And yet, the agencies that
shoulder these responsibilities are in
shambles; if they continue to decline,
lives will be lost and natural resources
will be squandered. In this timely book,
Rena Steinzor and Sidney Shapiro take
a hard look at the tangled web of problems that have led to this dire state of
affairs.
It turns out that the agencies are
not primarily to blame and that regulatory failure actually stems from a host
of overlooked causes. Steinzor and Shapiro discover that unrelenting funding
cuts, a breakdown of the legislative process, an increase in the number of political appointees, a concurrent loss of
experienced personnel, chaotic White
House oversight, and ceaseless political
attacks on the bureaucracy all have contributed to the broken system. But while
the news is troubling, the authors also
propose a host of reforms, including a
new model for measuring the success of
the agencies and a revitalization of the
civil service. The People’s Agents and the Battle to Protect the American Public is an urgent
and compelling appeal to renew America’s best traditions of public service.
Rena Steinzor is professor at the University of Maryland Law School and the author of Mother
Earth and Uncle Sam: How Pollution and Hollow Government Hurt Our Kids. Sidney Shapiro is
University Chair in Law and associate dean for research and development at Wake Forest
University. He is coauthor of several books, including Sophisticated Sabotage:
The Intellectual Games Used to Subvert Responsible Regulation.
“Invitation to Law and Society is
an excellent addition to the field.
Refreshingly lucid, Calavita offers
a thought-provoking introduction
and fruitful resource—one that
should be read through from start
to finish.”
—Laura Beth Nielsen,
Northwestern University
Chicago Series in Law and Society
May 192 p. 51/2 x 81/2
ISBN-13: 978-0-226-08996-6
Cloth $45.00x/£29.00
ISBN-13: 978-0-226-08997-3
Paper $15.00s/£9.50
LAW SOCIOLOGY
44
special interest
Invitation to Law and Society
An Introduction to the Study of Real Law
Kitty Calavita
Law and society is a rapidly growing
interdisciplinary field that turns on its
head the conventional, idealized view
of the “law” as a magisterial abstraction. Kitty Calavita’s Invitation to Law
and Society brilliantly brings to life the
ways in which law shapes and manifests
itself in the institutions and interactions of human society, while inviting
the reader into conversations that introduce the field’s dominant themes
and most lively disagreements.
Deftly interweaving scholarship
with familiar personal examples, Calavita shows how scholars in the dis-
cipline are collectively engaged in a
subversive exposé of law’s public mythology. While surveying prominent issues and distinctive approaches to the
use of the law in everyday life, as well as
its potential as a tool for social change,
this volume provides a view of law that
is more real but just as compelling as
its mythic counterpart. In a field of inquiry that has long lacked a sophisticated yet accessible introduction to its
ways of thinking, Invitation to Law and
Society will serve as an engaging and indispensable guide.
Kitty Calavita is Chancellor’s Professor in the Departments of Criminology, Law and
Society, and Sociology at the University of California, Irvine. She is the author of several
volumes, including, most recently, Immigrants at the Margins: Law, Race, and Exclusion in
Southern Europe.
Peter M. Tiersma
Parchment, Paper,
Pixels
Law and the Technologies of
Communication
T
echnological revolutions have had an unquestionable, if still
debatable, impact on culture and society—perhaps none
more so than the written word. In the legal realm, the rise of
literacy and print culture made possible the governing of large empires, the memorializing of private legal transactions, and the broad
distribution of judicial precedents and legislation. Yet each of these
technologies has its shadow side: written or printed texts easily become
“Peter M. Tiersma’s historical perspective
static, and the textual practices of the legal profession can frustrate
is invaluable, his analysis of the pres-
ordinary citizens, who may be bound by documents whose implications
ent eye-opening, and his recommenda-
they scarcely understand.
tions for the future provocative. No one I
Parchment, Paper, Pixels offers an engaging exploration of the im-
pact of three technological revolutions on the law. Beginning with the
invention of writing, continuing with the mass production of identical
copies of legal texts brought about by the printing press, and ending
know of is in a better position than he to
analyze the topics treated in this volume
and to explore their implications for the
practice of law.”
—Edward Finegan,
University of Southern California
with a discussion of computers and the Internet, Peter M. Tiersma
traces the journey of contracts, wills, statutes, judicial opinions, and
other legal texts through the past and into the future.
Though the ultimate effects of modern technologies on our legal
system remain to be seen, Parchment, Paper, Pixels offers readers an
June 256 p. 6 x 9
ISBN-13: 978-0-226-80306-7
Cloth $35.00s/£22.50
LAW
insightful guide as to how our shifting forms of technological literacy
have shaped and continue to shape the practice of law today.
Peter M. Tiersma is professor of law at Loyola Law School in California. He is
the author of Legal Language and Frisian Reference Grammar and coauthor of
Speaking of Crime: The Language of Criminal Justice.
special interest
45
“This is an important, innovative
book that addresses some of the
hottest topics in family law. Brinig
brings impressive skills and a sophisticated command of the law to
the task of assessing and reforming family policy. Her fresh insights
are bound to provoke debate.”
—Barbara Woodhouse,
Emory University
May 288 p., 14 halftones, 26 tables
6x9
ISBN-13: 978-0-226-07499-3
Cloth $49.00s/£31.50
LAW
Family, Law, and Community
Supporting the Covenant
Margaret F. Brinig
In the wake of vast social and economic
changes, the nuclear family has lost its
dominance, both as an ideal and in
practice. Some welcome this shift, while
others see civilization itself in peril—
but few move beyond ideology to develop a nuanced understanding of how
families function in society. In this provocative book, Margaret F. Brinig draws
on research from a variety of disciplines
to offer a distinctive study of family dynamics and social policy.
Concentrating on legal reform,
Brinig examines a range of subjects,
including cohabitation, custody, grand-
parent visitation, and domestic violence.
She concludes that conventional legal
reforms and the social programs they
engender ignore social capital: the trust
and support given to families by a community. Traditional families generate
much more social capital than nontraditional ones, Brinig concludes, which
leads to clear rewards for their children.
Firmly grounded in empirical research,
Family, Law, and Community argues that
family policy can only be effective if it
is guided by an understanding of the
importance of social capital and the advantages held by families that accrue it.
Margaret F. Brinig is the Fritz Duda Family Chair in Law and associate dean for faculty
research at Notre Dame Law School. She is the author of several books, including, most
recently, From Contract to Covenant: Beyond the Law and Economics of the Family.
“Shaham draws attention to a
subject that has been noted by
diverse scholars but insufficiently
addressed in full, and he brings
a wealth of material and issues
together in a single place. This is a
significant contribution to studies
of the role of expert witnesses in
legal systems as well as to Islamic
scholarship at large.”
—Lawrence Rosen,
Princeton University
April 304 p. 6 x 9
ISBN-13: 978-0-226-74933-4
Cloth $50.00s/£32.50
LAW
The Expert Witness in Islamic Courts
Medicine and Crafts in the Service of Law
Ron Shaham
Islam’s tense relationship with modernity is one of the most crucial issues of
our time. Within Islamic legal systems,
with their traditional preference for
eyewitness testimony, this struggle has
played a significant role in attitudes
toward expert witnesses. Utilizing a
uniquely comparative approach, Ron
Shaham here examines the evolution of
the role of such witnesses in a number
of Arab countries from the premodern
period to the present.
Shaham begins with a history of
expert testimony in medieval Islamic
culture, analyzing the different roles
played by male experts, especially phy-
sicians and architects, and females, particularly midwives. From there, he focuses on the case of Egypt, tracing the
country’s reform of its traditional legal
system along European lines beginning
in the late nineteenth century. Returning to a broader perspective, Shaham
draws on a variety of legal and historical sources to place the phenomenon
of expert testimony in cultural context. A truly comprehensive resource,
The Expert Witness in Islamic Courts will
be sought out by a broad spectrum of
scholars working in history, religion,
gender studies, and law.
Ron Shaham is a senior lecturer in the Department of Islamic and Middle Eastern Studies
at the Hebrew University and the author of Family and the Courts in Modern Egypt.
46
special interest
An Ethics of Interrogation
Michael Skerker
Turn on your television and you’re
bound to run across the concept of
interrogation, whether it’s on CNN or
CSI. But despite daily mentions of the
practice in the media, you’re unlikely
to find informed commentary on its
moral implications. Moving beyond the
narrow focus on torture that has characterized most work on the subject, An
Ethics of Interrogation is the first book to
fully address this complex issue.
In doing so Michael Skerker confronts a host of philosophical and legal
issues, from the right to privacy and
the privilege against compelled self-incrimination to prisoner rights and the
legal consequences of different modes
of arrest, interrogation, and detention.
These topics raise serious questions
about the morality of keeping secrets
and the differences between state power
at home and abroad. Thoughtful consideration of these subjects leads Skerker to
specific policy recommendations for law
enforcement, military, and intelligence
professionals.
Whether secrets can be elicited
from unwilling subjects in a morally
upright manner may be the defining dilemma of our historical moment, making Skerker’s profound investigation into
this pressing issue essential reading.
“No other book can be said to do
what this one does, that is, provide
a philosophy of interrogation that
relies on a right to silence limited
by the right to a relatively just
legal order. This is sure to start an
interesting discussion among philosophers, lawyers, and scholars of
criminal justice.”
—Michael Davis,
Illinois Institute of Technology
May 280 p. 6 x 9
ISBN-13: 978-0-226-76161-9
Cloth $49.00s/£31.50
LAW PHILOSOPHY
Michael Skerker is assistant professor in the Department of Leadership, Ethics, and Law at
the U.S. Naval Academy.
What Is a Person?
Rethinking Humanity, Social Life, and the Moral Good
from the Person Up
Christian Smith
What is a person? This fundamental
question is a perennial concern of philosophers and theologians. But, Christian Smith here argues, it also lies at the
center of the social scientist’s quest to
interpret and explain social life. In this
ambitious book, Smith presents a new
model for social theory that does justice
to the best of our humanistic visions of
people, life, and society.
Finding most current thinking on
personhood to be confusing or misleading, Smith finds inspiration in the work
of the critical realists. Drawing on their
ideas, he constructs a theory of personhood that forges a middle path between the extremes of positivist science
and relativism. Smith then builds on
the work of Pierre Bourdieu, Anthony
Giddens, and William Sewell to demonstrate the importance of personhood to
our understanding of social structures.
From there he broadens his scope to
consider how we can know what is good
in personal and social life and what sociology can tell us about human rights
and dignity.
Innovative, critical, and constructive, What Is a Person? offers an inspiring vision of a social science committed
to pursuing causal explanations, interpretive understanding, and general
knowledge in the service of truth and
the moral good.
“Smith has addressed a crucial and
unanswered question in social
theory and philosophy and has
done so from an entirely original
angle. Given a century of philosophical underdevelopment in the
discipline, an author like Smith
and a book like this one are more
important than ever. What Is a Person? is destined to be something of
a classic.”
—George Steinmetz,
University of Michigan
July 544 p., 3 line drawings, 1 table
6x9
ISBN-13: 978-0-226-76591-4
Cloth $40.00s/£26.00
SOCIOLOGY PHILOSOPHY
Christian Smith is the William R. Kenan, Jr., Professor of Sociology, director of the Center
for the Study of Religion and Society, and executive director of the Center for Social Research at the University of Notre Dame. He is the author or coauthor of numerous books,
including Soul Searching: The Religious and Spiritual Lives of American Teenagers and Moral,
Believing Animals: Human Personhood and Culture.
special interest
47
“The originality of Both Hands
Tied lies not just in its rich case
study interview materials—in poor
women’s voices and the trajectories
of their work and home lives—but
in its careful tying of those materials to shifting national, state, and
local economic policies.”
—Micaela di Leonardo,
Northwestern University
April 264 p., 16 halftones,
8 line drawings, 3 tables 6 x 9
ISBN-13: 978-0-226-11405-7
Cloth $65.00x/£42.00
ISBN-13: 978-0-226-11406-4
Paper $22.50s/£14.50
SOCIOLOGY
Both Hands Tied
Welfare Reform and the Race to the Bottom of the Low-Wage
Labor Market
Jane L. Collins and Victoria Mayer
Both Hands Tied studies the working
poor in the United States, focusing
in particular on the relation between
welfare and low-wage earnings among
working mothers. Grounded in the experience of thirty-three women living
in Milwaukee and Racine, Wisconsin, it
tells the story of their struggle to balance child care and wage-earning in
poorly paying and often state-funded
jobs with inflexible schedules—and the
moments when these jobs failed them
and they turned to the state for additional aid.
Jane L. Collins and Victoria Mayer
here examine the situations of these
women in light of the 1996 national
Personal Responsibility and Work Opportunity Reconciliation Act and other
like-minded reforms—laws that ended
the entitlement to welfare for those
in need and provided an incentive for
them to return to work. Arguing that
this reform came at a time of gendered
change in the labor force and profound
shifts in the responsibilities of family,
firms, and the state, Both Hands Tied
provides a stark but poignant portrait
of how welfare reform afflicted poor,
single-parent families, ultimately eroding the participants’ economic rights
and affecting their ability to care for
themselves and their children.
Jane L. Collins is the Evjue Bascom Professor of Community and Environmental Sociology
and Gender and Women’s Studies at the University of Wisconsin–Madison and the author
of Threads: Gender, Labor, and Power in the Global Apparel Industry, among other titles.
Victoria Mayer is assistant professor of sociology at Colby College.
“This is a fantastic collection of
essays—one of the few edited volumes I have seen where the whole
is much greater than the sum of the
individual parts. One of the book’s
strengths is its interdisciplinary
nature: the editors have assembled
a unique set of perspectives,
approaches, and studies at different historical periods.”
—Christopher Marquis,
Harvard Business School
March 352 p., 3 halftones,
17 line drawings, 13 tables 6 x 9
ISBN-13: 978-0-226-10996-1
Cloth $55.00x/£35.50
ISBN-13: 978-0-226-10997-8
Paper $19.00s/£12.50
SOCIOLOGY
Politics and Partnerships
The Role of Voluntary Associations in America’s Political Past
and Present
Edited by Elisabeth S. Clemens and Doug Guthrie
Exhorting people to volunteer is part
of the everyday vocabulary of American
politics. Routinely, members of both
major parties call for partnerships between government and nonprofit organizations. These entreaties increase
dramatically during times of crisis, and
the voluntary efforts of ordinary citizens are now seen as a necessary supplement to government intervention.
But despite the ubiquity of the
idea of volunteerism in public policy
debates, analysis of its role in American governance has been fragmented.
Bringing together a diverse set of disciplinary approaches, Politics and Partnerships is a thorough examination of
the place of voluntary associations in
political history and an astute investigation into contemporary experiments in
reshaping that role. The essays here reveal the key role nonprofits have played
in the evolution of both the workplace
and welfare and illuminate the way the
government’s retreat from welfare has
radically altered the relationship between nonprofits and corporations.
Elisabeth S. Clemens is professor of sociology and Master of the Social Sciences Collegiate
Division at the University of Chicago. Doug Guthrie is professor of sociology at New York
University with a joint appointment in the Department of Management and Organization
at the Stern School of Business.
48
special interest
Laughing Saints and Righteous Heroes
Emotional Rhythms in Social Movement Groups
Erika Summers Effler
Why do people keep fighting for social
causes in the face of consistent failure?
Why do they risk their physical, emotional, and financial safety on behalf of
strangers? How do these groups survive
high turnover and emotional burnout?
To explore these questions, Erika
Summers Effler undertook three years
of ethnographic fieldwork with two
groups: the anti–death penalty activists
STOP and Catholic Workers, who strive
to alleviate poverty. In both communities, members must contend with problems that range from the broad to the
intimately personal. Adverse political
conditions, internal conflict, and fluctuations in financial resources create
a backdrop of daily frustration—but
watching an addict relapse or an inmate’s execution are much more devastating setbacks. Summers Effler finds
that overcoming these obstacles, recovering from failure, and maintaining
the integrity of the group require a constant process of emotional fine-tuning,
and she demonstrates how activists do
this through thoughtful analysis and a
lucid rendering of their deeply affecting stories.
“This is a very good comparative
case study of two different types
of organizations and a beautifully
written, engaging work of participant observation.”
—Jonathan Turner,
University of California, Riverside
Morality and Society Series
April 240 p., 4 line drawings, 4 tables
6x9
ISBN-13: 978-0-226-18865-2
Cloth $70.00x/£45.00
ISBN-13: 978-0-226-18866-9
Paper $23.00s/£15.00
SOCIOLOGY
Erika Summers Effler is assistant professor of sociology at the University of Notre Dame.
Living the Drama
Community, Conflict, and Culture among Inner-City Boys
David J. Harding
For the middle class and the affluent,
local ties seem to matter less and less
these days, but in the inner city, your
life can be irrevocably shaped by what
block you live on. Living the Drama takes
a close look at three neighborhoods in
Boston to analyze the many complex
ways that the context of community
shapes the daily lives and long-term
prospects of inner-city boys.
David J. Harding studied sixty adolescent boys growing up in two very
poor areas and one working-class area.
In the first two, violence and neighborhood identification are inextricably
linked, as rivalries divide the city into
spaces safe, neutral, or dangerous. Consequently, Harding discovers, social relationships are determined by residential space. Older boys who can navigate
the dangers of the streets serve as role
models, and friendships between peers
grow out of mutual protection. The
impact of community goes beyond the
realm of same-sex bonding, Harding
reveals, affecting the boys’ experiences
in school and with the opposite sex. A
unique glimpse into the world of urban
adolescent boys, Living the Drama paints
a detailed, insightful portrait of life in
the inner city.
“Living the Drama tackles a substantive topic, engages in key theoretical debates, employs a distinctive
comparative approach, gives ample
voice to its subjects, and enriches
our knowledge of poor youth.”
—Claude S. Fischer,
University of California, Berkeley
April 336 p., 5 line drawings, 6 tables
6x9
ISBN-13: 978-0-226-31664-2
Cloth $75.00x/£48.50
ISBN-13: 978-0-226-31665-9
Paper $25.00s/£16.00
SOCIOLOGY
David J. Harding is assistant professor in the Department of Sociology and assistant research
scientist at the Population Studies Center at the University of Michigan.
special interest
49
“This extensive compendium of critical ideas, information, and narrative accounts makes for an absorbing reading experience. Beyond
its cogency for present debates,
it might well serve as a historical marker for future researchers,
likely to become as important as an
expression of a certain epoch of anthropological relevance to events
as Reinventing Anthropology has
been in the context of the 1960s.”
—George Marcus,
University of California, Irvine
April 408 p., 5 halftones, 3 tables
6x9
ISBN-13: 978-0-226-42993-9
Cloth $75.00x/£48.50
ISBN-13: 978-0-226-42994-6
Paper $25.00s/£16.00
ANTHROPOLOGY CURRENT EVENTS
Anthropology and Global Counterinsurgency
Edited by John D. Kelly, Beatrice Jauregui, Sean T. Mitchell,
and Jeremy Walton
Global events of the early twenty-first
century have placed new stress on the
relationship among anthropology, governance, and war. Facing prolonged
insurgency, segments of the U.S. military have taken a new interest in anthropology, prompting intense ethical
and scholarly debate. Inspired by these
issues, the essays in Anthropology and
Global Counterinsurgency consider how
anthropologists can, should, and do
respond to military overtures, and they
articulate anthropological perspectives
on global war and power relations.
This book investigates the shifting
boundaries between military and civil
state violence; perceptions and effects
of American power around the globe;
the history of counterinsurgency doctrine and practice; and debate over
culture, knowledge, and conscience in
counterinsurgency. These wide-ranging essays shed new light on the fraught
world of Pax Americana and on the
ethical and political dilemmas faced by
anthropologists and military personnel
alike when attempting to understand
and intervene in our world.
John D. Kelly is professor of anthropology at the University of Chicago. Beatrice Jauregui
is visiting fellow at the Center for the Advanced Study of India. Sean T. Mitchell is visiting
assistant professor of anthropology at Vanderbilt University. Jeremy Walton is assistant
professor of religion at New York University.
Making War in Côte d’Ivoire
Mike McGovern
June 240 p., 12 halftones 51/2 x 81/2
ISBN-13: 978-0-226-51459-8
Cloth $75.00x
ISBN-13: 978-0-226-51460-4
Paper $25.00s
ANTHROPOLOGY AFRICAN STUDIES
CUSA
Copublished with C. Hurst and Co.
50
special interest
There is no civil war in Côte d’Ivoire.
Even though a failed coup attempt in
2002 led to five years of violent clashes,
the dispatch of 11,000 peacekeepers to
the country, and the deaths of thousands
of people, the conflict in Côte d’Ivoire
has taken place in a grey area between
peace and war. What keeps this perpetually tense, dismal, and destructive situation simmering? In this groundbreaking book, Mike McGovern suggests the
answer lies in understanding war as a
process, not a series of events, and that
rather than focus on the role of political institutions, we should be paying attention to the flawed and unpredictable
people within them.
McGovern argues that only deep
knowledge of a region—its history,
languages, literature, and popular
culture—can yield meaningful insights
into political decision making. Putting
this theory into action, he examines an
array of issues from the micro to the
macro, including land tenure disputes,
youth boredom, organized crime at
the national and local levels, and the
international cocoa trade. Drawn from
McGovern’s experience working for a
conflict resolution think tank and the
political access that position gave him,
Making War in Côte d’Ivoire will be the
definitive work on the Ivorian conflict
and an innovative example of how anthropology can address the complexities of politics.
Mike McGovern is assistant professor of anthropology at Yale University.
2nd PROOF
✔ MARY
❍
Nostalgia for the Future
West Africa After the Cold War
Charles Piot
Since the end of the cold war, Africa
has seen a dramatic rise in new political and religious phenomena, including an eviscerated privatized state,
neoliberal NGOs, Pentecostalism, a resurgence in accusations of witchcraft, a
culture of scamming and fraud, and, in
some countries, a nearly universal wish
to emigrate. Drawing on fieldwork in
Togo, Charles Piot argues that a novel
cultural politics is remaking one of the
world’s poorest regions and new critical
tools are required to make sense of this
moment.
In a country where playing the U.S.
State Department’s green card lottery is
a national pastime and the preponderance of cybercafés and Western Union
branches signals a widespread desire
to connect to the rest of the world, Nostalgia for the Future makes clear that the
cultural and political terrain that underlies postcolonial theory has shifted.
In order to map out this new terrain,
Piot enters into critical dialogue with a
host of important theorists, including
Agamben, Hardt and Negri, Deleuze,
and Mbembe. The result is a deft interweaving of rich observations of Togolese life with profound insights into the
new, globalized world in which that life
takes place.
❍ ALICE
“Nostalgia for the Future is an evocative and topical study that is clearly
the product of a mature, long-term
engagement with contemporary
Togo, the anthropological and
historical literature on the country,
and the theoretical debates that
have been central to anthropology
over the past fifteen years.”
—Mariane C. Ferme,
University of California, Berkeley
July 216 p., 16 halftones 6 x 9
ISBN-13: 978-0-226-66964-9
Cloth $60.00x/£39.00
ISBN-13: 978-0-226-66965-6
Paper $20.00s/£13.00
ANTHROPOLOGY AFRICAN STUDIES
Charles Piot is professor in the departments of cultural anthropology and African and
African American studies at Duke University. He is the author of Remotely Global: Village
Modernity in West Africa, also published by the University of Chicago Press.
Belonging in an Adopted World
Race, Identity, and Transnational Adoption
Barbara Yngvesson
Since the early 1990s, transnational
adoptions have increased at an astonishing rate, not only in the United
States, but worldwide. In Belonging in
an Adopted World, Barbara Yngvesson
offers a penetrating exploration of the
consequences and implications of this
unprecedented movement of children,
usually from poor nations to the affluent West. Yngvesson illuminates how
the politics of adoption policy has profoundly affected the families, nations,
and children involved in this new form
of social and economic migration.
Starting from the transformation
of the abandoned child into an adoptable resource for nations that give and
receive children in adoption, this volume examines the ramifications of such
gifts, especially for families created
through adoption and, later, the adopted adults themselves. Bolstered by an
account of the author’s own experience
as an adoptive parent, and fully attuned
to the contradictions of race that shape
our complex forms of family, Belonging
in an Adopted World explores the fictions
that sustain adoptive kinship, ultimately
exposing the vulnerability and contingency behind all human identity.
“Brilliantly nuanced and beautifully
written, Belonging in an Adopted
World is ethnographically stunning. Barbara Yngvesson is an
eloquent narrator, and her analysis will be clear and accessible to
anyone ready to think afresh about
citizenship and family life.”
—Carol Greenhouse,
Princeton University
Chicago Series in Law and Society
June 248 p., 16 halftones,
2 line drawings, 9 tables 6 x 9
ISBN-13: 978-0-226-96446-1
Cloth $60.00x/£39.00
ISBN-13: 978-0-226-96447-8
Paper $20.00s/£13.00
ANTHROPOLOGY LAW
Barbara Yngvesson is professor of anthropology at Hampshire College, the author or coauthor of two previous volumes, and an associate editor at American Anthropologist.
special interest
51
3rd PROOF
“Chalfin’s meticulous, innovative,
and theoretically sophisticated account of changing customs regimes
in contemporary Ghana offers a
compelling and revealing analysis
of customs practices as a window
onto the nature of modern statecraft, the procedures and effects of
neoliberalism, and the complex and
contradictory faces of sovereignty
in twenty-first-century Africa.”
—Daniel Jordan Smith,
Brown University
Chicago Studies in Practices of
Meaning
June 304 p., 24 halftones, 3 maps,
1 figure, 3 tables 6 x 9
ISBN-13: 978-0-226-10059-3
Cloth $70.00x/£45.00
ISBN-13: 978-0-226-10061-6
Paper $23.00s/£15.00
ANTHROPOLOGY AFRICAN STUDIES
“It would be impossible to constrain
my appreciation for this book,
which will find eager reception
wherever the need for teaching scientific writing is being addressed.
The Craft of Scientific Communication continues in the scholarly tradition of the authors and promises
to add a refreshing wealth of pragmatic advice and illustration to any
bookshelf dedicated to effective
contemporary scientific writing.”
—Patrick Logan,
University of Rhode Island
Chicago Guides to Writing,
Editing, and Publishing
April 240 p., 21 halftones,
12 line drawings, 2 tables 6 x 9
ISBN-13: 978-0-226-31661-1
Cloth $55.00x/£35.50
ISBN-13: 978-0-226-31662-8
Paper $20.00s/£13.00
REFERENCE SCIENCE
52
special interest
✔ MARY
❍
❍ ALICE
Neoliberal Frontiers
An Ethnography of Sovereignty in West Africa
Brenda Chalfin
In Neoliberal Frontiers, Brenda Chalfin
presents an ethnographic examination of the day-to-day practices of the
officials of Ghana’s Customs Service,
exploring the impact of neoliberal restructuring and integration into the
global economy on Ghanaian sovereignty. From the revealing vantage point of
the customs office, Chalfin discovers
a fascinating inversion of our assumptions about neoliberal transformation:
bureaucrats and local functionaries,
government offices, checkpoints, and
registries are typically held to be the
targets of reform, but Chalfin finds that
these figures and sites of authority act
as the engine for changes in state sovereignty.
Ghana has served as a model of reform for the neoliberal establishment,
making it an ideal site for Chalfin to
explore why the restructuring of a state
on the global periphery portends shifts
that occur in all corners of the world.
At once a foray into international political economy, politics, and political anthropology, Neoliberal Frontiers is an innovative interdisciplinary leap forward
for ethnographic writing, as well as an
eloquent addition to the literature on
postcolonial Africa.
Brenda Chalfin is associate professor of anthropology at the University of Florida and
the author of Shea Butter Republic: State Power, Global Markets, and the Making of an
Indigenous Commodity.
The Craft of Scientific Communication
Joseph E. Harmon and Alan G. Gross
The ability to communicate in print
and person is essential to the life of a
successful scientist. But since writing is
often secondary in scientific education
and teaching, there remains a significant need for guides that teach scientists how best to convey their research
to general and professional audiences.
The Craft of Scientific Communication will
teach science students and scientists
alike how to improve the clarity, cogency,
and communicative power of their
words and images.
In this remarkable guide, Joseph
E. Harmon and Alan G. Gross have
combined their many years of experience in the art of science writing to
analyze published examples of how
the best scientists communicate. Organized topically with information on
the structural elements and the style of
scientific communications, each chapter draws on models of past successes
and failures to show students and
practitioners how best to negotiate the
world of print, online publication, and
oral presentation.
Joseph E. Harmon is a senior editor/writer at Argonne National Laboratory. Alan G. Gross
is professor in the Department of Communication Studies at the University of Minnesota.
They are the coauthors of The Scientific Literature: A Guided Tour, also published by the
University of Chicago Press.
Lucius Annaeus Seneca
Anger, Mercy,
Revenge
Translated by Robert A. Kaster and Martha C. Nussbaum
photo © calidus
Natural Questions
Translated by Harry M. Hine
L
ucius Annaeus Seneca (4 BCE to 65 CE) was a Roman Stoic
Anger, Mercy, Revenge
philosopher, dramatist, statesman, and advisor to the emperor
May 272 p. 51/2 x 81/2
ISBN-13: 978-0-226-74841-2
Cloth $45.00s/£29.00
Nero, all during the Silver Age of Latin literature. Here, with
the publication of Anger, Mercy, Revenge and Natural Questions, the Uni-
CLASSICS PHILOSOPHY
versity of Chicago Press proudly inaugurates the Complete Works of
Lucius Annaeus Seneca, a fresh and compelling series of new Englishlanguage translations of his works in eight accessible volumes. Edited
by world-renowned classicists Elizabeth Asmis, Shadi Bartsch, and
Natural Questions
Martha C. Nussbaum, this engaging collection restores Seneca—whose
May 240 p. 51/2 x 81/2
ISBN-13: 978-0-226-74838-2
Cloth $45.00s/£29.00
works have been highly praised by modern authors from Erasmus to
CLASSICS PHILOSOPHY
Emerson—to his rightful place among those classical writers most
widely studied in the humanities.
Anger, Mercy, Revenge comprises three key writings: the moral essays
On Anger and On Clemency—which were penned as advice for the then
young emperor Nero—and the Apocolocyntosis, a brilliant satire lampooning the end of the reign of Claudius. Natural Questions is a stand-
Forthcoming volumes in the Complete
Works of Lucius Annaeus Seneca
On Benefits
alone treatise in which Seneca compiles and comments on the physical
The Letters (in two volumes)
sciences of his day, offering us a valuable look at the ancient scientific
The Consolations and Other Short
Moral Essays
mind at work. Both volumes introduce the Latinless reader to the writings of one of the ancient world’s most fascinating—and acclaimed—
The Tragedies (in two volumes)
philosophical figures, making them perfect for the undergraduate
student and lay scholar alike.
Robert A. Kaster is professor of classics and the Kennedy Foundation Professor of Latin Language and Literature at Princeton University. He is the author of Emotion, Restraint, and Community in Ancient Rome, among other titles.
Martha C. Nussbaum is the Ernst Freund Distinguished Service Professor of
Law and Ethics at the University of Chicago and the author of From Disgust
to Humanity: Sexual Orientation and Constitutional Law, among other titles.
Harry M. Hine is honorary professor in the School of Classics at the University
of St Andrews.
special interest
53
leading new voices in the field of
The Emergence of the Classical Style in
Greek Sculpture
Greek visual art. From its rich and
Richard Neer
“This is a big and ambitious volume,
beautifully written by one of the
challenging introduction on the
theory of interpretation to its brilliant reading of the Tyrranicides,
this work is unlike any other in its
field.”
—James I. Porter,
University of California, Irvine
june 296 p., 10 color plates,
130 halftones, 12 line drawings
81/2 x 11
ISBN-13: 978-0-226-57063-1
Cloth $59.00s/£38.00
CLASSICS ART
In the fifth century BCE, an artistic revolution occurred in Greece, as
sculptors developed new ways of representing bodies, movement, and space.
The resulting “classical” style would
prove influential for centuries to come.
Modern scholars have traditionally described the emergence of this style as
a steady march of progress, culminating in masterpieces like the Parthenon
sculptures. But this account assumes
the impossible: that the early Greeks
were working tirelessly toward a style of
which they had no prior knowledge.
In this ambitious work, Richard
Neer draws on recent work in art history, archaeology, literary criticism, and
art theory to rewrite the story of Greek
sculpture. He provides new ways to understand classical sculpture in Greek
terms, and carefully analyzes the relationship between political and stylistic
histories. A much-heralded project, The
Emergence of the Classical Style in Greek
Sculpture represents an important step
in furthering our understanding of the
ancient world.
Richard Neer is the David B. and Clara E. Stern Professor of Humanities, Art History, and
the College at the University of Chicago, where he is also a coeditor of Critical Inquiry. He is
the author of several previous volumes on Greek art and archaeology.
“Cook and Tatum offer compelling
conclusions alongside insightful
interpretations of important literary and rhetorical texts. Erudite but
never pedantic, judicious but never
compromising, this book exhibits
the highest standards of literary
scholarship.”
—John T. Hamilton,
Harvard University
April 456 p. 6 x 9
ISBN-13: 978-0-226-78996-5
Cloth $45.00s/£29.00
AFRICAN AMERICAN STUDIES
CLASSICS
African American Writers and
Classical Tradition
William W. Cook and James Tatum
Constraints on freedom, education,
and individual dignity have always
been fundamental in determining who
is able to write, when, and where. Taking the singular instance of the African
American writer to heart, William W.
Cook and James Tatum here argue that
African American literature did not
develop apart from canonical Western
literary traditions but instead grew out
of those literatures, even as it adapted
and transformed the cultural traditions
and religions of Africa and the African
diaspora along the way.
Tracing the interaction between
African American writers and the litera-
tures of ancient Greece and Rome, from
the time of slavery and its aftermath to
the civil rights era through the present,
the authors offer a sustained and lively
discussion of the life and work of Phillis
Wheatley, Frederick Douglass, Ralph
Ellison, and Rita Dove, among other acclaimed poets, novelists, and scholars.
Assembling this brilliant and diverse
group of African American writers at
a moment when our reception of classical literature is ripe for change, the authors paint an unforgettable portrait of
our own reception of “classic” writing,
especially as it was inflected by American racial politics.
William W. Cook is professor emeritus of English and African and African American studies
at Dartmouth College. James Tatum is professor emeritus of classics at Dartmouth. They
are both the authors of numerous previous volumes.
54
special interest
Studies on the Abuse and Decline of Reason
Text and Documents
F. A. Hayek
Edited by Bruce Caldwell
Studies on the Abuse and Decline of Reason
is a series of fascinating essays on the
study of social phenomena. How to best
and most accurately study social interactions has long been debated intensely,
and there are two main approaches: the
positivists, who ignore intent and belief and draw on methods based in the
sciences; and the nonpositivists, who
argue that opinions and ideas drive action and are central to understanding
social behavior. F. A. Hayek’s opposition to the positivists and their claims
to scientific rigor and certainty in the
study of human behavior is a running
theme of this important book.
Hayek argues that the vast number
of elements whose interactions create
social structures and institutions make
it unlikely that social science can predict
precise outcomes. Instead, he contends,
we should strive to simply understand
the principles by which phenomena
are produced. For Hayek, this modesty
of aspirations went hand in hand with
his concern over widespread enthusiasm for economic planning. As a result,
these essays are relevant to ongoing debates within the social sciences and to
discussion about the role government
can and should play in the economy.
April 344 p. 6 x 9
ISBN-13: 978-0-226-32109-7
Cloth $60.00x/£39.00
ECONOMICS
F. A. Hayek (1899–1992), recipient of the Presidential Medal of Freedom in 1991 and cowinner of the Nobel Memorial Prize in Economics in 1974, was a pioneer in monetary theory
and a leading proponent of classical liberalism in the twentieth century. Bruce Caldwell is
a research professor of economics and director of the Center for the History of Political
Economy at Duke University.
Social Security
A Fresh Look at Policy Alternatives
Jagadeesh Gokhale
Many of us suspect that Social Security faces eventual bankruptcy. But the
government projects its future finances
using outdated methods. Employing a
more up-to-date approach, Jagadeesh
Gokhale here argues that the program
faces insolvency far sooner than previously thought.
To assess Social Security’s fate
more accurately under current and alternative policies, Gokhale constructs a
detailed simulation of the forces shaping American demographics and the
economy to project their future evolution. He then uses this simulation to
analyze six prominent Social Security
reform packages—two liberal, two centrist, and two conservative—to demonstrate how far they would restore the
program’s financial health and which
population groups would be helped or
hurt in the process.
Arguments over Social Security
have raged for decades, but they have
taken place in a relative informational
vacuum; Social Security provides the
necessary bedrock of analysis that will
prove vital for anyone with a stake in
this important debate.
“Social Security is innovative, interesting, and important. Gokhale
delivers on the promise in the
title, providing a new appraisal of
a variety of plans to reform Social
Security that will appeal to a wide
range of readers, including policy
makers in Congress and the White
House and economists concerned
with retirement income.”
—Dale Jorgenson,
Harvard University
April 374 p., 34 line drawings,
25 tables 6 x 9
ISBN-13: 978-0-226-30033-7
Cloth $55.00s/£35.50
ECONOMICS
Jagadeesh Gokhale is a senior fellow at the Cato Institute and coauthor of Fiscal and Generational Imbalances: New Budget Measures for New Budget Priorities.
special interest
55
“Dramatically interdisciplinary,
The War on Words gives us a new
vision of periodicity and offers vital
new readings of canonical works
in nineteenth-century American
literature. Gilmore’s book is as
deeply learned as it is creative.”
—Robert A. Ferguson,
Columbia University
June 344 p., 1 halftone 6 x 9
ISBN-13: 978-0-226-29413-1
Cloth $45.00s/£29.00
LITERARY CRITICISM
AMERICAN HISTORY
The War on Words
Slavery, Race, and Free Speech in America
Michael T. Gilmore
How did slavery and race impact American literature in the nineteenth century? In this ambitious book, Michael T.
Gilmore argues that they were the carriers of linguistic restriction, and writers from Frederick Douglass to Stephen
Crane wrestled with the demands for
silence and circumspection that accompanied the antebellum fear of disunion
and the postwar reconciliation between
the North and South.
Proposing a radical new interpretation of nineteenth-century American
literature, The War on Words examines
struggles over permissible and impermissible utterance in works ranging
from Thoreau’s “Civil Disobedience” to
Henry James’s The Bostonians. Combining historical knowledge with groundbreaking readings of some of the classic
texts of the American past, The War on
Words places Lincoln’s Cooper Union
address in the same constellation as
Margaret Fuller’s feminism and Thomas Dixon’s defense of lynching. Arguing
that slavery and race exerted coercive
pressure on freedom of expression,
Gilmore offers here a transformative
study that alters our understanding of
nineteenth-century literary culture and
its fraught engagement with the right to
speak.
Michael T. Gilmore is the Paul Prosswimmer Professor of American Literature at
Brandeis University.
“A work of sound scholarship and
striking erudition, broad in scope
and of remarkable depth and
originality, Death in Babylon is a
beautifully written book, clear yet
complex, subtle yet convincing.”
—E. Michael Gerli,
University of Virginia
May 296 p., 2 halftones 51/2 x 81/2
ISBN-13: 978-0-226-03736-3
Cloth $45.00s/£29.00
LITERARY CRITICISM
Death in Babylon
Alexander the Great and Iberian Empire in the Muslim Orient
Vincent Barletta
Though Alexander the Great lived
more than seventeen centuries before
the onset of Iberian expansion into
Muslim Africa and Asia, he loomed
large in the literature of late medieval
and early modern Portugal and Spain.
Exploring little-studied chronicles, chivalric romances, novels, travelogues,
and crypto-Muslim texts, Vincent Barletta shows that the story of Alexander
not only sowed the seeds of Iberian
empire but foreshadowed the decline
of Portuguese and Spanish influence
in the centuries to come.
Death in Babylon depicts Alexander as a complex symbol of Western
domination, immortality, dissolution,
heroism, villainy, and death. But Barletta also shows that texts ostensibly
celebrating the conqueror were haunted by failure. Examining literary and
historical works in Aljamiado, Castilian, Catalan, Greek, Latin, and Portuguese, Death in Babylon develops a view
of empire and modernity informed by
the ethical metaphysics of French phenomenologist Emmanuel Levinas. A
novel contribution to the literature of
empire building, Death in Babylon provides a frame for the deep mortal anxiety that has infused and given shape to
the spread of imperial Europe from its
very beginning.
Vincent Barletta is associate professor of Iberian studies in the Department of Iberian and
Latin American Cultures at Stanford University.
56
special interest
Living Liberalism
Practical Citizenship in Mid-Victorian Britain
Elaine Hadley
In the mid-Victorian era, liberalism
was a practical politics: it had a party, it
informed legislation, and it had adherents who identified with and expressed
it as opinion. It was also the first British
political movement to depend more on
people than property, and on opinion
rather than interest. But how would
these subjects of liberal politics actually
live liberalism?
To answer this question, Elaine
Hadley focuses on the key concept of
individuation—how it is embodied in
politics and daily life and how it is expressed through opinion, discussion,
and sincerity. These are concerns that
have been absent from commentary on
the liberal subject. Living Liberalism argues that the properties of liberalism—
citizenship, the vote, the candidate,
and reform, among others—were developed in response to a chaotic and
antagonistic world. In exploring how
political liberalism imagined its impact
on Victorian society, Hadley reveals an
entirely new and unexpected prehistory
of our modern liberal politics. A major
revisionist account that alters our sense
of the trajectory of liberalism, Living
Liberalism revises our understanding of
the presumption of the liberal subject.
“Reading Living Liberalism puts you
in the presence of a kind of genuine
greatness. Hadley gives a drama to
Victorian liberalism that one can’t
help identify with and gives today’s
liberalism a sort of existential
pathos. Superb.”
—Bruce Robbins,
Columbia University
May 400 p., 6 halftones 6 x 9
ISBN-13: 978-0-226-31188-3
Cloth $45.00s/£29.00
european HISTORY
Elaine Hadley is associate professor of English at the University of Chicago.
Teaching Children Science
Hands-On Nature Study in North America, 1890–1930
Sally Gregory Kohlstedt
In the early twentieth century, a curriculum known as nature study flourished
in major city school systems, streetcar
suburbs, small towns, and even rural
one-room schools. This object-based
approach to learning about the natural
world marked the first systematic attempt to introduce science into elementary education, and it came at a time
when institutions such as zoos, botanical gardens, natural history museums,
and national parks were promoting the
idea that direct knowledge of nature
would benefit an increasingly urban
and industrial nation.
The comprehensive history of this
once pervasive nature study movement,
Teaching Children Science emphasizes the
scientific, pedagogical, and social incen-
tives that encouraged primarily women
teachers to explore nature in and beyond their classrooms. Sally Gregory
Kohlstedt brings to vivid life the instructors and reformers who advanced nature study through on-campus schools,
summer programs, textbooks, and public speaking. Within a generation, this
highly successful hands-on approach
migrated beyond public schools into
summer camps, afterschool activities,
and the scouting movement. Although
the rich diversity of nature study classes
eventually lost ground to increasingly
standardized curricula, Kohlstedt locates its legacy in the living plants and
animals in classrooms and environmental field trips that remain central parts
of science education today.
May 384 p., 30 halftones 6 x 9
ISBN-13: 978-0-226-44990-6
Cloth $45.00s/£29.00
EDUCATION AMERICAN HISTORY
Sally Gregory Kohlstedt is professor in and director of the Program in History of Science
and Technology at the University of Minnesota.
special interest
57
Contributors
Christoph Bartels, Matthew
D. Eddy, Adrian Johns, Ursula
Klein, Seymour H. Mauskopf,
Materials and Expertise in Early
Modern Europe
Between Market and Laboratory
Edited by Ursula Klein and E. C. Spary
Agusti Nieto-Galan, Barbara
Orland, Markus Popplow,
Hannah Rose Shell,
Pamela H. Smith, E. C. Spary
April 408 p., 21 halftones,
1 line drawing, 2 tables 6 x 9
ISBN-13: 978-0-226-43968-6
Cloth $50.00s/£32.50
SCIENCE EUROPEAN HISTORY
It is often assumed that natural philosophy was the forerunner of early modern
natural sciences. But where did these
sciences’ systematic observation and experimentation get their starts? In Materials and Expertise in Early Modern Europe, the laboratories, workshops, and
marketplaces emerge as arenas where
hands-on experience united with higher learning. In an age when chemistry,
mineralogy, geology, and botany intersected with mining, metallurgy, pharmacy, and gardening, materials were
objects that crossed disciplines.
Here, the contributors tell the
stories of metals, clay, gunpowder, pigments, and foods, and thereby demonstrate the innovative practices of technical experts, the development of the
consumer market, and the formation
of the observational and experimental
sciences in the early modern period. By
exploring the hybrid expertise involved
in the making, consumption, and promotion of various materials, the book
offers an original perspective on important issues in the history of science,
medicine, and technology.
Ursula Klein is senior research scholar at the Max Planck Institute for the History of Science and the author of Experiment, Models, Paper Tools: Cultures of Organic Chemistry in the
Nineteenth Century. E. C. Spary is a lecturer in the history of eighteenth-century medicine
at the Wellcome Trust for the History of Medicine at University College, London, and the
author of Utopia’s Garden: French Natural History from Old Regime to Revolution.
“Alan Rocke’s Image and Reality
does so many things vividly and
convincingly: it shows how visual
images led chemistry step by step
to the reality of the microscopic
world; how simple portrayals of the
logic of substitution and combination were reified; brings to our attention the imaginative, neglected
work of Williamson and Kopp; and
takes a critical look at Kekule’s daydream. And it beautifully delineates
the essential place the imagination
has in science. A rewarding, lively
picture of chemistry in formation.”
—Roald Hoffmann,
Nobel laureate in chemistry
Synthesis
May 416 p., 44 halftones,
3 line drawings 6 x 9
ISBN-13: 978-0-226-72332-7
Cloth $45.00s/£29.00
SCIENCE HISTORY
58
special interest
Image and Reality
Kekulé, Kopp, and the Scientific Imagination
Alan J. Rocke
Chemists in the nineteenth century were
faced with a particular problem: how to
depict the atoms and molecules beyond
the direct reach of our bodily senses.
In visualizing this microworld, these
scientists were the first to move beyond
high-level philosophical speculations
regarding the unseen. In Image and Reality, Alan J. Rocke focuses on the community of organic chemists in Germany
to provide the basis for a fuller understanding of the nature of scientific creativity.
Arguing that visual mental images
assisted many of these scientists in thinking through old problems and new pos-
sibilities, Rocke uses a variety of sources,
including private correspondence, diagrams and illustrations, scientific papers,
and public statements to investigate
their ability to not only imagine the invisibly tiny atoms and molecules upon
which they operated daily, but to build
detailed and empirically based pictures
of them. These portrayals of “chemical
structures” gradually became an accepted part of science and are now regarded as one of the defining features
of chemistry. In telling this fascinating
story, Rocke also suggests that imagistic
thinking is often at the heart of creative
thinking in all fields.
Alan J. Rocke is the Henry Eldridge Bourne Professor of History at Case Western Reserve
University and the author of several books, including, most recently, Nationalizing Science:
Adolphe Wurtz and the Battle for French Chemistry.
On Sunspots
Galileo Galilei and Christoph Scheiner
Translated and with an Introduction by Eileen Reeves and Albert Van Helden
Galileo’s telescopic discoveries, and
especially his observation of sunspots,
caused great debate in an age when
the heavens were thought to be perfect
and unchanging. Christoph Scheiner, a
Jesuit mathematician, argued that sunspots were planets or moons crossing in
front of the Sun. Galileo, on the other
hand, countered that the spots were on
or near the surface of the Sun itself, and
he supported his position with a series
of meticulous observations and mathematical demonstrations that eventually
convinced even his rival.
On Sunspots collects the correspondence that constituted the public debate, including the first English translation of Scheiner’s two tracts as well as
Galileo’s three letters, which have previously appeared only in abridged form.
In addition, Eileen Reeves and Albert
Van Helden have supplemented the correspondence with lengthy introductions,
extensive notes, and a bibliography. The
result will become the standard work on
the subject, essential for students and
historians of astronomy, the telescope,
and early modern Catholicism.
Eileen Reeves is professor of comparative literature at Princeton University. Albert Van
Helden is professor of the history of science at Utrecht University and the translator of
Galileo’s Sidereus Nuncius, also published by the University of Chicago Press.
Biology and Ideology from Descartes
to Dawkins
Edited by Denis R. Alexander and Ronald L. Numbers
May 368 p., 108 halftones,
2 line drawings 6 x 9
ISBN-13: 978-0-226-70715-0
Cloth $100.00x/£64.50
ISBN-13: 978-0-226-70716-7
Paper $40.00s/£26.00
SCIENCE HISTORY
Contributors
Denis R. Alexander, Peter
Harrison, Nikolai Krementsov,
Edward J. Larson, Alister E.
Over the course of human history, the
sciences, and biology in particular, have
often been manipulated to cause immense human suffering. For example,
biology has been used to justify eugenic
programs, forced sterilization, human
experimentation, and death camps, all
in an attempt to support notions of
racial superiority. By investigating the
past, the contributors to Biology and Ideology from Descartes to Dawkins hope to
better prepare us to discern ideological
abuse of science when it occurs in the
future.
Denis R. Alexander and Ronald L.
Numbers bring together fourteen ex-
perts to examine the varied ways science
has been used and abused for nonscientific purposes from the fifteenth century to the present day. Featuring an essay on eugenics from Edward J. Larson
and an examination of the progress of
evolution by Michael Ruse, Biology and
Ideology examines uses both benign and
sinister, ultimately reminding us that
ideological extrapolation continues
today. An accessible survey, this collection will enlighten historians of science,
their students, practicing scientists, and
anyone interested in the relationship
between science and culture.
McGrath, Erika Lorraine Milam, Ronald L. Numbers, Peter
Hanns Reill, Shirley A. Roe,
Nicolaas Rupke, Michael Ruse,
Sujit Sivasundaram, Jonathan
R. Topham, Paul Weindling
May 448 p., 30 halftones,
1 line drawing 6 x 9
ISBN-13: 978-0-226-60840-2
Cloth $95.00x/£61.50
ISBN-13: 978-0-226-60841-9
Paper $35.00s/£22.50
SCIENCE HISTORY
Denis R. Alexander is director of the Faraday Institute for Science and Religion, St Edmund’s College, University of Cambridge, and has worked in the biological research community for the past forty years. Ronald L. Numbers is the Hilldale Professor of History of
Science and Medicine at the University of Wisconsin–Madison and coeditor of When Science
and Christianity Meet, also published by the University of Chicago Press.
special interest
59
Harry Collins
Tacit and Explicit
Knowledge
M
uch of what humans know we cannot say. And much of
what we do we cannot describe. For example, how do we
know how to ride a bike when we can’t explain how we do
it? Abilities like this were called “tacit knowledge” by physical chemist
and philosopher Michael Polanyi, but here Harry Collins analyzes the
term, and the behavior, in much greater detail, often departing from
Polanyi’s treatment.
In Tacit and Explicit Knowledge, Collins develops a common concep-
tual language to bridge the concept’s disparate domains by explaining
“Tacit knowledge is one of the most impor-
explicit knowledge and classifying tacit knowledge. Collins then teases
tant concepts of current scholarship in
apart the three very different meanings, which, until now, all fell under
the humanities. Ambitious and important,
the umbrella of Polanyi’s term: relational tacit knowledge (things
Tacit and Explicit Knowledge is a well-
we could describe in principle if someone put effort into describing
written and original book.”
—Robert P. Crease,
Stony Brook University
them), somatic tacit knowledge (things our bodies can do but we cannot describe how, like balancing on a bike), and collective tacit knowledge (knowledge we draw that is the property of society, such as the
June 200 p., 3 halftones, 7 line drawings,
6 tables 6 x 9
ISBN-13: 978-0-226-11380-7
Cloth $32.50s/£21.00
SCIENCE SOCIOLOGY
rules for language). Thus, bicycle riding consists of some somatic tacit
knowledge and some collective tacit knowledge, such as the knowledge
that allows us to navigate in traffic. The intermixing of the three kinds
of tacit knowledge has led to confusion in the past; Collins’s book will
at last unravel the complexities of the idea.
Tacit knowledge drives everything from language, science, educa-
tion, and management to sports, art, and our interaction with technology. In Collins’s able hands, it also functions at last as a framework for
understanding human behavior in a range of disciplines.
Harry Collins is distinguished research professor of sociology and director
of the Centre for the Study of Knowledge, Expertise, and Science at Cardiff
University. He is coauthor of Rethinking Expertise and Dr. Golem: How to Think
about Medicine, and the author of Gravity’s Shadow: The Search for Gravitational
Waves, all published by the University of Chicago Press.
60
special interest
The Mind of the Chimpanzee
Ecological and Experimental Perspectives
Edited by Elizabeth V. Lonsdorf, Stephen R. Ross,
and Tetsuro Matsuzawa
With a Foreword by Jane Goodall
Understanding the chimpanzee mind is
akin to opening a window onto human
consciousness. Many of our complex
cognitive processes have origins that
can be seen in the way that chimpanzees think, learn, and behave. The Mind
of the Chimpanzee brings together scores
of prominent scientists from around the
world to share the most recent research
into what goes on inside the mind of
our closest living relative.
Intertwining a range of topics—including imitation, tool use, face recognition, culture, cooperation, and reconciliation—with critical commentaries
on conservation and welfare, the col-
lection aims to understand how chimpanzees learn, think, and feel, so that
researchers can not only gain insight
into the origins of human cognition,
but also crystallize collective efforts to
protect wild chimpanzee populations
and ensure appropriate care in captive
settings. With a breadth of material on
cognition and culture from the lab and
the field, The Mind of the Chimpanzee is
a first-rate synthesis of contemporary
studies of these fascinating mammals
that will appeal to all those interested
in animal minds and what we can learn
from them.
Contributors
Sylvia Amsler, Benjamin Beck,
Dora Biro, Mollie Bloomsmith,
Sarah F. Brosnan, Josep Call,
Susana Carvalho, Frans B.
M. De Waal, Ian Gilby, Brian
Hare, Misato Hayashi, Satoshi
Hirata, Kimberly Hockings,
William Hopkins, Victoria
Horner, Tatyana Humle, Susan
Lambeth, Elizabeth V. Lonsdorf, Tetsuro Matsuzawa,
William McGrew, Alicia Melis,
John Mitani, David B. Morgan,
Masako Myowa-Yamakoshi,
Michio Nakamura, Lisa Parr,
Jaine Perlman, Stephen R.
Ross, Steve Schapiro, Katie
Slocombe, Claudia Sousa,
Crickette M. Sanz, Marissa
Elizabeth V. Lonsdorf is the director of the Lester E. Fisher Center for the Study and Conservation of Apes at the Lincoln Park Zoo in Chicago and a faculty member of the Committee on Evolutionary Biology at the University of Chicago. Stephen R. Ross supervises
behavior and cognitive research at the Fisher Center and chairs the Chimpanzee Species
Survival Plan of the Association of Zoos and Aquariums. Tetsuro Matsuzawa directs the
Primate Research Institute at Kyoto University.
Biology’s First Law
The Tendency for Diversity and Complexity to Increase in
Evolutionary Systems
Daniel W. McShea and Robert N. Brandon
Sobolewski, Michael Tomasello, Masaki Tomonaga, Felix
Warneken, Andrew Whiten,
Roman M. Wittig, Richard
Wrangham, Klaus Zuberbuhler
May 464 p., 144 halftones,
31 line drawings, 19 tables 81/2 x 11
ISBN-13: 978-0-226-49278-0
Cloth $125.00x/£81.00
ISBN-13: 978-0-226-49279-7
Paper $49.00s/£31.50
SCIENCE
Life on earth is characterized by three
striking phenomena that demand explanation: adaptation—the marvelous
fit between organism and environment;
diversity—the great variety of organisms; and complexity—the enormous
intricacy of their internal structure.
Natural selection explains adaptation.
But what explains diversity and complexity? Daniel W. McShea and Robert
N. Brandon argue that there exists in
evolution a spontaneous tendency toward increased diversity and complexity, one that acts whether natural selection is present or not. They call this
tendency a biological law—the ZeroForce Evolutionary Law, or ZFEL. This
law unifies the principles and data of
biology under a single framework and
invites a reconceptualization of the
field of the same sort that Newton’s
First Law brought to physics.
Biology’s First Law shows how the
ZFEL can be applied to the study of
diversity and complexity and examines its wider implications for biology.
Intended for evolutionary biologists,
paleontologists, and other scientists
studying complex systems, and written
in a concise and engaging format that
speaks to students and interdisciplinary practitioners alike, this book will
also find an appreciative audience in
the philosophy of science.
Daniel W. McShea is associate professor of biology, with a secondary appointment in philosophy, and Robert N. Brandon is professor of philosophy, with a secondary appointment
in biology, both at Duke University.
“The ZFEL will be obvious to some,
heretical to others, so the book will
be controversial. But at the same
time, the argument is rich enough
to convince a skeptic, provided that
skeptic is open-minded. A novel
contribution of far-reaching importance in evolutionary biology.”
—Michael Foote,
University of Chicago
July 184 p., 2 halftones,
5 line drawings, 1 table 6 x 9
ISBN-13: 978-0-226-56225-4
Cloth $55.00x/£35.50
ISBN-13: 978-0-226-56226-1
Paper $20.00s/£13.00
SCIENCE
special interest
61
“The Cybernetic Brain is a rich, ambitious, and highly original work—
and a gently hopeful one. Pickering
weaves analysis and advocacy
together across the book, and his
vision of what a nonmodern world
might look like—or in fact, has
looked like—is novel and compelling and will substantially extend
our understanding of contemporary
technoculture.”
—Fred Turner,
Stanford University
April 560 p., 60 halftones,
28 line drawings 6 x 9
ISBN-13: 978-0-226-66789-8
Cloth $55.00s/£35.50
SCIENCE
The Cybernetic Brain
Sketches of Another Future
Andrew Pickering
Cybernetics—roughly, the study of
systems—is often thought of as a grim
science of control. But as Andrew Pickering reveals in this beguiling book,
a much more lively and experimental
strain of cybernetics can be traced from
the 1940s to the present.
The Cybernetic Brain explores a
largely forgotten group of British thinkers, including Grey Walter, Ross Ashby,
Gregory Bateson, R. D. Laing, Stafford
Beer, and Gordon Pask, and their singular work in a dazzling array of fields.
Psychiatry, engineering, management,
politics, music, architecture, education, tantric yoga, the Beats, and the
’60s counterculture all come into play
as Pickering follows the history of cybernetics’ impact on the world, from
contemporary robotics and complexity
theory to the Chilean economy under
Salvador Allende. What underpins this
fascinating history, Pickering contends,
is a shared but unconventional vision of
the world as ultimately unknowable, a
place where genuine novelty is always
emerging. Thus, Pickering avers, the
history of cybernetics provides us with
an imaginative model of open-ended
experimentation in stark opposition to
the modern urge to achieve domination over nature and each other.
Andrew Pickering is professor and chair of sociology at the University of Exeter. He is the
author of several books, including Constructing Quarks: A Sociological History of Particle Physics
and The Mangle of Practice: Time, Agency, and Science, both published by the University of
Chicago Press.
“A superb review of the complex
laws, regulations, and generally
accepted procedure that relate to
the conduct of biomedical research
in the United States. Law in the
Laboratory should be required
reading for deans or heads of
research, for academic faculty, for
federal regulators, and for graduate
students as a part of their introduction to legal and ethical aspects of
biomedical research.”
—Katherine High,
University of Pennsylvania
July 336 p., 3 line drawings 6 x 9
ISBN-13: 978-0-226-10164-4
Cloth $80.00x/£51.50
ISBN-13: 978-0-226-10165-1
Paper $29.00s/£18.50
SCIENCE LAW
62
special interest
Law in the Laboratory
A Guide to the Ethics of Federally Funded Science Research
Robert P. Charrow
The National Institutes of Health and
the National Science Foundation together fund more than $40 billion of
research annually in the United States
and around the globe. These large
public expenditures come with strings,
including a complex set of laws and
guidelines that regulate how scientists
may use NIH and NSF funds, how federally funded research may be conducted,
and who may have access to or own the
product of the research.
Until recently, researchers have
had little instruction on the nature of
these laws and how they work. But now,
with Robert P. Charrow’s Law in the Laboratory, they have a readable and entertaining introduction to the major ethical and legal considerations pertaining
to research under the aegis of federal
science funding. For any academic
whose position is grant funded, or for
any faculty involved in securing grants,
this book will be an essential reference manual. And for those who want
to learn how federal legislation and
regulations affect laboratory research,
Charrow’s primer will shed light on the
often obscured intersection of government and science.
Robert P. Charrow is a lawyer who has served on a presidential election committee, as
principal deputy general counsel in the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services,
as vice chair of the Clinical Research Interest Group of the Health Law Section of the
American Bar Association, and as a member of the Board of Advisors for the Institute of
Virology at the University of Maryland.
Marx at the Margins
On Nationalism, Ethnicity, and Non-Western Societies
Kevin B. Anderson
In Marx at the Margins, Kevin B. Anderson uncovers a variety of extensive but
neglected texts by Marx that cast what
we thought we knew about his work in
a startlingly different light. Analyzing
a variety of Marx’s writings, including
journalistic work written for the New
York Tribune, Anderson presents us with
a Marx quite at odds with our conventional interpretations. Rather than providing us with an account of Marx as an
exclusively class-based thinker, Anderson here offers a portrait of Marx for
the twenty-first century: a global theorist whose social critique was sensitive
to the varieties of human social and historical development, including not just
class, but nationalism, race, and ethnicity, as well.
Marx at the Margins ultimately argues that despite his overarching critique of capital, Marx created a theory
of history that was multilayered and
not easily reduced to a single model of
development or revolution. Through
highly informed readings of work ranging from Marx’s unpublished 1879–92
notebooks to his passionate writings
about the antislavery cause in the United States, this volume delivers a groundbreaking and canon-changing vision of
Karl Marx that is sure to provoke lively
debate in Marxist scholarship and beyond.
“Anderson may just have provided
the burgeoning Marx industry with
another major focus for its research
and debates. Marx at the Margins
reveals a dimension of Marx that
is very little known and even less
understood. This is an incredibly
innovative, interesting, and terribly important book—one that will
greatly benefit anyone interested
in ideas.”
—Bertell Ollman,
New York University
May 316 p. 6 x 9
ISBN-13: 978-0-226-01982-6
Cloth $66.00x/£42.50
ISBN-13: 978-0-226-01983-3
Paper $22.50s/£14.50
POLITICAL SCIENCE
Kevin B. Anderson is professor of sociology and political science at the University of California, Santa Barbara, and coauthor of Foucault and the Iranian Revolution: Gender and the
Seductions of Islamism, also published by the University of Chicago Press.
The Second Jurassic Dinosaur Rush
Museums and Paleontology in America at the Turn of the
Twentieth Century
Paul Brinkman
The so-called “Bone Wars” of the
1880s, which pitted Edward Drinker
Cope against Othniel Charles Marsh in
a frenzy of fossil collection and discovery, may have marked the introduction
of dinosaurs to the American public,
but the second Jurassic dinosaur rush,
which took place around the turn of
the twentieth century, brought the prehistoric beasts back to life. These later
expeditions—which involved new competitors hailing from leading natural
history museums in New York, Chicago,
and Pittsburgh—yielded specimens that
would be reconstructed into the colossal
skeletons that thrill visitors today in museum halls across the country.
Reconsidering the fossil speculation, the museum displays, and the media frenzy that ushered dinosaurs into
the American public consciousness,
Paul Brinkman takes us back to the
birth of dinomania, the modern obsession with all things Jurassic. Featuring
engaging and colorful personalities and
motivations both altruistic and ignoble,
The Second Jurassic Dinosaur Rush shows
that these later expeditions were just
as foundational—if not more so—to
the establishment of paleontology and
the budding collections of museums as
the more famous Cope and Marsh treks.
With adventure, intrigue, and rivalry,
this is science at its most swashbuckling.
July 312 p., 31 halftones,
8 line drawings 6 x 9
ISBN-13: 978-0-226-07472-6
Cloth $49.00s/£31.50
SCIENCE AMERICAN HISTORY
Paul Brinkman is a research curator at the North Carolina Museum of Natural Science in
Raleigh.
special interest
63
A Woman Who Defends All the Persons of
Her Sex
Selected Philosophical and Moral Writings
Gabrielle Suchon
The Other Voice in Early
Modern Europe
may 448 p., 6 halftones 6 x 9
ISBN-13: 978-0-226-77920-1
Cloth $95.00x/£61.50
ISBN-13: 978-0-226-77921-8
Paper $35.00s/£22.50
PHILOSOPHY EUROPEAN HISTORY
Edited and Translated by Domna C. Stanton and Rebecca M. Wilkin
During the oppressive reign of Louis
XIV, Gabrielle Suchon (1623–1703)
was the most forceful female voice
in France, advocating women’s freedom and self-determination, access to
knowledge, and assertion of authority.
This volume collects Suchon’s writing
from two works—Treatise on Ethics and
Politics (1693) and On the Celibate Life
Freely Chosen; or, Life without Commitments
(1700)—and demonstrates her to be
an original philosophical and moral
thinker and writer.
Suchon argues that both women
and men have inherently similar intellectual, corporeal, and spiritual capaci-
ties, which entitle them equally to essentially human prerogatives, and she
displays her breadth of knowledge as she
harnesses evidence from biblical, classical, patristic, and contemporary secular
sources to bolster her claim. Forgotten
over the centuries, these writings have
been gaining increasing attention from
feminist historians, students of philosophy, and scholars of seventeenthcentury French literature and culture.
This translation, from Domna C. Stanton and Rebecca M. Wilkin, marks the
first time these works have appeared in
English.
Domna C. Stanton is Distinguished Professor in the Graduate Center of the City University
of New York. Rebecca M. Wilkin is assistant professor of French at Pacific Lutheran
University.
“The Other Voice series is a timely
contribution to our understanding
of the nature and extent of the
participation of women and profeminist supporters in early modern
European culture and society. . . .
This series highlights the interest
of early modern women’s literary lives, allowing wives, sisters,
and mothers to step out from the
shadows and assume the place that
is rightfully theirs on the literary
stage.”
—Pollie Bromilow,
Journal of European Studies
April 384 p., 1 halftone 6 x 9
ISBN-13: 978-0-226-67012-6
Cloth $95.00x/£61.50
ISBN-13: 978-0-226-67013-3
Paper $35.00s/£22.50
LITERATURE EUROPEAN HISTORY
Debate of the Romance of the Rose
Christine de Pizan
Edited and Translated by David F. Hult
In 1401 Christine de Pizan (1365–
1430?), one of the most renowned and
prolific woman writers of the Middle
Ages, wrote a letter to the provost of
Lille criticizing the highly popular and
widely read Romance of the Rose for its
blatant and unwarranted misogynistic
depictions of women. The debate that
ensued, over not only the merits of the
treatise but also the place of women
in society, started Europe on the long
path to gender parity. Pizan’s criticism
sparked a continent-wide discussion
that is still alive today in disputes about
art and morality, especially the civic responsibility of a writer or artist for the
works he or she produces.
In Debate of the “Romance of the Rose,”
David F. Hult collects, along with the
debate documents themselves, letters,
sermons, and excerpts from other works
of Pizan, including one from City of Ladies—her major defense of women and
their rights—that give context to this
debate. Here, Pizan’s supporters and
detractors are heard alongside her own
formidable, protofeminist voice. The
resulting volume affords a rare look at
the way people read and thought about
literature in the period immediately
preceding the era of print.
David F. Hult is professor of French at the University of California, Berkeley, and the editor
or coeditor of six books.
64
special interest
Europe and the Euro
Edited by Alberto Alesina and Francesco Giavazzi
It is rare for countries to give up their
currencies and thus their ability to influence such critical aspects of their
economies as interest and exchange
rates. Yet ten years ago a number of European countries did exactly that when
they adopted the euro. Despite some
dissent, there were a number of arguments in favor of the euro: it would facilitate exchange of goods, money, and
people by decreasing costs; it would
increase trade; and it would enhance
efficiency and competitiveness at the
international level.
A decade is an ideal time frame
to evaluate the success of the euro and
whether it has lived up to expectations.
To that end, Europe and the Euro looks
at a number of important issues, including the effects of the euro on reform of
goods and labor markets; its influence
on business cycles and trade among
members; and whether the single currency has induced convergence or divergence in the economic performance
of member countries. While adoption
of the euro may not have met with the
expectations of optimists, the benefits
have been many, and there is reason to
believe that the euro is robust enough
to survive recent economic shocks. This
volume is an essential reference on
both the first ten years of the euro and
the workings of a monetary union.
National Bureau of Economic
Research Conference Report
April 472 p., 81 line drawings,
71 tables 6 x 9
ISBN-13: 978-0-226-01283-4
Cloth $110.00x/£71.00
ECONOMICS
Alberto Alesina is the Nathaniel Ropes Professor of Political Economy at Harvard University and the program director for political economy at the NBER. Francesco Giavazzi is professor of economics at Bocconi University in Milan, president of the Innocenzo Gasparini
Institute for Economic Research, and a research associate at the NBER.
China’s Growing Role in World Trade
Edited by Robert C. Feenstra and Shang-Jin Wei
In less than three decades, China has
grown from playing a negligible role in
world trade to being one of the world’s
largest exporters, a substantial importer of raw materials, intermediate
outputs, and other goods, and both a
recipient and source of foreign investment. Not surprisingly, China’s economic dynamism has generated considerable attention and concern in the
United States and beyond. While some
analysts have warned of the potential
pitfalls of China’s rise—the loss of jobs,
for example—others have highlighted
the benefits of less expensive goods and
services purchased by U.S. consumers
along with new market and investment
opportunities for U.S. firms.
Bringing together an expert group
of contributors, China’s Growing Role in
World Trade undertakes an empirical
investigation of the effects of China’s
new status. The essays collected here
provide detailed analyses of the microstructure of trade, the macroeconomic
implications, sector-level issues, and foreign direct investment. This volume’s
careful examination of micro data in
light of established economic theories
eliminates a number of misconceptions, overturns some conventional wisdom, and documents data patterns that
enhance our understanding of issues
related to China’s trade.
National Bureau of Economic
Research Conference Report
February 608 p., 104 line drawings,
126 tables 6 x 9
ISBN-13: 978-0-226-23971-2
Cloth $110.00x/£71.00
ECONOMICS
Robert C. Feenstra holds the C. Bryan Cameron Distinguished Chair in International
Economics at the University of California, Davis, and he directs the International Trade
and Investment Program at the NBER. Shang-Jin Wei is the N. T. Wang Professor of
Chinese Business and Economy at Columbia University, and he directs the NBER Working
Group on the Chinese Economy.
special interest
65
Reforming the Welfare State
Recovery and Beyond in Sweden
Edited by Richard B. Freeman, Birgitta Swedenborg,
and Robert H. Topel
National Bureau of Economic
Research Conference Report
April 352 p., 75 line drawings,
54 tables 6 x 9
ISBN-13: 978-0-226-26192-8
Cloth $99.00x/£64.00
ECONOMICS
Over the course of the twentieth century, Sweden carried out one of the
most ambitious experiments by a capitalist market economy in developing a
large and active welfare state. Sweden’s
generous social programs and the economic equality they fostered became an
example for other countries to emulate.
Of late, Sweden has also been much discussed as a model of how to deal with financial and economic crisis, due to the
country’s recovery from a mid-1990s
banking crisis. At that time economists debated whether the welfare state
caused Sweden’s crisis and should be
reformed—a debate with clear parallels
to current concerns over capitalism.
Bringing together leading economists, Reforming the Welfare State examines Sweden’s policies in response
to the mid-1990s crisis and the implications for the subsequent recovery.
Among the issues investigated are the
way changes in the labor market, tax
and benefit policies, local government
policy, industrial structure, and international trade affected Sweden’s recovery. The way that Sweden addressed its
economic challenges provides valuable
insight into the viability of large welfare
states, and more broadly, into the way
modern economies deal with crisis.
Richard B. Freeman is a research associate of the NBER and holds the Herbert Ascherman
Chair in Economics at Harvard University. Birgitta Swedenborg is research director of the
Center for Business and Policy Studies in Sweden. Robert H. Topel is the Isidore Brown and
Gladys J. Brown Professor in Urban and Labor Economics in the Booth Graduate School of
Business at the University of Chicago and a research associate at the NBER.
Agglomeration Economics
Edited by Edward L. Glaeser
National Bureau of Economic
Research Conference Report
April 376 p., 61 line drawings,
87 tables 6 x 9
ISBN-13: 978-0-226-29789-7
Cloth $99.00x/£64.00
ECONOMICS
When firms and people are located
near each other in cities and in industrial clusters, they benefit in various
ways, including by reducing the costs
of exchanging goods and ideas. One
might assume that these benefits would
become less important as transportation and communication costs fall. Paradoxically, however, cities have become
increasingly important and even within
cities, industrial clusters remain vital.
Agglomeration Economics brings together a group of essays that examine
the reasons why economic activity continues to cluster together despite the
falling costs of moving goods and transmitting information. The studies cover a
wide range of topics and approach the
economics of agglomeration from different angles. Together they advance our
understanding of agglomeration and its
implications for a globalized world.
Edward L. Glaeser is the Fred and Eleanor Glimp Professor of Economics at Harvard
University, where he also serves as director of the Taubman Center for State and Local
Government and director of the Rappaport Institute for Greater Boston. He is a research
associate and director of the Urban Economics working group at the NBER.
66
special interest
Social Security Programs and Retirement
around the World
The Relationship to Youth Employment
Edited by Jonathan Gruber and David A. Wise
Many countries have social security
systems that are currently financially
unsustainable. Economists and policy
makers have long studied this problem
and identified two key causes. First, as
declining birth rates raise the share of
older persons in the population, the
ratio of retirees to benefits-paying employees increases. Second, as falling
mortality rates increase lifespans, retirees receive benefits for longer than in
the past. Further exacerbating the situation, the provisions of social security
programs often provide strong incentives for people to leave the labor force.
Social Security Programs and Retirement around the World offers compara-
tive analysis from twelve countries and
examines the issue of age in the labor
force. A notable group of contributors
analyzes the relationship between incentives to retire and the proportion
of older persons in the workforce, the
effects that reforming social security
would have on the employment rates of
older workers, and how extending labor
force participation will affect program
costs. Dispelling the myth that employing older workers takes jobs away from
the young, this timely volume challenges a raft of existing assumptions about
the relationship between old and young
people in the workforce.
National Bureau of Economic
Research Conference Report
April 376 p., 161 line drawings,
63 tables 6 x 9
ISBN-13: 978-0-226-30948-4
Cloth $110.00x/£71.00
ECONOMICS
Jonathan Gruber is professor of economics at the Massachusetts Institute of Technology and
director of the Program on Health Care at the NBER, where he is a research associate.
David A. Wise is the John F. Stambaugh Professor of Political Economy at the Kennedy
School of Government, Harvard University. He is area director of the Health and Retirement programs, director of the Program on the Economics of Aging, and a research
associate, all at the NBER.
International Differences in
Entrepreneurship
Edited by Josh Lerner and Antoinette Schoar
Often considered one of the major
forces behind economic growth and
development, the entrepreneurial firm
can accelerate the speed of innovation
and dissemination of new technologies,
thus increasing a country’s competitive
edge in the global market. As a result,
cultivating a strong culture of entrepreneurial thinking has become a primary
goal throughout the world.
In spite of this, there has been little systematic research or comparative
analysis to show how the growth of entrepreneurship differs among countries
in various stages of development. International Differences in Entrepreneurship
fills this void by explaining how a coun-
try’s institutional differences and cultural considerations can affect the role
that entrepreneurs play in its economy.
Developing an understanding of the
origins of entrepreneurs as well as the
choices they make and the complexity
of their activities across countries and
industries is of central importance to
this volume. In addition, contributors
consider how environmental factors of
individual economies, such as market
regulation, government subsidies for
banks, and support for entrepreneurial
culture affect industry and the impact
that entrepreneurs have on growth in
developing nations.
Josh Lerner is the Jacob H. Schiff Professor of Investment Banking at Harvard Business
School and director of the Entrepreneurship Working Group at the NBER. Antoinette
Schoar is the Michael Koerner ’49 Professor of Entrepreneurial Finance at the Massachusetts
Institute of Technology Sloan School of Management and a research associate of the NBER.
National Bureau of Economic
Research Conference Report
April 360 p., 52 line drawings,
80 tables 6 x 9
ISBN-13: 978-0-226-47309-3
Cloth $99.00x/£64.00
ECONOMICS
special interest
67
American Universities in a Global Market
Edited by Charles T. Clotfelter
National Bureau of Economic
Research Conference Report
June 512 p., 72 line drawings,
85 tables 6 x 9
ISBN-13: 978-0-226-11044-8
Cloth $99.00x/£64.00
ECONOMICS
In recent years, America’s position of
leadership in the world has been challenged in many ways. One significant
shift is that the country’s position as
the preeminent global leader in higher
education, particularly in the fields of
science and technology, has come into
question. American Universities in a Global Market comprises eleven studies addressing the variety of issues crucial to
understanding this change. The studies
examine various factors that contributed to America’s success in higher education, including openness to people and
ideas, generous governmental support,
and a tradition of decentralized friendly competition. They also explore the
advantages of holding a dominant position in this marketplace and examine
the current state of American higher
education in a comparative context,
placing particular emphasis on how
market forces affect universities. Other
essays explore the differences in quality
among students and institutions around
the world and shed light on the singular
aspects of American higher education.
Charles T. Clotfelter is the Z. Smith Reynolds Professor of Public Policy, professor of
economics and law, and director of the Center for the Study of Philanthropy and
Voluntarism at Duke University. He is a research associate of the NBER.
Measuring and Managing Federal
Financial Risk
Edited by Deborah Lucas
National Bureau of Economic
Research Conference Report
April 272 p., 38 line drawings,
29 tables 6 x 9
ISBN-13: 978-0-226-49658-0
Cloth $85.00x/£55.00
ECONOMICS
The U.S. government is the world’s
largest financial institution, providing
credit and assuming risk through diverse activities. But the potential cost
and risk of these actions and obligations remains poorly understood and
only partially measured. Government
budgetary and financial accounting
rules, which largely determine the information available to federal decision
makers, have only just begun to address
these issues. Recently, however, there
has been a push to rethink how these
programs are valued and accounted for,
and some progress has been made in
applying modern valuation methods—
such as options pricing, risk-adjusted
discount rates, and value at risk—to
these types of obligations.
This book contains new research,
both empirical and methodological, on
the measurement and management of
these costs and risks. The analyses encompass a broad spectrum of federal
programs, including housing, catastrophe insurance, student loans, social
security, and environmental liabilities.
Collectively, the contributions gathered
in Measuring and Managing Federal Financial Risk demonstrate that the logic
of financial economics can be a useful
tool for studying a range of federal activities.
At the time this work was completed, Deborah Lucas was the Donald C. Clark HSBC Professor of Consumer Finance at the Kellogg School of Management, Northwestern University,
and a research associate of the NBER.
68
special interest
Research Findings in the Economics of Aging
Edited by David A. Wise
The baby boom generation’s entry into
old age has led to an unprecedented
increase in the elderly population. The
social and economic effects of this shift
are significant, and in Research Findings
in the Economics of Aging, a group of leading researchers takes an eclectic view of
the subject. Among the broad topics
discussed are work and retirement behavior, work disability, and their relationship to the structure of retirement
and disability policies. While the choice
of when to retire is made by individuals, those decisions are influenced by a
set of incentives, including retirement
benefits and health care, and this volume includes cross-national analyses of
the effects of such programs on those
decisions. Furthermore, the volume
also offers in-depth analysis of the effects of retirement plans, employer
contributions, and housing prices on
retirement. It explores well-established
relationships among economic circumstances, health, and mortality, as well as
the effects of poverty and lower levels
of economic development on health
and life satisfaction. By combining the
micro and the macro, this latest volume
continues the tradition of expanding
the research agenda both through the
questions it asks and the empirical domain it examines.
National Bureau of Economic
Research Conference Report
April 504 p., 106 line drawings,
126 tables 6 x 9
ISBN-13: 978-0-226-90306-4
Cloth $115.00x/£74.50
ECONOMICS
David A. Wise is the John F. Stambaugh Professor of Political Economy at the Kennedy
School of Government at Harvard University and area director for Aging and Health
Studies at the NBER.
Shared Capitalism at Work
Employee Ownership, Profit and Gain Sharing, and
Broad-based Stock Options
Edited by Douglas L. Kruse, Richard B. Freeman, and Joseph R. Blasi
The historical relationship between capital and labor has changed immensely
in the past few decades. One particularly noteworthy development is the rise
of shared capitalism, a system in which
workers have become partial owners of
their firms and thus, in effect, both employees and stockholders. Profit-sharing
arrangements and gain-sharing bonuses, which tie compensation directly to a
firm’s performance, also reflect this new
attitude toward labor.
Shared Capitalism at Work analyzes
the effects of this trend on workers and
firms. The contributors focus on four
main areas: the fraction of firms that
participate in shared capitalism programs in the United States and abroad,
the factors that enable these firms to
overcome classic free rider and risk
problems, the effect of shared capitalism on firm performance, and the impact of shared capitalism on worker
well-being. This volume provides essential studies for understanding the
increasingly important role of shared
capitalism in the modern workplace.
National Bureau of Economic
Research Conference Report
June 464 p., 22 line drawings,
94 tables 6 x 9
ISBN-13: 978-0-226-05695-1
Cloth $99.00x/£64.00
ECONOMICS
Douglas L. Kruse is professor in the School of Management and Labor Relations at Rutgers
University and a research associate of the NBER. Richard B. Freeman holds the Herbert
Ascherman Chair in Economics at Harvard University and is a research associate of the
NBER. Joseph R. Blasi is professor in the School of Management and Labor Relations at
Rutgers University and a research associate of the NBER.
special interest
69
2nd PROOF
✔ MARY
❍
❍ ALICE
Innovation Policy and the Economy 2009,
Volume 10
Edited by Joshua Lerner and Scott Stern
National Bureau of Economic
Research Innovation Policy and
the Economy
March 176 p., 2 line drawings,
2 tables 6 x 9
ISBN-13: 978-0-226-47333-8
Cloth $58.00x/£37.50
ISBN-13: 978-0-226-47334-5
Paper $20.00x/£13.00
ECONOMICS
The Innovation Policy and the Economy
series provides a forum for research on
the interactions among public policy,
the innovation process, and the economy. The distinguished contributors
to this volume cover all types of policy
that affect the ability of an economy
to achieve scientific and technological
progress—or that affect the impact of
science and technology on economic
growth. Issues covered in Volume 10
are the effect of alternative methods for
offering incentives for innovation, innovation policy and entrepreneurship in
international perspective, and the impact of university patenting and licensing activities on university research.
Joshua Lerner is the Jacob H. Schiff Professor of Investment Banking at Harvard Business
School, with a joint appointment in the finance and entrepreneurial management units,
and a research associate of the NBER. Scott Stern is associate professor of management
strategy at the Kellogg School of Management, Northwestern University, and a research
associate of the NBER.
NBER International Seminar on
Macroeconomics 2009, Volume 6
Edited by Lucrezia Reichlin and Kenneth West
National Bureau of Economic
Research International Seminar on
Macroeconomics
March 500 p., 60 line drawings 6 x 9
ISBN-13: 978-0-226-70749-5
Cloth $90.00x/£58.00
ISBN-13: 978-0-226-70750-1
Paper $50.00x/£32.50
ECONOMICS
The International Seminar on Macroeconomics has met annually in Europe
for thirty years. The papers included
in this volume discuss defaults, underwriters, and sovereign bond markets
between 1815 and 2007; openness and
the rise and fall of stock market correla-
tions between 1890 and 2001; systemic
risk taking and the U.S. financial crisis;
the Feldstein-Horioka fact; the puzzle
of the real exchange rate of nontradable goods; and methods of assessing
external equilibrium in low-income
countries.
Lucrezia Reichlin is professor of economics at London Business School. Kenneth West is
the Ragnar Frisch Professor of Economics at the University of Wisconsin–Madison and a
research associate of the NBER.
NBER Macroeconomics Annual 2009,
Volume 24
Edited by Daron Acemoglu and Michael Woodford
National Bureau of Economic
Research Macroeconomics Annual
March 440 p., 41 line drawings 6 x 9
ISBN-13: 978-0-226-00209-5
Cloth $90.00x/£58.00
ISBN-13: 978-0-226-00210-1
Paper $60.00x/£39.00
ECONOMICS
70
special interest
The NBER Macroeconomics Annual provides a forum for important debates
in contemporary macroeconomics
and major developments in the theory
of macroeconomic analysis and policy
that include leading economists from
a variety of fields. The papers and accompanying discussions in NBER Macroeconomics Annual 2009 address lever-
age cycles and how they can be driven
by the interaction of heterogeneous
beliefs and equilibrium leverage, the
validity of alternative explanations of
the recent increase in foreclosures on
residential mortgages, the credit rating
crisis, quantitative implications for the
evolution of the U.S. wage distribution,
and noisy business cycles.
Daron Acemoglu is the Charles P. Kinderberger Professor of Applied Economics at the
Massachusetts Institute of Technology and a research associate of the NBER.
Michael Woodford is the John Bates Clark Professor of Political Economy at Columbia
University and a research associate of the NBER.
3rd PROOF
✔ MARY
❍
❍ ALICE
Osiris, Volume 25
Expertise and the Early Modern State
Edited by Eric H. Ash
This newest annual edition of Osiris
brings together a variety of scholars to
consider a topic of increasing interest
in the history of science: expertise. Focusing specifically on the role expertise
has played in the support, legitimation,
and growth of the state since early modern times, Expertise and the Early Modern
State reveals how scientific expertise
and practical knowledge were crucial
to the construction of early modern empires and economies. The state, on the
other hand, performed a similar function for scientists, giving them much of
the status and resources they needed
to further their work. A penetrating,
multifaceted investigation, this volume
will be required reading for historians
of science and early modern political
development.
Osiris
july 350 p. 63/4 x 10
ISBN-13: 978-0-226-02939-9
Paper $33.00x/£21.50
SCIENCE HISTORY
Eric H. Ash is associate professor of history at Wayne State University and the author of
Power, Knowledge, and Expertise in Elizabethan England.
The Supreme Court Economic Review,
Volume 18
Edited by Ilya Somin and Todd J. Zywicki
Supreme Court Economic Review is an interdisciplinary journal that provides a
forum for scholarship in law and economics, public choice, and constitutional political economy. Its approach
is broad-ranging and the contributions
it brings together apply explicit or implicit economic reasoning to the analysis of legal issues before the court, with
special attention to Supreme Court
decisions, judicial process, and institutional design.
Supreme Court Economic Review
June 300 p. 61/8 x 91/4
ISBN-13: 978-0-226-76762-8
Cloth $50.00x/£32.50
LAW ECONOMICS
Ilya Somin is an assistant professor at George Mason University School of Law.
Todd J. Zywicki is the George Mason University Foundation Professor of Law and senior
scholar of the Mercatus Center, both at George Mason University.
The Supreme Court Review 2009
Edited by Dennis J. Hutchinson, David A. Strauss,
and Geoffrey R. Stone
For forty-nine years, the Supreme Court
Review has been lauded for providing
authoritative discussion of the Court’s
most significant decisions. The Review
is an in-depth annual critique of the
Supreme Court and its work, one that
strives to keep on the forefront of the
origins, reforms, and interpretations
of American law. Recent volumes have
considered such issues as the 2000 presidential election, cross burning, federalism and state sovereignty, the United
States v. American Library Association case,
failed Supreme Court nominations, and
numerous First and Fourth amendment
cases.
Dennis J. Hutchinson is a senior lecturer in law and the William Rainey Harper Professor
in the College, master of the New Collegiate Division, and associate dean of the College
at the University of Chicago. David A. Strauss is the Harry N. Wyatt Professor of Law at
the University of Chicago. Geoffrey R. Stone is the Harry Kalven, Jr. Distinguished Service
Professor of Law at the University of Chicago.
Supreme Court Review
June 400 p. 61/8 x 91/4
ISBN-13: 978-0-226-36255-7
Cloth $65.00x/£42.00
LAW
special interest
71
Requirements for Certification
of Teachers, Counselors, Librarians, Administrators for
Elementary and Secondary Schools, Seventy-fifth Edition,
2010–2011
Edited by Elizabeth A. Kaye and Jeffrey J. Makos
JUly 304 p. 81/2 x 11
ISBN-13: 978-0-226-42862-8
Cloth $55.00x/£35.50
EDUCATION
This annual volume offers the most
complete and current listings of the
requirements for certification of a wide
range of educational professionals at
the elementary and secondary levels.
Requirements for Certification is a valuable
resource, making much-needed knowledge available in one straightforward
volume.
Elizabeth A. Kaye specializes in communications as part of her coaching and consulting
practice. She has edited Requirements for Certification since the 2000–2001 edition.
Jeffrey J. Makos is a freelance writer and editor based in Chicago.
Practical Healthcare Epidemiology
Third Edition
Edited by Ebbing Lautenbach, Keith F. Woeltje, and Preeti N. Malani
June 400 p. 81/2 x 11
ISBN-13: 978-0-226-47102-0
Cloth $185.00x/£120.00
medicine
72
special interest
In recent years, issues of infection control, patient safety, and quality of care
have become increasingly prominent in
health-care facilities. Practical Healthcare
Epidemiology takes a practical, hands-on
approach to these issues, addressing all
aspects of infection surveillance, prevention, and infection control in clear,
straightforward terms. This fully revised third edition brings together the
expertise of more than fifty leaders in
health-care epidemiology and infection
prevention, who provide clear, sound
guidance on infection control for the
full range of patients in all types of
health-care facilities, including those
in settings with limited resources. It will
be a powerful resource for practitioners
in any branch of medicine or public
health who are involved in infection
prevention and control, whether they
are experienced in health-care epidemiology or new to the field.
Ebbing Lautenbach is associate professor of medicine in the Division of Infectious Diseases,
associate professor of epidemiology in the Department of Biostatistics and Epidemiology,
and senior scholar in the Center for Clinical Epidemiology and Biostatistics at the University of Pennsylvania School of Medicine. Keith F. Woeltje is associate professor of medicine
in infectious diseases at the Washington University School of Medicine and the medical
director of infection prevention for BJC HealthCare in St. Louis. Preeti N. Malani is associate professor of medicine in the divisions of infectious diseases and geriatric medicine at
the University of Michigan and a research scientist at the Veterans Affairs Ann Arbor
Healthcare System’s Geriatric Research Education and Clinical Center.
now in paperback
John R. Lott, Jr.
More Guns,
Less Crime
Understanding Crime and Gun
Control Laws
Third Edition
O
n its initial publication in 1998, John R. Lott, Jr.’s More Guns,
Less Crime drew both lavish praise and heated criticism.
More than a decade later, it continues to play a key role
in ongoing arguments over gun-control laws: despite all the attacks
More than 100,000 copies sold
“A compelling book with enough hard evidence that even politicians may have to
stop and pay attention. More Guns, Less
Crime is an exhaustive analysis of the
effect of gun possession on crime rates.”
—James Bovard,
Wall Street Journal
by gun-control advocates, no one has ever been able to refute Lott’s
simple, startling conclusion that more guns mean less crime. Relying
on the most rigorously comprehensive data analysis ever conducted
on crime statistics and right-to-carry laws, the book directly challenges common perceptions about the relationship of guns, crime, and
violence. For this third edition, Lott brings his data fully up to date,
incorporating recent research and changes in the law and answering a
range of critics.
Studies in Law and Economics
MAY 472 p., 87 line drawings, 77 tables 6 x 9
ISBN-13: 978-0-226-49366-4
Paper $18.00/£11.50
CURRENT EVENTS
“John Lott documents how far ‘politically correct’ vested interests
are willing to go to denigrate anyone who dares disagree with them.
Lott has done us all a service by his thorough, thoughtful, scholarly
approach to a highly controversial issue.”—Milton Friedman
“Lott’s pro-gun argument has to be examined on the merits, and
its chief merit is lots of data. . . . If you still disagree with Lott, at least
you will know what will be required to rebut a case that looks pretty
near bulletproof.”—Peter Coy, Business Week
“By providing strong empirical evidence that yet another liberal
policy is a cause of the very evil it purports to cure, he has permanently
changed the terms of debate on gun control. . . . Lott’s book could
hardly be more timely. . . . A model of the meticulous application of
economics and statistics to law and policy.”—John O. McGinnis,
National Review
John R. Lott, Jr., is the author of Freedomnomics and Are Predatory Commitments
Credible? Who Should the Courts Believe?, the latter also published by the University of Chicago Press.
74
paperbacks
Marc Bekoff and Jessica Pierce
Wild Justice
The Moral Lives of Animals
S
cientists have long counseled against interpreting animal behavior in terms of human emotions, warning that such anthropomorphizing limits our ability to understand animals as they
really are. With Wild Justice, Marc Bekoff and Jessica Pierce unequivocally challenge this long-held view.
Marrying years of behavioral and cognitive research with compel-
ling and moving anecdotes, Bekoff and Pierce reveal that animals exhibit a broad repertoire of moral behaviors, including fairness, empathy, trust, and reciprocity. Animals, in short, are incredibly adept social
beings, relying on rules of conduct to navigate intricate social networks
“Humans think of themselves as the only
that are essential to their survival. Ultimately, Bekoff and Pierce draw
moral animals. But what about . . . the rat
the astonishing conclusion that there is no moral gap between humans
who refuses to shock another to earn a
and other species: morality is an evolved trait that we unquestionably
reward, and the magpie who grieves for
share with other social mammals.
her young? Cognitive animal behavior-
ist Bekoff and philosopher Pierce argue
“This provocative and well-argued view of animal morality may
surprise some readers as it challenges outdated assumptions about
that nonhuman animals also are moral
animals. . . . Written as much for other academics as for interested lay
beings—with not just building blocks or
readers, this lucid book is highly recommended.”—Library Journal
precursors of morality but the real deal.
The research gathered here makes a com-
“The authors contend that, in order to understand the moral
compass by which animals live, we must first expand our definition
pelling case that it is time to reconsider
of morality to include moral behavior unique to each species. Stud-
yet another of the traits we have claimed
ies done by the authors, as well as experts in the fields of psychology,
as uniquely our own.”
—Discover
human social intelligence, zoology, and other branches of relevant
science excellently bolster their claim.”—Publishers Weekly
“Wild Justice makes a compelling argument for open-mindedness
regarding nonhuman animals.”—New Scientist
April 208 p., 8 halftones 6 x 9
ISBN-13: 978-0-226-04163-6
Paper $17.00/£11.00
SCIENCE
Cloth ISBN: 978-0-226-04161-2
Marc Bekoff has published numerous books, including The Emotional Lives
of Animals, and has provided expert commentary for many media outlets,
including the New York Times, CNN, and the BBC. Jessica Pierce has taught
and written about philosophy for many years. She is the author of a number
of books, including Morality Play: Case Studies in Ethics.
paperbacks
75
Three Parker Novels by Richard Stark
With a new Foreword by Dennis Lehane
The Green Eagle Score
The Black Ice Score
The Sour Lemon Score
P
“The Parkers read with the speed of pulp
while unfolding with an almost Nabokovian wit and flair. . . . Original editions
of these books, and even later reprints,
change hands for scores of hundreds of
dollars on the Net, and it’s excellent to
have them readily available again—not
arker, the ruthless antihero of Richard Stark’s eponymous
mystery novels, is one of the most unforgettable characters in
hardboiled noir. The University of Chicago Press has em-
barked on a project to return the early volumes of this series to print
for a new generation of readers to discover—and become addicted to.
This season’s offerings include volumes 10–12 in the series.
In The Green Eagle Score, Parker takes on an Air Force payroll job in
upstate New York, with inside help. But the ice is thinner than Parker
likes to think—someone’s wife’s psychiatrist enters the scene and
nearly foils his best-laid heist.
so much masterpieces of the genre, just
masterpieces, period.”
their diamonds back—and restore their national wealth to its rightful
—Richard Rayner,
Los Angeles Times
The Green Eagle Score
April 184 p. 51/2 x 8
ISBN-13: 978-0-226-77108-3
Paper $14.00
MYSTERY
cobe
The Black Ice Score
April 168 p. 51/2 x 8
ISBN-13: 978-0-226-77109-0
Paper $14.00
mystery
cobe
The Sour Lemon Score
April 168 p. 51/2 x 8
ISBN-13: 978-0-226-77110-6
Paper $14.00
mystery
cobe
76
paperbacks
In The Black Ice Score, a small African nation asks Parker to steal
owners. Too many people want in on the score, including a group that
decides to snatch Parker’s woman. They thought they were buying an
advantage, but what they get is a predated death certificate.
The Sour Lemon Score features a bank robbery that goes like clock-
work until one of Parker’s partners gets too greedy for his own good.
One of the darkest novels in the series, this caper proves the adage that
no one crosses Parker and lives.
“Whatever Stark writes, I read. He’s a stylist, a pro, and I thoroughly
enjoy his attitude.”—Elmore Leonard
“Parker is refreshingly amoral, a thief who always gets away with
the swag.”—Stephen King, Entertainment Weekly
“Richard Stark is the Prince of Noir.”—Martin Cruz-Smith
Richard Stark was one of the many pseudonyms of Donald E. Westlake
(1933–2008), a prolific author of noir crime fiction. In 1993 the Mystery
Writers of America bestowed the society’s highest honor on Westlake, naming
him a Grand Master.
Tom Vanderbilt
Survival City
Adventures among the Ruins of
Atomic America
O
n the road to Survival City, Tom Vanderbilt maps the visible and invisible legacies of the cold war, exhuming the
blueprints for the apocalypse we once envisioned and
chronicling a time in which we all lived at ground zero. In this road
trip among ruined missile silos, atomic storage bunkers, and secret test
sites, a lost battleground emerges amid the architecture of the 1950s,
accompanied by Walter Cotten’s stunning photographs. Survival City
looks deep into the national soul, unearthing the dreams and fears
that drove us during the latter half of the twentieth century.
“A genuinely engaging book, perhaps because Vanderbilt is skillful
at conveying his own sense of engagement to the reader.”—Los Angeles
Times
“A retracing of Dr. Strangelove as ordinary life.”—Greil Marcus,
Bookforum
“This is a crucial and dazzling book. Masterful, and for me at least, intoxicating.
It reminds us of the absurd and sinister
ways humans have attempted to ensure
their survival, and, without ever oversimplifying, it manages to be a ridiculously
entertaining read.”
“A fascinating political and cultural analysis of ‘cold war architec-
—Dave Eggers
ture’: a vast array of structures from missile silos to small towns built
to test the effectiveness of an atomic blast, presidential fallout shelters,
nuclear waste dumps, monoliths like the windowless PacBell building
in Los Angeles, and countless motels and diners named ‘Atomic.’”
—Publishers Weekly
“Exploring buried traces of the cold war in America . . . Vanderbilt
April 240 p., 80 halftones, 7 line drawings
6x9
ISBN-13: 978-0-226-84694-1
Paper $17.00/£11.00
HISTORY ARCHITECTURE
Previously published by Princeton Architectural Press
ISBN: 978-1-56898-305-9
finds a vast, secret, and now largely abandoned landscape.”—Architecture
“Survival City, by taking us on a tour of important places we’ve
probably never seen, is both a call to preserve cold war history and a valuable reminder of the continual impact of nuclear weapons on the American cultural and physical landscape.”—Bulletin of the Atomic Scientists
Tom Vanderbilt is the New York Times best-selling author of Traffic: Why We
Drive the Way We Do (and What It Says About Us). His work on design, technology, science, and culture has appeared in the New York Times Magazine, Nation,
London Review of Books, Wall Street Journal, and others.
paperbacks
77
Sophocles
Oedipus the King
Translated and with an Introduction by David Grene
A
vailable for the first time as an independent work, David
Grene’s legendary translation of Oedipus the King renders
Sophocles’ Greek into cogent, vivid, and poetic English
for a new generation to savor. Over the years, Grene and Lattimore’s
Complete Greek Tragedies have been the preferred choice of millions of
readers—for personal libraries, individual study, and classroom use.
This new, stand-alone edition of Sophocles’ searing tale of jealousy,
rage, and revenge will continue the tradition of the University of
Chicago Press’s classic series.
“These authoritative translations consign
all other complete collections to the
wastebasket.”
—Robert Brustein,
New Republic, on David Grene
and Richmond Lattimore’s
Complete Greek Tragedies
“This is it. No qualifications. Go out and buy it everybody.”
—Kenneth Rexroth, Nation
“The translations deliberately avoid the highly wrought and affect-
edly poetic; their idiom is contemporary. . . . They have life and speed
and suppleness of phrase.”—Times Education Supplement
“Grene is one of the great translators.”—Conor Cruise O’Brien,
Sunday Times
March 88 p. 51/4 x 8
ISBN-13: 978-0-226-76868-7
Paper $8.00/£5.00
CLASSICS LITERATURE
“These translations belong to our time. A keen poetic sensibility
repeatedly quickens them; and without this inner fire the most academically flawless rendering is dead.”—Warren D. Anderson, American
Oxonian
“The critical commentaries and the versions themselves . . . are
fresh, unpretentious, and above all, functional.”—Commonweal
David Grene (1913–2002) taught classics for many years at the University of
Chicago. He was a founding member of the Committee on Social Thought
and coedited the University of Chicago Press’s prestigious series The Complete
Greek Tragedies.
78
paperbacks
Randall Jarrell
Pictures from an
Institution
A Comedy
B
eneath the unassuming surface of a progressive women’s college lurks a world of intellectual pride and pomposity awaiting
devastation by the pens of two brilliant and appalling wits.
Randall Jarrell’s classic novel was originally published to overwhelming
critical acclaim in 1954, forging a new standard for campus satire—
and instantly yielding comparisons to Dorothy Parker’s razor-sharp
barbs. Like his fictional nemesis, Jarrell cuts through the earnest
conversations at Benton College mischievously—but with mischief
nowhere more wicked than when crusading against the vitriolic
heroine herself.
“This is a searching novel about a mean
lady novelist writing a mean novel about
a college where she is spending a year
“A most literate account of a group of most literate people by a
teaching creative writing. It portrays a
writer of power. . . . A delight of true understanding.”—Wallace Stevens
savage, lethal-tongued bluestocking,
pitilessly intent on pinning down her
“I’m greatly impressed by the real fun, the incisive satire, the close-
ness of observation, and in the end by a kind of sympathy and human
colleagues as specimens in her already
warmth. It’s a remarkable book.”—Robert Penn Warren
gruesome collection. . . . Mr. Jarrell is
on the side of the angels. His is a divine
“Move over Dorothy Parker. Pictures . . . is less a novel than a series
of poisonous portraits, set pieces, and endlessly quotable put-downs.
meanness, and he exposes his female
Read it less for plot than sharp satire, Jarrell’s forte.”—Mary Welp
writing devil punitively, matching her
“One of the wittiest books of modern times.”—New York Times
“The father of the modern campus novel, and the wittiest of them
all. Extraordinary to think that ‘political correctness’ was so deliciously
dissected fifty years ago.”—Noel Malcolm, Sunday Telegraph
“A sustained exhibition of wit in the great tradition. . . . Immensely
stream of poisonous wisecracks with a
series of coruscating cracks of his own
worthy of Dorothy Parker at her most
hilarious and deadly.”
—Francis Steegmuller,
New York Times Book Review
and very devastatingly shrewd.”—Edmund Fuller, Saturday Review
Randall Jarrell (1914–1965) is the author of six volumes of poetry and the recipient of the National Book Award for Poetry in 1961. Pictures from an Institution is his only novel.
April 296 p. 51/2 x 81/2
ISBN-13: 978-0-226-39375-9
Paper $16.00/£10.50
fiction
paperbacks
79
Mike Royko
Early Royko
Up Against It in Chicago
With a new Foreword by Rick Kogan
C
ombining the incisive pen of a newspaperman and the
compassionate soul of a poet, Mike Royko became a Chicago
institution—in Jimmy Breslin’s words, “the best journalist of
his time.” Early Royko: Up Against It in Chicago will restore to print the
legendary columnist’s first writings, which chronicle 1960s Chicago
with the moral vision, ironic sense, and razor-sharp voice that would
remain Royko’s trademark.
This collection of early columns from the Chicago Daily News ranges
Praise for One More Time: The Best of
Mike Royko and For the Love of Mike
from witty social commentary to politically astute satire. Some of the
“Full of astonishments, and the greatest
display Royko’s unrivaled skill at using humor to tell truth to power.
pieces are falling-down funny and others are tenderly nostalgic, but all
of these is Royko’s technical mastery as
From machine politicians and gangsters to professional athletes, from
a writer.”
well-heeled Chicagoans to down-and-out hoodlums, no one escapes
—Hendrik Hertzberg,
New Yorker
Royko’s penetrating gaze—and resounding judgment. Early Royko
features a memorable collection of characters, including such well-
“Royko was one of the most respected and
known figures as Hugh Hefner, Mayor Richard J. Daley, and Dr. Martin
admired people in the business, by read-
Luther King. But these boldfaced names are juxtaposed with Royko’s
ers and colleagues alike. . . . Savor his
beloved lesser-knowns from the streets of Chicago: Mrs. Peak, Sylvester
work while you can.”
“Two-Gun Pete” Washington, and Fats Boylermaker, who gained fame
—Jonathan Yardley,
Washington Post Book World
for leaning against a corner light pole from 2 a.m. Saturday until noon
Sunday, when his neighborhood tavern reopened for business.
May 232 p. 51/2 x 81/2
ISBN-13: 978-0-226-73077-6
Paper $16.00/£10.50
LITERATURE HUMOR
Accompanied by a foreword from Rick Kogan, this new edition
will delight Royko’s most ardent fans and capture the hearts of a new
generation of readers. As Kogan writes, Early Royko “will remind us
how a remarkable relationship began—Chicago and Royko, Royko and
Chicago—and how it endures.”
Mike Royko (1932–97) worked as a daily columnist for the Chicago Daily News,
the Chicago Sun-Times, and the Chicago Tribune. His Pulitzer Prize–winning
columns were syndicated in more than six hundred newspapers across the
country. He is the author of Boss: Richard J. Daley of Chicago, One More Time:
The Best of Mike Royko, and For the Love of Mike: More of the Best of Mike Royko, the
latter two published by the University of Chicago Press.
80
paperbacks
David Lee
Nature’s Palette
The Science of Plant Color
N
ature’s Palette is a highly illustrated, immensely entertaining
exploration of the science of plant color. Beginning with
potent reminders of how deeply interwoven plant colors are
with human life and culture—from the shifting hues that told early
humans when fruits and vegetables were edible to the indigo dyes that
signified royalty for later generations—David Lee moves easily through
details of pigments, the evolution of color perception, the nature of
light, and dozens of other topics. Through a narrative peppered with
anecdotes of a life spent pursuing botanical knowledge around the
world, he reveals the profound ways that efforts to understand and
exploit plant color have influenced every sphere of human life.
“Nature’s Palette is a spacious book, full of wonder and wonders,
in which the scientific and the personal, the poetic and the historical, come together in the most delightful way—it is a pure pleasure to
read.”—Oliver Sacks
“Lee takes his readers through the social history, ecology, evolu-
“Lee’s book is packed with many gems
from botanical and social history. . . . His
paean provides a compelling case that
botany is full of intellectual challenges,
many shamefully neglected.”
—Philip Ball,
Nature
tion and biochemistry of plant color. Lee makes no apologies for his
unabashedly personal approach, and his love and enthusiasm for the
subject shine through on every page.”—Sandra Knapp, Times Literary
Supplement
“A great book that will leave you looking at leaves and petals with
May 384 p., 438 color plates, 31 halftones,
83 line drawings 6 x 9
ISBN-13: 978-0-226-47053-5
Paper $22.50/£14.50
SCIENCE GARDENING
Cloth ISBN: 978-0-226-47052-8
renewed admiration.”—New Scientist
“The book is beautifully illustrated. . . . The science in the book
is solid, but is presented in a clear, nonintimidating fashion. Nature’s
Palette will appeal to a wide audience.”—Choice
David Lee is professor in the Department of Biological Sciences at Florida
International University and research collaborator at Fairchild Tropical
Garden in Miami.
paperbacks
81
Ellen Prager
Chasing Science
at Sea
Racing Hurricanes, Stalking
Sharks, and Living Undersea with
Ocean Experts
C
hasing Science at Sea immerses readers in the world of those
who regularly go to sea—aquanauts living underwater,
marine biologists seeking unseen life in the deep ocean, and
tall-ship captains at the helm, among others—and tells the fascinating
“Prager’s book brings alive the moments
tale of what life, and science, is like at the mercy of Mother Nature.
of wonder, surprise, enlightenment, frus-
tration, humor, camaraderie and danger
shares her stories as well as those of her colleagues, revealing that in
involved in fieldwork on and beneath the
the field ingenuity and a good sense of humor are as essential as water,
waves. . . . Her book assembles anecdotes
sunblock, and GPS. Filled with firsthand accounts of the challenges
from colleagues such as marine biolo-
and triumphs of dealing with the extreme forces of nature and the
gists, geologists and engineers. Their
unpredictable world of the ocean, Chasing Science at Sea is a unique
tales range from divers chasing parrotfish
glimpse below the waterline at what it is like—and why it is impor-
poo with plastic bags to oceanographers
tant—to study, explore, and spend time in one of our planet’s most
seeing an actual step in the surface of
fascinating and foreign environments.
the sea at the edge of the Gulf Stream.
In bringing these briny tales together,
title is invaluable.”—Booklist
Prager explores some of their common
themes to convey why many of us study
magic of the underwater world.”—Wall Street Journal
the ocean—and why it matters.”
—Jon Copley,
Times Higher Education
With passion and wit, well-known marine scientist Ellen Prager
“As an unorthodox handbook for would-be ocean scientists, this
“Prager . . . uses breezy, accessible prose to evoke the beauty and
“With tongue only slightly in cheek, Prager offers advice for any
field scientist: always bring spare pencils and be prepared for things to
go wrong, from pirates to valuable equipment getting lost or damaged.
May 178 p., 4 color plates, 28 halftones
6x9
ISBN-13: 978-0-226-67874-0
Paper $13.00/£8.50
SCIENCE
Cloth ISBN: 978-0-226-67870-2
82
paperbacks
. . . Focused on adventure rather than in-depth science, this entertaining
book will appeal most to casual and younger readers.”—Publishers Weekly
Ellen Prager is currently the chief scientist at the world’s only undersea research station, Aquarius Reef Base in the Florida Keys, and a freelance writer.
Among her publications are The Oceans and Furious Earth: The Science and
Nature of Earthquakes, Volcanoes, and Tsunamis, a series of children’s books including Sand, Volcano, and Earthquakes with the National Geographic Society;
and a children’s novel, Adventure on Dolphin Island.
Authors of the Storm
Meteorologists and the Culture of Prediction
Gary Alan Fine
In Authors of the Storm, Gary Alan Fine
offers an inside look at how meteorologists and forecasters predict the
weather. Through field observation
and interviews, Fine finds a supremely
hard-working, insular clique of professionals who often refer to themselves as
a “band of brothers.” In Fine’s skilled
hands, we learn their lingo, how they
“read” weather conditions, how forecasts are written, and, of course, how
those messages are conveyed to the
public. Weather forecasts, he shows, are
often shaped as much by social and cultural factors inside local offices as they
are by approaching cumulus clouds.
“Fine engages his reader by skillfully describing the human side of
weather forecasters who must contend
with having to produce timely, accurate
forecasts under the stress of meeting a
complexity of organizational demands.
. . . A highly recommended book for
both scholars and everyone who has an
interest in the weather.”—Choice
Gary Alan Fine is professor of sociology at Northwestern University and the author of
numerous books, including Everyday Genius: Self-Taught Art and the Culture of Authenticity;
With the Boys: Little League Baseball and Preadolescent Culture; and Shared Fantasy: Role Playing
Games as Social Worlds, all published by the University of Chicago Press.
Intimacies
Leo Bersani and Adam Phillips
Two gifted and highly prolific intellectuals, Leo Bersani and Adam Phillips,
here engage in a fascinating dialogue
about the problems and possibilities of
human intimacy. Their conversation
takes as its point of departure psychoanalysis and its central importance
to the modern imagination—though
equally important is their shared sense
that by misleading us about the importance of self-knowledge and the danger
of narcissism, psychoanalysis has failed
to realize its most exciting and innovative relational potential. Persuasive and
provocative, Intimacies is a rare opportunity to listen in on two brilliant thinkers as they explore new ways of thinking
about the human psyche.
“This is a beautifully crafted book,
one that underscores how the social life
of the psyche is a matter of risk, wager,
suspense, excitation, bodies, talk, and
all manner of things both dangerous
and sustaining.”—Judith Butler
Leo Bersani is professor emeritus of French at the University of California, Berkeley. He is
the author or coauthor of numerous books, including The Freudian Body: Psychoanalysis and
Art and Homos. Adam Phillips is a psychoanalyst, visiting professor in the Department of
English at York University, the general editor of Penguin Modern Classics’s Freud translations, and the author of twelve books, including Going Sane and Side Effects.
June 280 p., 3 halftones, 1 map 6 x 9
ISBN-13: 978-0-226-24953-7
Paper $24.00s/£15.50
SOCIOLOGY SCIENCE
Cloth ISBN: 978-0-226-24952-0
“In this fascinating and disturbing
book, two writers with prose and
intellectual styles that are at once
famously identifiable and intimately
personal celebrate the possibility of
relationships that defy identity and
undo personality. . . . Bersani and
Phillips at once dream of shattering
the ego and, in their own distinct
voices, display its miraculous,
tragicomic persistence.”
—Stephen Greenblatt
May 144 p. 51/2 x 81/2
ISBN-13: 978-0-226-04345-6
Paper $12.00s/£8.00
PSYCHOLOGY
Cloth ISBN: 978-0-226-04351-7
paperbacks
83
Alfarabi and the Foundation of Islamic
Political Philosophy
Muhsin S. Mahdi
With a Foreword by Charles E. Butterworth
April 288 p. 6 x 9
ISBN-13: 978-0-226-50187-1
Paper $30.00s/£19.50
PHILOSOPHY POLITICAL SCIENCE
Cloth ISBN: 978-0-226-50186-4
In this work, Muhsin S. Mahdi—widely
regarded as the preeminent scholar of
Islamic political thought—distills more
than four decades of research to offer
an authoritative analysis of the work of
Alfarabi, the founder of Islamic political
philosophy. Mahdi, who also brought to
light writings of Alfarabi that had long
been presumed lost or were not even
known, presents this great thinker as a
philosopher who sought to lay the foundations for a new understanding of revealed religion and its relation to the
tradition of political philosophy.
This philosophical engagement with
the writings of and about Alfarabi has become essential reading for anyone interested in medieval political philosophy.
“This is the magisterial work of an
extraordinary scholar. Muhsin Mahdi
has spent a lifetime editing, translating,
and interpreting Alfarabi. In Mahdi’s
presentation, Alfarabi becomes one of
the greatest minds of the Middle Ages,
whose original ideas on philosophy
and religion, on theology and jurisprudence, are relevant to contemporary
discussions.”—Joel L. Kraemer, University of Chicago
Muhsin S. Mahdi (1926–2007) was the James R. Jewett Professor Emeritus of Arabic in the
Department of Near Eastern Languages and Civilizations, Harvard University. He published the critical Arabic editions of many of Alfarabi’s works, as well as the definitive
edition of the Thousand and One Nights and a pathbreaking study of Ibn Khaldun’s
philosophy of history.
Law & Capitalism
What Corporate Crises Reveal about Legal Systems and
Economic Development around the World
Curtis J. Milhaupt and Katharina Pistor
March 272 p. 6 x 9
ISBN-13: 978-0-226-52528-0
Paper $25.00s/£16.00
LAW ECONOMICS
Cloth ISBN: 978-0-226-52527-3
Recent high-profile corporate scandals—such as those involving Enron in
the United States, Yukos in Russia, and
Livedoor in Japan—demonstrate challenges to the legal regulation of business practices in capitalist economies.
Setting forth a new analytic framework
for understanding these problems, Law
and Capitalism examines contemporary
corporate governance crises in six countries.
Using comparative case studies that
address the United States, China, Germany, Japan, Korea, and Russia, Curtis
J. Milhaupt and Katharina Pistor argue
that a disparate blend of legal and nonlegal mechanisms have supported economic growth around the world.
“Two of the world’s best scholars
in law and economic development have
teamed up to explain how different
governments try to promote economic
growth. . . . The ‘institutional autopsies’—case studies of firm-level scandals
around the world like Enron—engage
the reader and draw the general out of
the particular. You enjoy this book as
you learn from it.”—Robert Cooter, University of California, Berkeley
Curtis J. Milhaupt is the Fuyo Professor of Japanese Law and professor of comparative corporate law at Columbia Law School. He is the author of Global Markets, Domestic Institutions.
Katharina Pistor is the Michael I. Sovern Professor of Law at Columbia Law School.
84
paperbacks
Alain L. Locke
The Biography of a Philosopher
Leonard Harris and Charles Molesworth
Alain L. Locke, in his famous 1925 anthology The New Negro, declared that “the
pulse of the Negro world has begun to
beat in Harlem.” The first biography of
this extraordinarily gifted philosopher
and writer, Alain L. Locke narrates the
untold story of his profound impact on
twentieth-century America’s cultural and
intellectual life. The heart of this narrative illuminates Locke’s heady years in
1920s New York City and his forty-year
career at Howard University, where he
helped spearhead the adult education
movement of the 1930s and wrote on topics ranging from the philosophy of value
to the theory of democracy.
“The current neglect of Alain
Locke should not make us skeptical of
the claim made by [Harris and Molesworth], who call him ‘the most influential African American intellectual born
between W. E. B. Du Bois and Martin
Luther King, Jr.’ They are right.”—New
Republic
“This is the definitive biography of
the towering cultural critic and pioneering Afro-American philosopher Alain
Locke. The intellectual subtlety and meticulous work of Leonard Harris and Charles
Molesworth forever puts Locke on our
academic radar screen!”—Cornel West
“A superb, eye-opening biography.
. . . Why has it taken so long for a
definitive biography of Locke to
appear, when works on comparable black intellectuals abound?
It’s a backstory that sheds light
on a practical truth: Fascinating
subjects for biographies can be the
most difficult to take on.”
—Carlin Romano,
Philadelphia Inquirer
May 448 p., 21 halftones 6 x 9
ISBN-13: 978-0-226-31777-9
Paper $25.00s/£16.00
BIOGRAPHY AMERICAN HISTORY
Cloth ISBN: 978-0-226-31776-2
Leonard Harris is professor of philosophy at Purdue University. Charles Molesworth is
professor of English at Queens College in New York.
Colored Property
State Policy and White Racial Politics in Suburban America
David M. P. Freund
In Colored Property, David M. P. Freund
shows how federal intervention spurred
a dramatic shift in the language and
logic of racial integration in residential
neighborhoods after World War II—
away from invocations of a mythical
racial hierarchy and toward talk of markets, property, and citizenship.
Freund traces the emergence of a
powerful public-private alliance that
facilitated postwar suburban growth
across the nation with federal programs that significantly favored whites.
Then, showing how this national story
played out in metropolitan Detroit, he
demonstrates how whites learned to
view discrimination not as an act of racism but as a legitimate response to the
needs of the market. Illuminating gov-
ernment’s powerful yet still-hidden role
in the segregation of U.S. cities, Colored
Property presents a dramatic new vision
of metropolitan growth, segregation,
and white identity in modern America.
“A creative, vital entry point to explore the tangle of federal mortgage
financing, housing reform, and deepseated racism. . . . This well-written,
much-needed study brings together the
realms of urban history, race relations,
and economic opportunity.”—Choice
“Freund’s book unravels the ties
that bound (and bind) race and property, and, in the process, shows how that
linkage altered white racial ideals and
politics in postwar America.”—Andrew
Wiese, Journal of American History
Historical Studies of Urban America
May 496 p., 13 halftones, 4 maps,
5 line drawings 6 x 9
ISBN-13: 978-0-226-26276-5
Paper $24.00s/£15.50
AMERICAN HISTORY
Cloth ISBN: 978-0-226-26275-8
David M. P. Freund is associate professor of history at the University of Maryland,
College Park.
paperbacks
85
Narration
Four Lectures
Gertrude Stein
With an Introduction by Thornton Wilder and a new Foreword by Liesl M. Olson
“Gertrude Stein meant [these
lectures] to be provocative and
playful, and most importantly, to
give pleasure.”
—Liesl M. Olson,
from the Foreword
May 80 p. 6 x 8
ISBN-13: 978-0-226-77154-0
Paper $14.00s/£9.00
Newly famous in the wake of the publication of her groundbreaking Autobiography of Alice B. Toklas, Gertrude
Stein delivered her Narration lectures
to packed audiences at the University
of Chicago in 1935. Stein had not been
back to her home country since departing for France in 1903, and her remarks
reflect on the changes in American culture after thirty years abroad.
In Stein’s trademark experimental
prose, Narration reveals the legendary
writer’s thoughts about the energy and
mobility of the American people, the
effect of modernism on literary form,
the nature of history and its recording,
and the inventiveness of the English
language—in particular, its American
variant. Stein also discusses her ambivalence toward her own literary fame as
well as the destabilizing effect that notoriety had on her daily life. Restored to
print for a new generation of readers to
discover, these vital lectures will delight
students and scholars of modernism
and twentieth-century literature.
“Narration is a treasure waiting to
be rediscovered and pirated by jolly marauders of sparkling texts.”—Catharine
Stimpson, New York University
Gertrude Stein (1874–1946) was one of the most important American literary modernists.
She is the author of many books, including The Autobiography of Alice B. Toklas and
Three Lives.
LITERATURE
Mark Twain
God’s Fool
Hamlin Hill
April 336 p. 51/2 x 81/2
ISBN-13: 978-0-226-33647-3
Paper $20.00s/£13.00
BIOGRAPHY
After laughing their way through his
classic and beloved depictions of nineteenth-century American life, few readers would suspect that Mark Twain’s last
years were anything but happy and joyful. They would be wrong. As Hamlin
Hill reveals in Mark Twain: God’s Fool,
contrary to the myth perpetrated by
his literary executors, Twain ended his
life as a frustrated writer plagued by
paranoia. He suffered personal tragedies, got involved in questionable business ventures, and was a demanding
and controlling father and husband.
As Hill’s book demonstrates, the difficult circumstances of Twain’s personal
life make his humorous output all the
more surprising and admirable.
“Certainly one of the most reliable
and readable books in the whole huge
library of Twain biographical studies.
Hill makes sense of a confusing and
often contradictory set of data. This is
a notable, graceful, convincing book.”
—New Republic
“Fills a great, long-standing need
for a thoroughly researched book
about Mark Twain’s twilight years. . . .
Splendidly, grippingly written and excellently documented. . . . Likely to be
a standard work for as long as anyone
can foresee.”—Choice
Hamlin Hill (1931–2002) taught at the University of New Mexico, the University of Chicago,
and Texas A&M University, where he led the Department of English until 1989. He is the
author or editor of many volumes, several of which center on Mark Twain, Twain’s work,
and American humor.
86
paperbacks
The Medieval Origins of the Legal Profession
Canonists, Civilians, and Courts
James A. Brundage
James A. Brundage’s The Medieval Origins of the Legal Profession traces the history of legal practice from its genesis in
ancient Rome to its rebirth in the early
Middle Ages and eventual resurgence
in the courts of the medieval church.
By the end of the eleventh century, Brundage argues, renewed interest
in Roman law combined with the rise
of canon law of the Western church to
trigger a series of consolidations in the
profession. Brundage demonstrates
that many features that characterize legal advocacy today were already in place
by 1250, as lawyers trained in Roman
and canon law became professionals in
every sense of the term. A sweeping examination of the centuries-long power
struggle between local courts and the
Christian church, secular rule and religious edict, The Medieval Origins of the
Legal Profession will be a resource for the
professional and the student alike.
“This book . . . has been forty years
in the making, and given its richness, the
reader can be grateful for those decades
of research.”—Review of Metaphysics
“James Brundage tells us a new law
book cost on average about thirtyfive Bolognese pounds, more than
some houses. Today’s students,
scholars, and lawyers will welcome
this very learned and much more
affordable volume.”
—John Hudson,
Times Literary Supplement
April 560 p., 5 halftones 6 x 9
ISBN-13: 978-0-226-07760-4
Paper $35.00s/£22.50
EUROPEAN HISTORY LAW
Cloth ISBN: 978-0-226-07759-8
James A. Brundage is the Ahmanson-Murphy Distinguished Professor Emeritus of History
and Law at the University of Kansas. He is the author of nine books, including Law, Sex,
and Christian Society in Medieval Europe, also published by the University of Chicago Press.
Scientific Perspectivism
Ronald N. Giere
Many people assume that the claims of
scientists are objective truths. But Scientific Perspectivism argues that the acts
of observing and theorizing are both
matters of perspective—which makes
scientific knowledge contingent. Using
the example of color vision in humans
to illustrate how his theory of “perspectivism” works, Ronald N. Giere argues
that colors do not actually exist in objects; rather, color is the result of an interaction between aspects of the world
and the human visual system.
Giere extends this argument into
a general interpretation of human
perception and, more controversially,
to scientific observation, conjecturing
that the output of scientific instruments is perspectival. Furthermore, as
Giere posits, complex scientific principles—such as Maxwell’s equations
describing the behavior of both the
electric and magnetic fields—by themselves make no claims about the world,
but models based on those principles
can be used to make claims about specific aspects of the world.
“Clear and engaging.”—Peter Lipton, Science
“A wonderful volume: insightful, compact, and readable.”—Evan
Selinger, Quarterly Review of Biology
Ronald N. Giere is professor of philosophy emeritus at the University of Minnesota, a former
director of the Minnesota Center for Philosophy of Science, and a past president of the
Philosophy of Science Association. He is the author or editor of many books, including,
most recently, Science without Laws, also published by the University of Chicago Press.
June 160 p., 12 color plates,
29 line drawings 6 x 9
ISBN-13: 978-0-226-29213-7
Paper $18.00s/£11.50
SCIENCE PHILOSOPHY
Cloth ISBN: 978-0-226-29212-0
paperbacks
87
The Vanishing Present
Wisconsin’s Changing Lands, Waters, and Wildlife
Edited by Donald M. Waller and Thomas P. Rooney
March 544 p., 16 color plates,
43 halftones 6 x 9
ISBN-13: 978-0-226-87173-8
Paper $27.50s/£18.00
NATURE
Cloth ISBN: 978-0-226-87171-4
The growth of industry, cities, and agriculture in temperate regions around
the globe has displaced species and
stressed, as well as polluted, ecosystems. The Vanishing Present examines
how human pressures in one state—
Wisconsin—are rearranging its ecology. By focusing on this revealing case
study, the authors draw broad conclusions about the nature and extent of
ecological change, reflecting a diversity
of approaches and drawing important
lessons on how best to conserve the
dwindling habitats that sustain biodi-
versity. A fitting tribute to the home
state of Aldo Leopold and John Muir,
The Vanishing Present is an accessible and
timely case study of a significant ecosystem and its response to environmental
change.
“Waller and Rooney show that they
are not just top-notch biologists, but
rare visionaries, too. Every region of
North America needs such a work, not
only in scope but in quality as well.”
—Dave Foreman, executive director of
the Rewilding Institute and author of
Rewilding North America
Donald M. Waller is professor of botany and environmental studies at the University of
Wisconsin–Madison. Thomas P. Rooney is assistant professor of biological sciences at
Wright State University.
A Natural History of Time
Pascal Richet
Translated by John Venerella
“Geology and natural science buffs
will discover a rich, baroquely embellished birthday cake to dig into
and enjoy.”
—Publishers Weekly
May 481 p., 12 halftones,
27 line drawings, 3 tables 6 x 9
ISBN-13: 978-0-226-71288-8
Paper $22.50/£14.50
SCIENCE HISTORY
Cloth ISBN: 978-0-226-71287-1
88
paperbacks
For most of history, people trusted mythology or religion to provide an answer
to the pressing question of the earth’s
age, even though nature abounds with
clues. In A Natural History of Time, geophysicist Pascal Richet tells the fascinating story of how scientists and philosophers examined those clues and from
them built a chronological scale that
has made it possible to reconstruct the
history of nature itself.
The quest for time is a story of ingenuity and determination, and like a
geologist, Pascal Richet carefully peels
back the strata of that history, giving
us a chance to marvel at each layer and
truly appreciate how far our knowledge—and our planet—have come.
“Richet is fascinated by every spec-
ulation in the entire history of Western
thought that bears upon the question
of the earth’s antiquity. The wonderful
thing is that he succeeds in changing
what might have been dry recitation
into an almost Dickensian world of
characters in conflict and in love.”—
William Bryant Logan, Globe and Mail
“The story of how the age of the
earth was determined is a marvelous
concatenation of red herrings and
presuppositions from which the truth
eventually emerges. . . . I cannot imagine a better attempt at such a broad
sweep through science and history.
. . . Richet’s natural history is—dare I
say it?—timely.”—Richard A. Fortey,
Times Literary Supplement
Pascal Richet is professor of geophysics at the Institut de Physique du Globe de Paris. He is
the author of, among other books, The Physical Basis of Thermodynamics. John Venerella is
the translator of A Naturalist’s Guide to the Tropics, also published by the University of
Chicago Press.
Worlds Before Adam
The Reconstruction of Geohistory in the Age of Reform
Martin J. S. Rudwick
The first detailed account of the reconstruction of prehuman history of the
earth, Martin J. S. Rudwick’s Worlds Before Adam picks up where his celebrated
Bursting the Limits of Time leaves off.
Rudwick takes readers from the postNapoleonic Restoration in Europe to
the early years of Britain’s Victorian
age, chronicling the staggering discoveries geologists made during the period. Ultimately, Rudwick reveals geology
to be the first of the sciences to investigate the historical dimension of nature,
a model that Charles Darwin used in
developing his evolutionary theory.
“Rudwick has restored geology to
its rightful historical place at the heart
of modern scientific culture.”—Ralph
O’Connor, Science
“A masterly exploration of the
nineteenth-century roots of this particular scientific revolution.”—Douglas
Palmer, New Scientist
“Rudwick’s books are myth-busters. . . . Rudwick highlights an underappreciated, glorious advance in human
thought, the documentation of which
is a rather glorious achievement itself.”
—Victor R. Baker, Nature
Martin J. S. Rudwick is a research associate in the Department of History and Philosophy of
Science at the University of Cambridge and professor emeritus of history at the University
of California, San Diego. He is the author of Bursting the Limits of Time, The Meaning of Fossils, The Great Devonian Controversy, Scenes from Deep Time, and Georges Cuvier, all published by
the University of Chicago Press.
“Magisterial. . . . A thoroughly
engaging and utterly sympathetic
treatment of the notable figures
who laid the foundation for modern
geology in the period between
1820 and 1845, their inspirations
and intellectual triumphs, and their
stubbornly held misconceptions.
. . . With their highly individualistic
flair and immense erudition, this
volume and its predecessor are
not just essential reading for any
scientist; they are also landmark
volumes in the history of ideas and
a brilliant scholarly achievement.”
—Keith Thomson,
Times Higher Education
March 648 p., 125 halftones,
40 line drawings 7 x 10
ISBN-13: 978-0-226-73129-2
Paper $35.00s/£22.50
SCIENCE HISTORY
Cloth ISBN: 978-0-226-73128-5
The Enlightenment and the Book
“Discerningly illustrated, at once
Scottish Authors and Their Publishers in Eighteenth-Century
Britain, Ireland, and America
an essential addition not only to
Richard B. Sher
In this magisterial history, Richard B.
Sher breaks new ground for our understanding of the Enlightenment and the
forgotten role of publishing during that
period. The Enlightenment and the Book
seeks to remedy the common misperception that such classics as The Wealth
of Nations and The Life of Samuel Johnson
were made by their authors alone. To the
contrary, Sher shows how the process of
bookmaking during the late eighteenth
century involved complex partnerships
between authors and their publishers.
Similarly, Sher demonstrates that publishers were involved in the project of
bookmaking for a variety of reasons,
ranging from accumulating profits to
advancing human knowledge.
“A major achievement.”—Times Literary Supplement
“This is an exceptional piece of
work. It is both an astonishing accumulation of informative detail and a multiplicity of lively interconnected narratives of authors, books, booksellers,
printers and other subjects. It is a very
useful reference book, with its nearly
150 pages of tables and bibliographies;
it is also an engaging and stimulating
read.”—Antonia Forster, Review of English Studies
scholarly and accessible, this is
eighteenth-century studies but
also to the history of the book.”
—Atlantic
June 842 p., 45 halftones,
16 line drawings, 7 tables 6 x 9
ISBN-13: 978-0-226-75253-2
Paper $35.00x/£22.50
EUROPEAN HISTORY
Cloth ISBN: 978-0-226-75252-5
Richard B. Sher is Distinguished Professor of History at the New Jersey Institute of Technology. He is the author of Church and University in the Scottish Enlightenment: The Moderate
Literati of Edinburgh.
paperbacks
89
Victorian Popularizers of Science
Designing Nature for New Audiences
Bernard Lightman
“The book is a substantial work of
scholarship rather than a casual
read, and it offers much for histori-
Victorian Popularizers of Science focuses
on the journalists and writers who wrote
about science for a general audience
in the second half of the nineteenth
century. Bernard Lightman examines
more than thirty of the most prolific
and influential popularizers of the day,
investigating how they communicated
with their audience. By focusing on
a forgotten coterie of science writers,
Lightman offers new insights into the
role of women in scientific inquiry, the
market for scientific knowledge, tensions between religion and science, and
the complexities of scientific authority
in nineteenth-century Britain.
“Bernard Lightman’s excellent Victorian Popularizers of Science combines an
unusually comprehensive sweep with
strikingly meticulous research. In so doing, it makes a compelling case for the
importance of the legions of self-conscious popularizers.”—Gowan Dawson,
Times Literary Supplement
Bernard Lightman is professor of humanities at York University, Toronto, editor of the journal Isis, editor of Victorian Science in Context, and coeditor of Science in the Marketplace,
all published by the University of Chicago Press.
ans of science as well as students
of popular writing.”
—Jon Turney,
Times Higher Education
April 528 p., 68 halftones, 2 tables
6x9
ISBN-13: 978-0-226-48119-7
Paper $38.00s/£24.50
SCIENCE
Protogaea
Cloth ISBN: 978-0-226-48118-0
Gottfried Wilhelm Leibniz
Edited and Translated by Claudine Cohen and Andre Wakefield
“Historically, this is a very influential book that has finally been
brought out of obscurity for readers
of English. Essential.”
—Choice
May 204 p., 15 halftones 6 x 9
ISBN-13: 978-0-226-11301-2
Paper $35.00s/£22.50
SCIENCE
Cloth ISBN: 978-0-226-11296-1
90
paperbacks
Claudine Cohen and Andre Wakefield offer the first English translation
of Protogaea, a central text in natural
philosophy and an ambitious account
of terrestrial history. Written between
1691 and 1693, and first published long
after Leibniz’s death in 1749, Protogaea
reemerges in this bilingual edition with
an introduction that carefully situates
the work within its historical context.
“Protogaea gives us a much fuller
picture of science and culture in the
territories of the Holy Roman Empire
at a crucial time in its history. Cohen
and Wakefield are to be commended
for their hard work in making it possible for the Protogaea to reach the audience it deserves.”—H-Net Review
Claudine Cohen is professor of the history of science at the École des hautes études en sciences sociales, Paris, and the author of The Fate of the Mammoth: Fossils, Myth, and History,
also published by the University of Chicago Press. Andre Wakefield is associate professor of
history at Pitzer College in Claremont, California, and the author of The Disordered Police
State: German Cameralism as Science and Practice, also recently published by the University of
Chicago Press.
Clement Greenberg Between the Lines
Including a Debate with Clement Greenberg
Thierry de Duve
Translated by Brian Holmes
Clement Greenberg (1909–94), champion of abstract expressionism and
modernism—of Pollock, Miró, and
Matisse—has been esteemed by many
as the greatest art critic of the second
half of the twentieth century, and possibly the greatest art critic of all time.
This volume, a lively reassessment of
Greenberg’s writings, features three
approaches to the man and his work:
Greenberg as critic, doctrinaire, and
theorist. The book also features a transcription of a debate between de Duve
and Greenberg that took place at the
University of Ottawa in 1987. Clement
Greenberg Between the Lines will be an in-
dispensable resource for students, scholars, and enthusiasts of modern art.
“In this compelling study, Thierry
de Duve reads Greenberg against the
grain of the famous critic’s critics—
and sometimes against the grain of
the critic himself. By reinterpreting
Greenberg’s interpretations of Pollock,
Duchamp, and other canonical figures,
de Duve establishes new theoretical coordinates by which to understand the
uneasy complexities and importance of
Greenberg’s practice.”—John O’Brian,
editor of Clement Greenberg: The Collected
Essays and Criticism.
“De Duve is an expert on theoretical
aesthetics and thus well suited to
reassess the formalist tenets of the
late American art critic’s theory on
art and culture. . . . De Duve’s close
readings of Greenberg . . . contain
much of interest, and the author
clearly enjoys matching wits with
‘the world’s best known art critic.’”
—Library Journal
April 160 p. 6 x 9
ISBN-13: 978-0-226-17516-4
Paper $17.00s/£11.00
ART
Thierry de Duve is a Belgian art historian, critic, and curator, as well as director of studies
at l’Ecole des beaux-arts, Paris. His publications in English include Kant After Duchamp
and Pictorial Nominalism. Brian Holmes is a theorist, writer, and translator based in Paris.
The Keyboard Sonatas of Joseph Haydn
Instruments and Performance Practice, Genres and Styles
László Somfai
Translated by the author in collaboration with Charlotte Greenspan
In this landmark publication, the
most comprehensive study written on
Haydn’s keyboard sonatas, a leading
Haydn scholar presents novel ideas,
corrects misconceptions, and offers
new hypotheses on long-debated issues
of early music research.
László Somfai begins with a thorough study of Haydn’s keyboard instruments and their development. After
recommending instruments appropriate for modern use, he discusses performance practice and style, explains the
peculiarities of Haydn’s manuscripts in
the context of eighteenth-century notation, and provides specific suggestions
for playing ornaments, improvising,
slurring, and dynamics. He also investigates Haydn’s sonata genres within
their historical context and discusses
the problems of establishing a chronology of their composition. Finally,
Somfai analyzes the organization and
style of each musical form. The book
includes an index listing the sonatas by
date of first publication and an extensive bibliography.
László Somfai, former head of the Bartók Archives in Budapest and professor emeritus
of musicology at the Franz Liszt Academy of Music, is a leading authority on Haydn’s
keyboard music. Charlotte Greenspan, now an independent scholar, has taught music at the
University of Wisconsin–Madison and Cornell University.
“Somfai’s book has been in print in
Hungarian for some years now, and
it is no exaggeration to say that it
has changed dramatically the manner in which not only Haydn, but to a
great extent Mozart and Beethoven
as well, are played in that country. My own interpretations have
benefited enormously from Somfai’s
work, and every serious student of
this repertoire should consider this
study essential.”
—Malcolm Bilson,
Cornell University
May 416 p., 220 musical examples
and figures 65/8 x 93/8
ISBN-13: 978-0-226-76813-7
Paper $45.00s/£29.00
MUSIC
Cloth ISBN: 978-0-226-76814-4
paperbacks
91
“Individuum und Cosmos is one of
Cassirer’s short provocative works
and has been regarded as a classic
in Renaissance studies ever since
its publication.”
—Political Studies
April 216 p. 51/2 x 81/2
ISBN-13: 978-0-226-09607-0
Paper $17.00s
PHILOSOPHY
CUSA
The Individual and the Cosmos in
Renaissance Philosophy
Ernst Cassirer
Translated and with an Introduction by Mario Domandi
This provocative volume, one of the
most important interpretive works on
the philosophical thought of the Renaissance, has long been regarded as
a classic in its field. Ernst Cassirer here
examines the changes brewing in the
early stages of the Renaissance, tracing
the interdependence of philosophy, language, art, and science; the newfound
recognition of individual consciousness;
and the great thinkers of the period—
from da Vinci and Galileo to Pico della
Mirandola and Giordano Bruno. The
Individual and the Cosmos in Renaissance
Philosophy discusses the importance of
fifteenth-century philosopher Nicholas
Cusanus, the concepts of freedom and
necessity, and the subject-object problem in Renaissance thought.
“This fluent translation of a scholarly and penetrating original leaves
little impression of an attempt to show
that a ‘spirit of the age’ or ‘spiritual
essence of the time’ unifies and expresses itself in all aspects of society or
culture.”—Philosophy
Ernst Cassirer (1874–1945) was a philosopher and historian of philosophy. He taught at
Friedrich Wilhelm University and the University of Hamburg, where he was Leo Strauss’s
dissertation advisor, before fleeing Nazi Germany in 1933. In exile, he lectured at the universities of Oxford, Gothenburg, Yale, and Columbia. His better-known works include the
three-volume Philosophy of Symbolic Forms and The Myth of the State.
“A work of stunning originality.
. . . An important contribution to
a variety of fields.”
—Ted Porter
“A triumph. It deserves to be read
widely, and not just as an inquiry
into the origins of modern France.”
—Donald MacKenzie,
London Review of Books
April 496 p., 32 halftones, 3 maps
6x9
ISBN-13: 978-0-226-01264-3
Paper $24.00s/£15.50
EUROPEAN HISTORY
Engineering the Revolution
Arms and Enlightenment in France, 1763–1815
Ken Alder
Engineering the Revolution documents
the forging of a new relationship between technology and politics in Revolutionary France, and the inauguration
of a distinctively modern form of the
“technological life.” Here, Ken Alder
rewrites the history of the eighteenth
century as the total history of one particular artifact—the gun—by offering a
novel and historical account of how material artifacts emerge as the outcome
of political struggle. By expanding the
“political” to include conflict over material objects, this volume rethinks the
nature of engineering rationality, the
origins of mass production, the rise
of meritocracy, and our interpretation
of the Enlightenment and the French
Revolution.
“In the history of technology, one
of the very best books is Ken Alder’s Engineering the Revolution, about the ways
in which new engineering practices
both emerged from and shaped the ideals of the French Revolution.”—Peter
Galison, American Scientist
“Ken Alder’s study of the relations
between artifacts, technical life, and
politics constitutes a model study in its
genre.”—Terry Shinn, Social Studies of
Science
Ken Alder is the Milton H. Wilson Professor of the Humanities and professor of history at
Northwestern University. He is the author of The Measure of All Things: The Seven-Year Odyssey
and Hidden Error that Transformed the World and The Lie Detectors: The History of an American
Obsession.
92
paperbacks
Criminal Intimacy
Prison and the Uneven History of Modern American Sexuality
Regina Kunzel
In Criminal Intimacy, Regina Kunzel
explores the sexual lives of prisoners
and the sexual culture of prisons over
the past two centuries—along with the
impact of a range of issues, including
race, class, and gender; sexual violence;
prisoners’ rights activism; and the HIV
epidemic—ultimately discovering a
world whose surprising plurality reveals
the fissures beneath modern sexuality
itself.
Drawing on a wide range of sources—as well as depictions of prison life
in popular culture—Kunzel argues for
the importance of the prison to the history of sexuality and for the centrality
of ideas about sex and sexuality to the
modern prison.
Regina Kunzel is professor of history; professor of gender, women, and sexuality studies;
and the Paul R. Frenzel Land Grant Chair in Liberal Arts at the University of Minnesota.
She is the author of Fallen Women, Problem Girls: Unmarried Mothers and the Professionalization
of Social Work, 1890–1945.
“Criminal Intimacy is simply the best
book on the history of sexuality
that I’ve read in some time.”
—David Halperin
June 352 p., 15 halftones,
2 line drawings 6 x 9
ISBN-13: 978-0-226-46227-1
Paper $22.50s/£14.50
AMERICAN HISTORY
Cloth ISBN: 978-0-226-46226-4
Schools Betrayed
Roots of Failure in Inner-City Education
Kathryn M. Neckerman
Inner-city schools suffered from far
fewer problems a century ago, when
black children in most northern cities
attended school alongside white children. In Schools Betrayed, Kathryn M.
Neckerman tells the story of how and
why these schools came to serve black
children so poorly.
Focusing on Chicago public schools
between 1900 and 1960, Neckerman
compares the circumstances of blacks
and white immigrants, groups that had
similarly little wealth and status yet ended up with vastly different educational
outcomes. That difference, she argues,
stemmed from officials’ decision to deal
with rising African American migration
by segregating schools and denying
black students equal resources—and
it deepened because of techniques for
managing failure that only reinforced
inequality.
“One of those rare books that will
become a standard reference not only
for social scientists, historians, and
school officials, but for educated lay
readers as well. . . . No previous study
has provided a more definitive analysis
of why so many black youngsters and
their parents have lost faith in the public schools.”—William Julius Wilson
“Kathryn Neckerman’s analysis
provides a welcome antidote to
much of the historical literature on
American education, which rarely
examines actual policy choices.
. . . Segregation did harm blacks,
as this fine book shows.”
—Journal of American History
june 240 p., 25 line drawings,
14 tables 6 x 9
ISBN-13: 978-0-226-56961-1
Paper $22.50s/£14.50
EDUCATION SOCIOLOGY
Cloth ISBN: 978-0-226-56960-4
Kathryn M. Neckerman is executive director of the Center for Health and the Social Sciences at the University of Chicago.
paperbacks
93
Distributed books
Reaktion Books
95
Seagull Books
109
British Library
123
Bodleian Library, University of Oxford
129
Mildred Lane Kemper Art Museum, Washington University
131
WhiteWalls
131
Center for American Places at Columbia College Chicago
132
McMullen Museum of Art, Boston College
133
Royal Collection Publications
134
American Meteorological Society
137
Chicago Architectural Club
138
Verlag Scheidegger and Spiess
139
CK Photo
143
KWS Publishers
144
Intellect Books
146
Association of American University Presses
156
The Karolinum Press, Charles University Prague
157
Prickly Paradigm Press
158
Liverpool University Press
159
University of Wales Press
166
University of Exeter Press
169
Campus Verlag
172
University of Scranton Press
174
Royal Botanic Gardens, Kew
177
Front Forty Press
185
University of Alaska Press
186
Center for the Study of Linguistic Information
191
Amsterdam University Press
194
Philip Carr-Gomm
A Brief History
of Nakedness
A
s one common story goes, Adam and Eve, the first man and
woman, had no idea that there was any shame in their lack
of clothes; they were perfectly confident in their birthday
suits among the animals of the Garden of Eden. All was well until that
day when they ate from the Tree of Knowledge of Good and Evil and
went scrambling for fig leaves to cover their bodies. Since then, lucrative businesses have arisen to provide many stylish ways to cover our
nakedness, for the naked human body now evokes powerful and often
contradictory ideas—it thrills and revolts us, signifies innocence and
sexual experience, and often marks the difference between nature and
traces our inescapable preoccupation with nudity.
May 256 p., 100 color plates, 25 halftones
6x9
ISBN-13: 978-1-86189-647-6
Cloth $29.95
history
NSA
society. In A Brief History of Nakedness, psychologist Philip Carr-Gomm
Rather than studying the history of the nude in art or detailing
the ways in which the naked body has been denigrated in the media,
A Brief History of Nakedness reveals the ways in which religious teachers,
politicians, protesters, and cultural icons have used nudity to enlighten
or empower themselves as well as entertain us. Among his many examples, Carr-Gomm discusses how advertisers and the media employ
images of bare skin—or even simply the word “naked”—to garner our
attention, how mystics have used nudity to get closer to God, and how
political protesters have discovered that baring all is one of the most
effective ways to gain publicity for their cause. Carr-Gomm investigates
how this use of something as natural as nakedness actually gets under
our skin and evokes complicated emotional responses.
From the naked sages of India to modern-day witches and Chris-
tian nudists, from Lady Godiva to Lady Gaga, A Brief History of Nakedness surveys the touching, sometimes tragic, and often bizarre story of
our relationships with our naked bodies.
Philip Carr-Gomm is a writer and psychologist. He is the author of many
books, including The Book of English Magic and Sacred Places: Sites of Spiritual
Pilgrimage from Stonehenge to Santiago de Compostela. He also the leads the Order
of Bards, Ovates and Druids.
Reaktion Books
95
Barbara Wyllie
Vladimir Nabokov
B
est known for his deeply controversial 1955 novel Lolita, Vladimir Nabokov (1899–1977) is celebrated as one of the most
distinctive literary stylists of the twentieth century. In Vladimir
Nabokov, Barbara Wyllie presents a comprehensive account of the life
and works of the writer, from his childhood in pre-revolutionary Russia
and his earliest stories to The Original of Laura—a novel written almost
entirely on index cards and published for the first time in 2009, perhaps against Nabokov’s wishes.
This literary biography investigates the author’s poetry and prose,
in both Russian and English, and examines the relationship between
Nabokov’s extraordinary erudition and the themes that recur throughCritical Lives
out his works. His expertise as a specialist in butterflies complemented
his wide knowledge of Russian and Western European culture, phi-
February 192 p., 30 halftones 5 x 77/8
ISBN-13: 978-1-86189-660-5
Paper $16.95
biography
NSA
losophy, and history, and informed the themes of transformation
and transcendence that dominate his work. Wyllie traces his lifelong
preoccupations with time, memory, and mortality across both his
Russian and English works, and she illuminates his distinctive style
through detailed analysis of his major novels. Wyllie assesses his poetry
and prose alongside Nabokov’s own autobiography, letters, and critical
writings—as well as The Original of Laura—in order to create a complete and updated picture of the writer in the context of his works.
Vladimir Nabokov presents a fascinating portrait of one of the twen-
tieth century’s most eclectic, prolific, and controversial authors. It is an
essential read for fans of Nabokov and scholars of twentieth-century
English and Russian literature.
Barbara Wyllie is deputy editor of the Slavonic and East European Review. She is
the author of Nabokov at the Movies: Film Perspectives in Fiction.
96
Reaktion Books
Phil Baker
William S.
Burroughs
A
long with Jack Kerouac and Allen Ginsberg, William S.
Burroughs (1914–97) is an iconic figure of the Beat generation. In William S. Burroughs, Phil Baker investigates this cult
writer’s life and work—from small-town Kansas to New York in the ’40s,
Mexico and the South American jungle, to Tangier and the writing of
Naked Lunch, to Paris and the Beat Hotel, and ’60s London—alongside
Burroughs’s self-portrayal as an explorer of inner space, reporting
from the frontiers of experience.
After accidentally shooting his wife in 1951, Burroughs felt his
destiny as a writer was bound up with a struggle to come to terms with
Critical Lives
the “Ugly Spirit” that had possessed him. In this fascinating biography, Baker explores how Burroughs’s early absorption in psychoanalysis shifted through Scientology, demonology, and Native American
mysticism, eventually leading Burroughs to believe that he lived in an
june 192 p., 30 halftones 5 x 77/8
ISBN-13: 978-1-86189-663-6
Paper $16.95
biography
NSA
increasingly magical universe, where he sent curses and operated a
“wishing machine.” His lifelong preoccupation with freedom and its
opposites—forms of control or addiction—coupled with the globally
paranoid vision of his work can be seen to evolve into a larger ecological concern, exemplified in his idea of a divide between decent people,
or “Johnsons,” and those who impose themselves upon others, wrecking the planet in the process.
Drawing on newly available material, and rooted in Burroughs’s
vulnerable emotional life and seminal friendships, this insightful and
revealing study provides a powerful and lucid account of his career and
significance.
Phil Baker is a freelance writer who lives in London. He is the author of The
Book of Absinthe: A Cultural History and has reviewed for a number of papers,
including the Sunday Times, Observer, and Times Literary Supplement.
Reaktion Books
97
Stéphane Mallarmé
Roger Pearson
Critical Lives
april 192 p., 38 halftones 5 x 77/8
ISBN-13: 978-1-86189-659-9
Paper $16.95
biography
NSA
This concise biography of Stéphane
Mallarmé (1842–98) blends an account
of the poet’s life with a detailed analysis of his poetic theory and practice. “A
poet on this earth must be uniquely a
poet,” he declared at the age of twentytwo—but what is a poet’s life and what
is a poet’s function? Through his poems
and prose and the example of his life,
Mallarmé provided answers to these
questions.
In Stéphane Mallarmé, Roger Pearson explores the relationship among
Mallarmé’s life, his philosophy, and his
writing. To Mallarmé, being a poet consists of a continuous, lifelong investigation of language and its expressive po-
tential. It represents, argues Pearson, a
fundamental response to the metaphysical mystery of the human condition
and the desire to make sense of it for
others. A poet turns everyday banality
into prospects of mystery; and a poet, in
Mallarmé’s conception, is able to bring
all human beings together in heightened awareness and understanding of
the “magnificent act of living.”
This incisive and engaging biography tells the story of a fascinating and
unique voice in French poetry, one that
was often overshadowed by other Symbolist writers. It is an essential read for
students of literature and nineteenthcentury France.
Roger Pearson is professor of French at the University of Oxford. His publications include
Unfolding Mallarmé: The Development of a Poetic Art and Mallarmé and Circumstance: The Translation of Silence. He is also the author of Voltaire Almighty, which was shortlisted for the James
Tait Black Memorial Prize for Biography.
Constantin Brancusi
Sanda Miller
Critical Lives
April 192 p., 38 halftones 5 x 77/8
ISBN-13: 978-1-86189-652-0
Paper $16.95
biography
NSA
98
Reaktion Books
Acknowledged as one of the major
sculptors and avant-garde artists of the
twentieth century, Constantin Brancusi
(1876–1957) was also one of the most
elusive, despite his fame. His mysterious
nature was not only due to his upbringing in Romania—which, at the time, was
still regarded by much of Europe as a
backward country haunted by vampires
and werewolves—but also because Brancusi was aware that myth and an aura of
otherness appealed to the public.
His self-mythology remained intact until the publication of Brancusi in
1986 by Romanian artists Alexandre Istrati and Natalia Dumitresco, who made
available a small selection of the archive
of Brancusi’s correspondence. And in
2003, a comprehensive catalogue, which
made the bulk of Brancusi’s private correspondence public for the first time,
was published by the Centre Pompidou
to accompany a retrospective on Brancusi’s work.
In Constantin Brancusi, Sanda Miller
employs these extensive new resources
to better assess Brancusi’s life and work
in relation to each other, providing
valuable and innovative insights into his
relationships with friends, collectors,
dealers, and lovers. Miller’s perceptive
book allows Brancusi to finally take his
rightful place among the most important of the intellectual personalities who
shaped twentieth-century modernism.
Sanda Miller is a senior lecturer in fashion writing and culture at Southampton Solent University. Her previous books include Constantin Brancusi: A Survey of His Work and The Dark
Night of the Soul: Ana Maria Pacheco.
Caviar
A Global History
Nichola Fletcher
Served up with a mother of pearl
spoon and alongside a crystal flute of
champagne, caviar is the ultimate culinary symbol of wealth, luxury, and
decadence. But how did tiny fish eggs—
which many might regard as an unwanted, throwaway food—become such
an international delicacy? In Caviar,
renowned food writer Nichola Fletcher
answers this curious question, examining the rise of caviar as an indulgence
and its effect on the lives of the people
who seek and sell it today.
Fletcher takes the reader on a tour
of the main areas of caviar production—
Russia, Iran, Europe, and America—and
investigates how the industry has contributed to the decline of the sturgeon
population, the fish most associated
with caviar. As Fletcher details, many efforts are underway to create sustainable
sturgeon farming, which would make it
possible to enjoy caviar with a clear environmental conscience.
Featuring vibrant illustrations and
many fascinating anecdotes, Caviar also
offers advice on purchasing and serving
caviar. This is the perfect food book for
everyone in need of a little opulence
and glamour.
Nichola Fletcher is the vice-chair of the Food Trust of Scotland and a member of the Guild
of Food Writers. Her book Nichola Fletcher’s Ultimate Venison Cookery was the recipient of the
Gourmand World Cookbook Award for best single subject cookbook in the world in 2008.
She is the author of several other books, including 1001 Foods You Must Eat Before You Die.
Edible
April 144 p., 40 color plates,
20 halftones 4 3/4 x 73/4
ISBN-13: 978-1-86189-650-6
Cloth $15.95
cooking
NSA
Cake
A Global History
Nicola Humble
Be it a birthday or a wedding—let them
eat cake. Encased in icing, crowned
with candles, emblazoned with congratulatory words—cake is the ultimate
food of celebration in many cultures
around the world. But how did cake
come to be the essential food marker of
a significant occasion? In Cake, Nicola
Humble explores the meanings, legends, rituals, and symbolism attached
to cake through the ages.
Humble describes the many national differences in cake-making techniques, customs, and regional histories—from the French gâteau Paris-Brest,
named for a cycle race and designed
to imitate the form of a bicycle wheel,
to the American Lady Baltimore cake,
likely named for a fictional cake in a
1906 novel by Owen Wister. She also details the role of cake in literature, art,
and film—including Miss Havisham’s
imperishable wedding cake in Great
Expectations and Marcel Proust’s madeleine of memory—as well as the art and
architecture of cake-making itself.
Featuring a large selection of
mouthwatering images, as well as many
examples and recipes for some particularly unusual cakes, Cake will provide
many sweet reasons for celebration.
Nicola Humble is professor of English literature at Roehampton University. She is the author of Culinary Pleasures: Cookbooks and the Transformation of British Food, as well as Victorian
Heroines: Representations of Femininity in Nineteenth-Century Literature and Art.
Edible
April 144 p., 40 color plates,
20 halftones 4 3/4 x 73/4
ISBN-13: 978-1-86189-648-3
Cloth $15.95
cooking
NSA
Reaktion Books
99
Milk
A Global History
Hannah Velten
Edible
April 144 p., 40 color plates,
20 halftones 4 3/4 x 73/4
ISBN-13: 978-1-86189-656-8
Cloth $15.95
cooking
NSA
Milk—“It does a body good.” It’s difficult to deny the truth of the American
Dairy Council’s former advertising campaign. From birth, milk is the sustaining
and essential food of all mammals. It is
the first food we ever taste. And yet, despite that natural relationship to milk,
the majority of the world’s population
cannot digest it in the form most often
available to adults—cow’s milk.
In Milk, Hannah Velten explores
the myths and misconceptions surrounding the ubiquitous drink. Modern
milk processing produces a safe, clean
beverage that is very different from pure
milk straight from the cow. Nonetheless,
there are many advocates of raw milk
who long for the days before pasteurization, homogenization, and standardization. Yet milk in the time before these
scientific processes was even less natural
than today—known then as “the white
poison,” it was bacteria-ridden, mixed
with additives to make it look like milk
after the cream was removed, filled with
chemicals to promote its shelf life, and
extremely watered down.
Now that milk is considered a staple
of a healthy and balanced diet in the
West, Velten investigates how and why
conceptions of milk have shifted in the
public consciousness, from the science
of nutrition to the dairy industry’s advertising campaigns. This highly illustrated
exploration of one of the most fundamental foods and drinks also includes
recipes for ice cream, milkshakes, and
even milk paint. Milk will surprise and
entertain in equal measure.
Hannah Velten is a former agricultural journalist and the author of Cow, also published by
Reaktion Books.
Lion
Deirdre Jackson
Animal
May 224 p., 60 color plates,
40 halftones 53/8 x 71/2
ISBN-13: 978-1-86189-655-1
Paper $19.95
nature
NSA
100
Reaktion Books
Although the lion is not the largest,
fastest, or most lethal animal, its position as king of beasts has rarely been
challenged. Since Paleolithic times,
lions have fascinated people, and due
to its gallant mane, knowing eyes, and
distinctive roar, the animal continues
to beguile us today.
Majestic, noble, brave—the lion
is an animal that has occupied a great
place in the human imagination, inspiring countless myths, lore, and legends. As well, this creative relationship
has abounded in visual culture—painted on wood and canvas, chiseled in
stone, hammered in metal, and tucked
between the pages of medieval manuscripts, lions have often represented divinity, dignity, and danger.
In Lion, Deirdre Jackson paints a
fresh portrait of this regal beast, drawing on folktales, the latest scientific research, and even lion-tamers’ memoirs,
as well as other little-known sources, to
tell the story of lions famous and anonymous, familiar and surprising.
Jackson summarizes the latest
findings of field biologists and offers
in-depth analyses of works of art, literature, oral traditions, plays, and films.
She is a peerless guide on a memorable
visual and cultural safari.
Deirdre Jackson is a project officer in the catalogue of illuminated manuscripts in the
British Library and a former research associate at the University of Oxford. She is also the
author of Marvellous to Behold: Miracles in Medieval Manuscripts.
Robert Irwin
Camel
A
distinct symbol of the desert and the Middle East, the camel
was once unkindly described as “half snake, half folding
bedstead.” But in the eyes of many the camel is a creature
of great beauty. This is most evident in the Arab world, where the
camel has played a central role in the historical development of Arabic
society—where an elaborate vocabulary and extensive literature have
been devoted to it.
In Camel, Robert Irwin explores why the camel has fascinated so
many cultures, including those cultivated in locales where camels are
not indigenous. He traces the history of the camel from its origins
millions of years ago to the present day, discussing such matters of
contemporary concern as the plight of camel herders in Sudan’s wartorn Darfur region, the alarming increase in the population of feral
camels in Australia, and the endangered status of the wild Bactrian in
Mongolia and China. Throughout history, the camel has been appreciated worldwide for its practicality, resilience, and legendary abilities of
Animal
May 224 p., 60 color plates, 40 halftones
53/8 x 71/2
ISBN-13: 978-1-86189-649-0
Paper $19.95
nature
NSA
survival. As a result it has been featured in the works of Leonardo da
Vinci, Poussin, Tiepolo, Flaubert, Kipling, and Rose Macaulay, among
others. From East to West, Irwin’s Camel is the first survey of its kind to
examine the animal’s role in society and history throughout the world.
Not just for camel aficionados, this highly illustrated book, con-
taining over one hundred informative and unusual images, is sure to
entertain and inform anyone interested in this fascinating and exotic
animal.
Robert Irwin is a former lecturer in medieval history at the University of St
Andrews. He has traveled extensively in the Middle East and India and is a
leading expert on Arab culture. He is the author of numerous books, including The Penguin Anthology of Classical Arabic Literature and For Lust of Knowledge:
The Orientalists and Their Enemies.
Reaktion Books
101
Paul Atkinson
Computer
T
he pixelated rectangle we spend most of our day staring at
in silence is not the television, as many long feared, but the
computer—the ubiquitous portal of work and personal lives.
At this point, the computer is so common we don’t even notice it. It is
difficult to envision that not that long ago it was a gigantic, room-sized
structure accessed only by a few, inspiring as much awe and respect as
fear and mystery. Now that the machine has decreased in size and increased in popular use, the computer has become a prosaic appliance,
little more noted than a toaster. These dramatic changes, from the
Objekt
June 256 p., 40 color plates, 60 halftones
6 x 82/5
ISBN-13: 978-1-86189-664-3
Paper $27.00
computer science
NSA
daunting to the ordinary, are captured in Computer, by design historian
Paul Atkinson.
Atkinson chronicles the changes in physical design of the com-
puter and shows how these changes are related to shifts in popular
attitude. Atkinson is fascinated by how the computer has been represented and promoted in advertising. For example, in contrast to ads
from the 1970s and ’80s, today’s PC is very PC—genderless, and largely
status-free. Computer also considers the role of the computer as a cultural touchstone, as evidenced by its regular appearance in popular
culture, including the iconography of the space age, HAL from 2001: A
Space Odyssey, James Bond’s gadgetry, and Star Wars and Star Trek.
Computer covers many issues ignored by other histories of comput-
ing, which have focused on technology and the economics involved
in their production, but rarely on the role of fashion in the physical
design and promotion of computers and their general reception. The
book will appeal to professionals and students of design and technology as well as those interested in the history of computers and how they
have shaped—and been shaped by—our lives.
Paul Atkinson is a reader in design in the Faculty of Arts, Computing,
Engineering and Sciences at Sheffield Hallam University.
102
Reaktion Books
Edward M. Spiers
A History of
Chemical and
Biological Weapons
F
ollowing the 9/11 attacks and the anthrax letters that appeared
in their wake, the threat posed by the widespread accessibility of chemical and biological weapons has continually been
used to stir public fear and opinion by politicians and the media alike.
In A History of Chemical and Biological Weapons, Edward M. Spiers cuts
through the scare tactics and hype to provide a thorough and evenhanded examination of the weapons themselves—the various types
and effects—and their evolution from World War I to the present.
Spiers describes the similarities and differences between the two
types of weapons and how technological advancements have led to
March 224 p. 51/2 x 81/2
ISBN-13: 978-1-86189-651-3
Cloth $35.00
history
NSA
tactical innovations in their use over time. As well, he gives equal attention to the international response to the proliferation of chemical
and biological weapons, analyzing global efforts aimed at restraining
their use, such as deterrence and disarmament, and the effectiveness
of these approaches in the twentieth century. Using Iraq as a case
study, Spiers also investigates its deployment of chemical weapons in
the Iran-Iraq War and the attempts by the international community to
disarm Iraq through the United Nations Special Commission and the
U.S.-led war in 2003.
A timely and balanced historical survey, A History of Chemical and
Biological Weapons will be of interest to readers studying the proliferation and use of chemical and biological warfare and the reactions of
the international community throughout the last several decades.
Edward M. Spiers is professor of strategic studies and the Pro-Dean of Research in the Faculty of Arts at the University of Leeds. He is the author of
many books, including Weapons of Mass Destruction: Prospects for Proliferation,
and has contributed to publications such as Intelligence and National Security,
Journal of Strategic Studies, and Defence Analysis.
Reaktion Books
103
A History of Diplomacy
Jeremy Black
February 296 p. 6 x 9
ISBN-13: 978-1-86189-696-4
Cloth $35.00s
history
NSA
In A History of Diplomacy, historian Jeremy Black investigates how a form of
courtly negotiation and informationgathering in the early modern period
developed through increasing globalization into a world-shaping force in
twenty-first-century politics. The monarchic systems of the sixteenth century gave way to the colonial development
of European nations—which in turn
were shaken by the revolutions of the
eighteenth century—and the rise and
progression of multiple global interests
led to the establishment of the modernday international embassy system.
In this book, Black charts the
course and evolution of diplomacy in
each of its incarnations. As well, the
role of modern inter- and nongovern-
mental organizations in diplomatic
relations is assessed—from the United
Nations to Amnesty International and
Human Rights Watch—and the challenges facing diplomacy in the future
are identified and investigated. A History of Diplomacy presents a detailed and
engaging study of the ever-changing
role of international relations. The
aims, achievements, and failures of
foreign diplomacy are presented along
with their complete historical and cultural background.
This is an essential read for students and scholars of history and foreign policy and will be of interest to
anyone intrigued by the forces that
have shaped international relations.
Jeremy Black is professor of history at the University of Exeter. He is the author of more
than eighty books, including Maps and Politics, Why Wars Happen, War since 1945, Britain
since the Seventies, and Altered States: America since the Sixties, all published by Reaktion Books.
Wasteland with Words
A Social History of Iceland
Sigurdur Gylfi Magnússon
May 272 p., 40 halftones 6 x 9
ISBN-13: 978-1-86189-661-2
Cloth $39.95s
history
NSA
104
Reaktion Books
Iceland is an enigmatic island country
marked by contradiction: part of Europe, yet separated from it by the Atlantic Ocean; seemingly inhospitable, yet
home to more than 300,000. Wasteland
with Words explores these paradoxes to
uncover the mystery of Iceland.
In Wasteland with Words Sigurdur
Gylfi Magnússon presents a wide-ranging and detailed analysis of the island’s
history, examining the evolution and
transformation of Icelandic culture
while investigating the literary and
historical factors that created the rich
cultural heritage enjoyed by Icelanders
today. Magnússon explains how a nineteenth-century economy based on the
industries of fishing and agriculture—
one of the poorest in Europe—grew
to become a disproportionately large
economic power in the late twentieth
century, while retaining its strong sense
of cultural identity. Bringing the story
up to the present, he assesses the recent
economic and political collapse of the
country and how Iceland has coped.
Throughout Magnússon seeks to chart
the vast changes in this country’s history through their impact and effect on
the Icelandic people themselves.
Up to date and fascinating, Wasteland with Words is a comprehensive study
of the island’s cultural and historical
development, from tiny fishing settlements to a global economic power.
Sigurdur Gylfi Magnússon is the chair of the Center for Microhistorical Research at the
Reykjavik Academy. He is the author of many books, including Microhistory—Conflicting
Paths and The History War: Essays and Narratives on Ideology.
Water and Art
David Clarke
Restless, protean, fluid, evanescent—
despite being a challenge to represent
visually, water has gained a striking
significance in the art of the twentieth
century. This may be due to the fact
that it allows for a range of metaphorical meanings, many of which are particularly appropriate to the modern
age. Water is not merely a subject of
contemporary art, but also a material
increasingly used in art-making, giving
it a distinct dual presence.
Water and Art probes the ways in
which water has gained an unprecedented prominence in modern Western
art and seeks to draw connections to its
depiction in earlier art forms. David
Clarke looks across cultures, finding
parallels within contemporary Chinese
art, which draws on a cultural tradition
in which water has an essential presence and is used as both a subject and
a medium. The book features a wealth
of images by artists from East and West,
including Fu Baoshi, Shi Tao, Wei Zixi,
Fang Rending, Leonardo da Vinci, Bernini, Turner, Géricault, Klee, Matisse,
Monet, Picasso, Mondrian, and Kandinsky.
Fast-paced, accessible, and comprehensive, Water and Art will appeal to the
specialist and the general reader alike,
offering fresh perspectives on familiar
artists as well as an introduction to others who are less well known.
June 256 p., 20 color plates,
90 halftones 59/10 x 79/10
ISBN-13: 978-1-86189-662-9
Paper $35.00s
art
NSA
David Clarke is professor of fine arts at the University of Hong Kong. He has written several
books, including Hong Kong x 24 x 365: A Year in the Life of a City and Hong Kong Art: Culture
and Decolonization, the latter also published by Reaktion Books.
The Sensory World of Italian
Renaissance Art
François Quiviger
During the Renaissance, new ideas progressed alongside new ways of communicating them, and nowhere is this more
visible than in the art of this period. In
The Sensory World of Italian Renaissance
Art, François Quiviger explores the ways
in which the senses began to take on a
new significance in the art of the sixteenth century. The book discusses the
presence and function of sensation in
Renaissance ideas and practices, investigating their link to mental imagery—
namely, how Renaissance artists made
touch, sound, and scent palpable to
the minds of their audience. Quiviger
points to the shifts in ideas and theories
of representation, which were evolving
throughout the sixteenth century, and
explains how this shaped early modern
notions of art, spectatorship, and artistic creation.
Featuring many beautiful images
by artists such as Dürer, Leonardo da
Vinci, Titian, Pontormo, Michelangelo,
and Brueghel, The Sensory World of Italian Renaissance Art presents a comprehensive study of Renaissance theories
of art in the context of the actual works
they influenced. Beautifully illustrated
and extensively researched, it will appeal to students and scholars of art history.
June 224 p., 40 color plates,
60 halftones 51/2 x 81/2
ISBN-13: 978-1-86189-657-5
Cloth $27.00s
art
NSA
François Quiviger is a librarian at the Warburg Institute, London. He is the author of
several books, including Imagining and Composing Stories in the Renaissance and Seeing and
Looking in the Renaissance.
Reaktion Books
105
Abandoned Images
Film and Film’s End
Stephen Barber
February 192 p., 75 halftones
51/2 x 81/2
ISBN-13: 978-1-86189-645-2
Paper $24.95s
film studies
NSA
Broadway Avenue in downtown Los Angeles contains an extraordinary collection of twelve abandoned film palaces,
all built between 1910 and 1931. In most
cities such a concentration of original
cinema houses would have been demolished long ago—but in a city whose
identity is inseparable from the film
industry, the buildings have survived
mainly intact, some of their interiors
dilapidated and gutted and others transformed and reimagined as churches or
nightclubs. Stephen Barber’s Abandoned
Images takes us inside these remarkable
structures in order to understand the
birth and death of film as both a medium and a social event.
Due to the rise of digital filmmaking and straight-to-DVD and on-demand
distribution, the film industry is pres-
ently undergoing a process of profound
transformation in both how movies are
made and how they are watched. Barber explores what this means for the
cinematic experience: Are movies losing
some essential element of their identity
and purpose, and can the distinctive aura
of film survive when the specialized venues required to display movies have been
comprehensively overhauled or erased?
Barber also forecasts the future of film,
revealing how its distinctive and flexible
nature will be vital to its survival.
Featuring many evocative images
alongside insightful reflections on the
role of film and its viewing in the global
culture, Abandoned Images will be of interest to all those engaged in contemporary developments in film, visual media,
and digital arts.
Stephen Barber is professor in the Faculty of Art, Design and Architecture at Kingston
University. He is the author of many books, including The Art of Destruction: The Films of the
Vienna Action Group and Projected Cities, the latter also published by Reaktion Books.
Imprint and Trace
Handwriting in the Age of Technology
Sonja Neef
Translated by Anthony Mathews
June 272 p., 80 halftones 51/2 x 81/2
ISBN-13: 978-1-86189-653-7
Cloth $40.00s
media studies
NSA
106
Reaktion Books
Today, writing by hand seems a nearly
archaic process. Almost all of our written communication is digital—our letters are sent via e-mail or text message,
our manuscripts are composed using
word processors, our journals are blogs,
and we sign checks to pay bills with the
push of a button. Sonja Neef believes
that what we have lost in our modern
technological conversation is the ductus—the physical and material act of
handwriting.
In Imprint and Trace Neef argues,
however, that handwriting throughout
its history has always been threatened
with erasure. It exists in a dual state:
able to be standardized, repeated, copied—much like an imprint—and yet
persistently singular, original, and authentic as a trace or line. Throughout its
history, from the first prehistoric handprint, and through the innovations of
stylus, quill, and printing press, handwriting has revealed an interweaving,
ever-changing relationship between imprint and trace. Even today, in the age
of the digital revolution, the trace of
handwriting is still an integral part of
communication, whether etched, photographed, pixilated, or scanned.
Imprint and Trace presents an essential reevaluation of the relationships
between handwriting and technology,
and between the various imprints and
traces that define communication.
Sonja Neef lectures in European media and culture at the Bauhaus University in Weimar,
Germany. Anthony Mathews is an associate lecturer at Open University.
Photography and Africa
Erin Haney
A land comprising more than fifty nations and innumerable cultural and
geographic variations, from harsh desert to lush jungle, Africa has long been
a favorite subject for photographers.
Since the advent of the medium in the
first half of the nineteenth century, a
myriad of photographers—both indigenous and immigrant, amateur and
professional, explorer and colonist,
naturalist and artist—have recorded intrepid expeditions, documented flora
and fauna, and chronicled the transformations of the cultural landscape.
Photography and Africa investigates
the many themes that intertwine the
photographs with the circumstances
of their creation. Presenting a wealth
of astonishing and rare images, Erin
Haney brings together some of the
most vibrant examples captured in the
continent. From royal portraiture in
the nineteenth-century Cape Coast to
staged vignettes of old Cairo streets to
apartheid-era South African resistance
photography, this book illustrates the
fascinating and long-standing relationship between Africa and the photograph.
A powerful and celebratory insight into Africa’s relationship with the
photograph, Photography and Africa will
appeal to those interested in the photography and culture of Africa and how
the two have interacted and informed
each other over time.
Exposures
June 144 p., 20 color plates,
60 halftones 71/2 x 82/3
ISBN-13: 978-1-86189-382-6
Paper $29.95s
photography african studies
NSA
Erin Haney is a visiting scholar at the National Museum of African Art at the Smithsonian
Institution and a curator and author working on several projects dealing with historical
and contemporary photographers from Africa.
Now in Paperback
Insomnia
A Cultural History
Eluned Summers-Bremner
This cultural, historical, and scientific
exploration of sleeplessness by Eluned
Summers-Bremner begins with the literature of ancient times, and finds its
sufferers in prominent texts such as the
Iliad, the Odyssey, the Mesopotamian
epic Gilgamesh, and the Bible. Moving
to Romantic and Gothic literature,
she shows how sleeplessness continued
to play a large role as the advent of
street lighting in the nineteenth century inspired the fantastical blurring
of daytime reality and night visions,
and authors connected insomnia to
the ephemeral worlds of nightmares
and the sublime. Meanwhile, insomnia
has been variously categorized by the
medical community as a manifestation
of a deeper psychological or physical
malady. Today’s medical solutions tend
to involve prescription drugs—but, as
Insomnia reveals, important questions
linger about the role of the pharmaceutical industry and the effectiveness of
such treatments.
“Summers-Bremner’s account of
literary usages of insomnia, from Gilgamesh to García Márquez, is a rich one,
sufficient to make the case that insomnia is a recurrent theme in Western
culture.”—Wall Street Journal
“A whimsical tour of the history of
how different cultures have viewed not
only insomnia but also the night itself,
sleep, dreams, darkness, and activities
that occur in the dark.”—New England
Journal of Medicine
“Summers-Bremner’s excellent account of insomnia shows that the consideration of our waking moments is indicative of the changing ways we think
about life.”—Financial Times Magazine
Eluned Summers-Bremner is a senior lecturer in the English department at the University of
Auckland.
February 176 p., 15 halftones
51/2 x 81/2
ISBN-13: 978-1-86189-654-4
Paper $19.95s
history
NSA
Cloth ISBN: 978-1-86189-317-8
Reaktion Books 107
Now in Paperback
The Abu Ghraib Effect
Stephen F. Eisenman
February 142 p., 66 halftones
51/2 x 81/2
ISBN-13: 978-1-86189-646-9
Paper $14.95
current events
NSA
Cloth ISBN: 978-1-86189-309-3
The photographs of torture at Abu
Ghraib prison aroused worldwide
condemnation—or did they? Opinion
polls showed that most citizens of the
United States were unmoved by the images. One reason for this relative lack of
a public outcry may be the nature of the
Abu Ghraib pictures themselves and
what Stephen F. Eisenman terms “the
Abu Ghraib effect.” By showing prisoners engaging in sexual acts, Eisenman
asserts, the photos make the men look
like enthusiastic participants in their
own interrogation and torture. Further, these scenes repeat an ancient stereotype: the “pathos formula,” in which
victims of war are shown welcoming
their own punishment.
In this highly original analysis,
Eisenman shows the pathos formula at
work in the Abu Ghraib photos, and he
describes its long history, exploring the
motif’s appearance in imperial Greek
and Roman Art, in the sculpture and
painting of Michelangelo, and in Baroque paintings of saints and martyrs.
The author also describes the equally
long history of artistic protest against
the formula by such diverse artists as
William Hogarth, Francisco Goya,
Pablo Picasso, Ben Shahn, and Leon
Golub.
The Abu Ghraib Effect reveals how
the pathos formula has dulled public
responses to images of torture, and also
urges a more effective use of political
images in the fight against the so-called
“war on terror.”
“Eisenman’s concepts and questions constitute a challenging discourse
on politics and art.”—Art in America
“This brilliantly argued volume
should be read by all art historians.”
—Art Book
Stephen F. Eisenman is professor in the Department of Art History at Northwestern University. He is also the author of The Temptation of Saint Redon and Gauguin’s Skirt.
Now in Paperback
Spicing Up Britain
The Multicultural History of British Food
Panikos Panayi
march 288 p., 50 halftones 6 x 9
ISBN-13: 978-1-86189-658-2
Paper $25.00s
cooking
NSA
Cloth ISBN: 978-1-86189-373-4
108
Reaktion Books
From the arrival of Italian ice cream
vendors and German pork butchers, to
the rise of Indian curry as the national
dish, Spicing Up Britain uncovers the
fascinating history of British food over
the last 150 years. Panikos Panayi shows
how a combination of immigration, increased wealth, and globalization have
transformed the eating habits of the
English from a culture of stereotypically bland food to a flavorful international cuisine.
Along the way, Panayi challenges
preconceptions about British identity
and raises questions about multiculturalism and the extent to which other
cultures have entered British society
through the portal of food. He argues
that Britain has become a country of
vast ethnic diversity, in which people
of different backgrounds—but still
British—are united by their readiness
to sample a wide variety of foods produced by other ethnic groups. Taking in
changes to home cooking, restaurants,
grocery shops, delis, and cookbooks,
Panayi’s flavorful account will appeal
to a wide range of readers interested in
ethnic cooking, food history, and the
social history of Britain.
“Wearing his twin hats of foodie
and social historian, Panikos Panayi
can appal as well as engender salivation
on his tour d’horizon of the multicultural
history of British food.”—Washington
Times
Panikos Panayi is professor of European history at De Montfort University. His father was a
Cypriot pastry chef working in London.
Thomas Bernhard
Prose
Translated by Martin Chalmers
“His manner of speaking, like that of all the subordinated, excluded, was
awkward, like a body full of wounds, into which at any time anyone can
strew salt, yet so insistent, that it is painful to listen to him.”
—from “The Carpenter”
T
he Austrian playwright, novelist, and poet Thomas Bernhard
(1931–89) is acknowledged as one of the major writers of our
time. The seven stories in this collection capture Bernhard’s
distinct darkly comic voice and vision—often compared to Kafka and
Musil—commenting on a corrupted world.
First published in German in 1967, these stories were written at
“What is extraordinary about Bernhard
the same time as Bernhard’s early novels Frost, Gargoyles, and The Lime
is that his relentless pessimism never
Works, and they display the same obsessions, restlessness, and disarm-
seems open to ridicule; his world is so
ing mastery of language. Martin Chalmers’s outstanding translation,
powerfully imagined that it can seem to
which renders the work in English for the first time, captures the essen-
surround you like little else in literature.”
—New Yorker
tial personality of the writing. The narrators of these stories lack the
strength to do anything but listen and then write, the reader in turn
becoming a captive listener, deciphering the traps laid by memory—
and the mere words, the never-ending words with which we try to pin it
down. Words that are always close to driving the narrator crazy, yet, as
Bernhard writes, “not completely crazy.”
Seagull World Literature
May 162 p. 5 x 8
ISBN-13: 978-1-906497-56-9
Cloth $17.00/£11.00
fiction
IND
“Bernhard’s glorious talent for bleak existential monologues is
second only to Beckett’s, and seems to have sprung up fully mature in
his mesmerizing debut.”—Publishers Weekly, on Frost
“The feeling grows that Thomas Bernhard is the most original,
concentrated novelist writing in German. His connections . . . with the
great constellation of Kafka, Musil, and Broch become ever clearer.”
—George Steiner, Times Literary Supplement, on Gargoyles
Thomas Bernhard grew up in Salzburg and Vienna, where he studied music. In 1957 he began a second career as a playwright, poet, and novelist.
He went on to win many of the most prestigious literary awards of Europe.
Martin Chalmers is a translator and editor whose translations include works
by Hubert Fichte, Ernst Weiss, Herta Mueller, Alexander Kluge, Emine Sevgi
Oezdamar, and Erich Hackl.
Seagull Books
109
Jean-Paul Sartre
Typhus
Translated by Chris Turner
S
et in Malaya during the British protectorate, Sartre’s Typhus centers on the improbable couple formed by the disgraced former
doctor Georges, who has sunk to the lowest depths of a highly
stratified colonial society, and Nellie, a down-at-heel nightclub singer,
whose partner succumbs to the typhus epidemic sweeping the country.
Though it does not shy from the explosive issues of colonialism and
race that are implicit in its setting, Typhus is both a turbulent love story
The French List
in the best traditions of Western popular cinema and an existentialist
tale of moral redemption that shares many fascinating parallels with
May 212 p. 6 x 71/2
ISBN-13: 978-1-906497-42-2
Cloth $19.95/£13.00
Albert Camus’ novel The Plague.
drama
IND
commission for French filmmakers Pathé, who were planning a post-
Jean-Paul Sartre penned the screenplay Typhus in 1943–44 on a
war production. However, the film was never made, though Yves Allégret’s 1953 film The Proud Ones retains some distant echoes of Sartre’s
original script. The script was lost for nearly sixty years before being
rediscovered and published in French in 2007. This first English publication will be essential for fans of Sartre and twentieth-century French
literature and postwar film.
“One of the most brilliant and versatile writers as well as one of the
most original thinkers of the twentieth century.”—Times (UK)
“Jean-Paul Sartre dominated the intellectual life of twentieth-
century France to an extraordinary degree.”—Tom Bishop, New York
Times
Jean-Paul Sartre (1905–80) was a novelist, playwright, and biographer, and he
is widely considered one of the greatest philosophers of the twentieth century.
Chris Turner is a writer and translator who lives in Birmingham, England.
110
Seagull Books
Jean Baudrillard
Carnival and
Cannibal, Or The
Play of Global
Antagonism
Translated by Chris Turner
I
n Carnival and Cannibal, distinguished French philosopher Jean
Baudrillard (1929–2007) reflects on many of his most important
ideas concerning the significance of language and the relation-
ship between the technological and the social.
“A sharp-shooting Lone Ranger of the
post-Marxist left.”
—New York Times
In this, one of his final works, Baudrillard identifies two fatal
modes in which the world is currently engaged: the carnival and the
cannibal, arguing essentially that contemporary society is transfixed by
the spectacle of its own cultural creation and self-consumption. Revisit-
“The most important French thinker of the
past twenty years.”
—J. G. Ballard
ing his most important concepts—such as reversibility, simulation,
parody, and symbolic exchange—through the exploration of these two
dominant modes, Baudrillard delivers a blistering diagnosis of global-
The French List
ization, as inflicted on the world by the richer nations.
In the companion essay “Ventriloquous Evil,” Baudrillard medi-
tates on our present system of global technological and ideological
domination, which has eradicated human accountability. Baudrillard
March 98 p. 41/4 x 7
ISBN-13: 978-1-906497-20-0
Cloth $15.00/£9.50
philosophy
IND
argues that “this entire electronic, cybernetic revolution is perhaps
merely a piece of animal cunning that humanity has found in order to
escape itself.”
A brilliant synthesis of some of Baudrillard’s most remarkable
and influential ideas, Carnival and Cannibal is a timely and formidable
exploration of a humanity that has cannibalized the human.
Jean Baudrillard’s many works include The System of Objects, Simulacra and Simulation, Utopia Deferred, and Why Hasn’t Everything Already Disappeared?, the last
also published by Seagull Books. Chris Turner is a writer and translator who
lives in Birmingham, England.
Seagull Books
111
Hans Magnus Enzensberger
A History of
Clouds
99 Meditations
Translated by Martin Chalmers and Esther Kinsky
I
n these ninety-nine meditations, poet and novelist Hans Magnus
Enzensberger celebrates the tenacity of the normal and routine
in everyday life, where the survival of the objects we use without
thinking—a pair of scissors, perhaps—is both a small, human victory
and a quiet reminder of our own ephemeral nature. He sets his quotid-
The German List
ian reflections against a broad historic and political backdrop—the
cold war and its accompanying atomic threat, the German student
revolt, would-be socialism in Cuba, China, and Africa, and World War
april 164 p. 5 x 81/2
ISBN-13: 978-1-906497-45-3
Cloth $18.00/£11.50
poetry
IND
II as experienced by the youthful poet.
Enzensberger’s poems are conversational, skeptical, and serene;
they culminate in the extended set of observations that gives the collection its title. Clouds, alien and yet symbols of human life, are for Enzensberger at once a central metaphor of the Western poetic tradition
and “the most fleeting of all masterpieces.” “Cloud archaeology,” writes
Enzensberger, is “a science for angels.”
“After reading this wonderful volume of poetry one would like to
call Enzensberger simply the lyric voice of transience.”—Sueddeutsche
Zeitung
“With this book Enzensberger reveals himself both as a spokesman
of persistence and as a decelerator.”—Neue Zuercher Zeitung
Hans Magnus Enzensberger, often considered Germany’s most important
living poet, is also the editor of the book series Die Andere Bibliothek and the
founder of the monthly TransAtlantik. His books include Lighter Than Air:
Moral Poems and Civil Wars: From L. A. to Bosnia. Martin Chalmers is a translator and editor whose translations include works by Hubert Fichte, Ernst Weiss,
Herta Mueller, Alexander Kluge, Emine Sevgi Oezdamar, and Erich Hackl.
Esther Kinsky is a literary translator and the author of the novel Sommerfrische.
She has translated poetry by Angelus Silesius, Else Lasker-Schueler, and Wolf
Wondratschek, among others.
112
Seagull Books
André Gorz
Ecologica
Translated by Chris Turner
W
riting in 2007, French social philosopher André Gorz
(1923–2007) was remarkably prophetic, foretelling the
international economic meltdown of 2008: “The real
economy is becoming an appendage of the speculative bubbles sustained by the finance industry—until that inevitable point when the
bubbles burst, leading to serial bank crashes and threatening the global system of credit with collapse and the real economy with a severe,
prolonged depression.” This prescient article is collected in Ecologica
alongside many of Gorz’s final writings and interviews, which together
offer a practical and often pathbreaking set of solutions to our current
economic and political problems.
In his writings Gorz condemns the speculative global economic
“Gorz’s work was always within the
Utopian tradition—a label he welcomed
but which was used pejoratively by his
system and anatomizes its terminal crisis. Advocating an exit from
opponents. . . . Many of his derided early
capitalism through the self-limitation of needs and the networked
warnings about globalization and envi-
use of the latest technologies, he outlines a practical, democratically
ronmental degradation have become com-
based solution to our current predicament. Compiled by Gorz himself,
monplace discourses in political debates
Ecologica is intended as a final distillation of his work and thought, a
today. Ultimately, Gorz’s Utopianism was
guide to the survival of our planet. It is a work of political, rather than
expressed in a very practical sense—we
scientific ecology—Gorz argues that the key to planetary survival is
never know how far along the road we are
not a surrender to environmental experts and eco-technocrats, but a
if we have no idea of the destination.”
—Independent
switch to non-consumerist modes of living that would amount to a type
of cultural revolution.
“To my mind the greatest of modern French social thinkers.”
The French List
—Herbert Gintis, author of Schooling in Capitalist America
André Gorz, also known by his pen name Michel Bosquet, was an Austrian and
French social philosopher. Also a journalist, Gorz was the editor of Les Temps
modernes and cofounded Le Nouvel Observateur, a leftist weekly, in 1964. His
other books include Socialism and Revolution and Farewell to the Working Class.
Chris Turner is a writer and translator who lives in Birmingham, England.
March 186 p. 5 x 8
ISBN-13: 978-1-906497-41-5
Cloth $19.95/£13.00
CURRENT EVENTS philosophy
IND
Seagull Books
113
Tzvetan Todorov
Memory as a
Remedy for Evil
Translated by Gila Walker
With Photographs by Naveen Kishore
C
an humanity be divided into good and evil? And if so, is it
possible for the good to vanquish the evil, eradicating it from
the face of the earth by declaring war on evildoers and bring-
ing them to justice? Can we overcome evil by the power of memory? In
Memory as a Remedy for Evil, Tzvetan Todorov answers these questions
in the negative, arguing that despite all our efforts to the contrary, we
Praise for Imperfect Garden
cannot be delivered from evil.
“Written very much in the spirit of Mon-
In this work on evil, memory, and justice, Todorov examines the
taigne. . . . A wide-ranging meditation on
uses of memory and the spate of memorial laws in France in order to
the open-endedness of human life, on
show how memory has failed as a remedy against evil and how efforts
the freedom and the sociability that are
to come to grips with past evil through trials and punitive justice have
its only givens, and on the minimal ethic
failed as well. Todorov locates the fatal flaw of all these approaches in
of autonomy and responsibility to others
our erroneous relationship with evil as alterity, the distinction that we
that they ought to inspire. . . . Todorov
draw between ourselves and others that allows us to imagine ourselves
harbors no illusions about the mix of
in the appealing role of hero and victim and confine others to the role
good and bad that enters into the fabric of
of villain and criminal.
all that is human.”
—New Republic
“It is comforting to read an intelligent
defence of liberal humanism. Like the authors he focuses on, Todorov is tolerant,
ation Commission and Cambodia’s Khmer Rouge Tribunal, Todorov
argues in favor of restorative justice, which “seeks not to punish but
to restore relations that should never have been interrupted” between
former perpetrators and former victims.
understanding and wise.”
—Observer
Similarly, in his analysis of the South African Truth and Reconcili-
Memory as a Remedy for Evil is a powerful and timely work that asks
that we recognize the good and evil within each of us and reminds us
that only by coming to terms with evil and trying to understand it can
The French List
March 92 p., 20 halftones 41/4 x 61/4
ISBN-13: 978-1-906497-43-9
Cloth $15.00s/£9.50
Philosophy
IND
114
Seagull Books
we hope to tame it.
Tzvetan Todorov is the author of The Conquest of America, Mikhail Bakhtin, On
Human Diversity, Facing the Extreme, Imperfect Garden, Hope and Memor y, and
The New World Disorder, among others. Gila Walker has translated more than
a hundred works from French, including texts by Jacques Derrida, François
Julienne, Yves Bonnefoy, and Georges Didi-Huberman.
Gayatri Chakravorty Spivak
Nationalism and
the Imagination
G
ayatri Chakravorty Spivak has distinguished herself as one
of the foremost scholars of contemporary literary and postcolonial theory and feminist thought. Known for her transla-
tion of Derrida’s On Grammatology and her groundbreaking essay, “Can
the Subaltern Speak?,” Spivak has often focused on subaltern, marginalized women and the role essentialism in feminist thought can play in
uniting women from divergent cultural backgrounds. In Nationalism
and the Imagination, Spivak expands on her previous postcolonial schol-
arship, employing a cultural lens to examine the rhetorical underpinnings of the idea of the nation-state.
In this gripping and intellectually rigorous work, Spivak specifi-
“Spivak has probably done more long-term
political good in pioneering feminist and
cally analyzes the creation of Indian sovereignty in 1947 and the tone
postcolonial studies within global aca-
of Indian nationalism, bound up with class and religion, that arose in
demia than almost any of her theoretical
its wake. Spivak was five years old when independence was declared,
colleagues.”
—Terry Eagleton
and she vividly writes: “These are my earliest memories: Famine and
blood on the streets.” As well, she recollects the songs and folklore that
were prevalent at the time in order to examine the role of the mother
“Spivak’s is a unique voice of courage
tongue and the relationship between language and feelings of national
and conceptual ambition that addresses
identity. She concludes that nationalism colludes with the private
public life from the perspective of psychic
sphere of the imagination in order to command the public sphere.
reality, encouraging us to acknowledge
Originally given as an address at the University of Sofia in Bul-
garia, Nationalism and the Imagination provides powerful insight into
the historical narrative of India as well as compelling ideas that speak
to nationalist concerns around the world. Also included in this book
is the discussion with Spivak that followed the speech, making this an
essential and informative work for scholars of postcolonialism.
the solidarity and the suffering through
which we emerge as subjects of freedom.”
—Homi K. Bhabha
april 92 p. 41/4 x 7
ISBN-13: 978-1-905422-93-7
Cloth $15.00s/£9.50
cultural Studies
IND
Gayatri Chakravorty Spivak is University Professor in the Humanities and
director of the Institute for Comparative Literature and Society at Columbia
University. Her other books include In Other Worlds, The Post-Colonial Critic,
and A Critique of Post-Colonial Reason.
Seagull Books
115
Letters to Madeleine
Tender as Memory
Guillaume Apollinaire
Translated by Donald Nicholson-Smith
Edited by Laurence Campa
The French List
June 624 p., 22 halftones 71/2 x 82/3
ISBN-13: 978-1-905422-92-0
Cloth $30.00/£19.50
literature
IND
Letters to Madeleine collects for the first
time in English the remarkable letters
and poems sent by French poet Guillaume Apollinaire to his fiancée, Madeleine Pagès, during World War I.
This fascinating correspondence
bears witness to the typical yet deeply
idiosyncratic experience of Apollinaire
at an especially crucial moment of his
existence as man and artist. Apollinaire
shares with Madeleine his thoughts on
art and literature from Racine to Tolstoy, and at the same time he uniquely
documents the daily life of a soldier at
the front during the Great War. As well,
the letters reveal intimate and littleknown aspects of Apollinaire’s personality—from his childhood and tastes to
his grandest aesthetic ideas.
Writing about the letters in his biography of Apollinaire, Francis Steegmuller noted, “Nowhere, is there a more
‘living picture’ of a poet in a war . . .
or, outside of Stendhal, a more vivid picture of war itself.” Letters to Madeleine is a
moving portrait of a poet facing one of
humanity’s starkest realities, and it will
be of interest to not only fans of Apollinaire but those interested in personal
accounts of World War I as well.
Guillaume Apollinaire’s (1880–1918) works include The Decaying Enchanter, The Bestiary,
The Spirits, and Caligrams. He is credited with coining the term “surrealism.” Donald
Nicholson-Smith has translated many works from the French.
Correspondence
Paul Celan and Ingeborg Bachmann
Translated by Wieland Hoban
The German List
June 442 p., 23 halftones 6 x 71/2
ISBN-13: 978-1-906497-44-6
Cloth $24.95/£16.00
literature
ind
116
Seagull Books
Paul Celan (1920–70) is one of the bestknown German poets of the Holocaust;
many of his poems, admired for their
spare, precise diction, deal directly
with its stark themes. Austrian writer
Ingeborg Bachmann (1926–73) is recognized as one of post–World War II
German literature’s most important
novelists, poets, and playwrights. It
seems only appropriate that these two
contemporaries and masters of language were at one time lovers, and that
they shared a lengthy, artful, and passionate correspondence.
Collected here for the first time
in English are their letters written between 1948 and 1961. Their correspon-
dence forms a moving testimony of
the discourse of love in the age after
Auschwitz, with all the symptomatic
disturbances and crises caused by their
conflicting backgrounds and their
hard-to-reconcile designs for living—as
a woman, as a man, as writers. In addition to the almost two hundred letters,
the volume includes an important exchange between Bachmann and Gisèle
Celan-Lestrange, who married Celan
in 1951, as well as letters between Paul
Celan and Swiss writer Max Frisch.
“Scarcely more breathlessly and
desperately can two lovers ever have
struggled for words.”—FAZ, on the German edition
Paul Celan was born into a German-speaking Jewish family in Romania; he lived in France
and wrote in German. His works are collected in English in Poems of Paul Celan: A Bilingual
German/English Edition and Selected Poems and Prose of Paul Celan, among other books.
Ingeborg Bachmann is the author of Darkness Spoken: The Collected Poems of Ingeborg
Bachmann, Malina, and Simultan, among others. Wieland Hoban has translated several
works from the German.
Change
Mo Yan
Translated by Howard Goldblatt
In Change, Mo Yan—China’s foremost
novelist—personalizes the political and
social changes in his country over the
past few decades in a novella disguised
as autobiography (or vice versa). Unlike
most historical narratives from China,
which are pegged to political events,
Change is a representative of “people’s
history,” a bottom-up rather than topdown view of a country in flux. By moving back and forth in time and focusing
on small events and everyday people,
Yan breathes life into history by describing the effects of larger-than-life events
on the average citizen.
“If China has a Kafka, it may be Mo
Yan. Like Kafka, Yan has the ability to
examine his society through a variety of
lenses, creating fanciful, Metamorphosislike transformations or evoking the
numbing bureaucracy and casual cruelty of modern governments.”—Publishers
Weekly, on Shifu, You’ll Do Anything for a
Laugh
“As shrewd as he is captivating, Mo
Yan is dedicated to explicating the suffering and resilience of ordinary people and to telling a darn good story.”
—Booklist, on Shifu, You’ll Do Anything for
a Laugh
Mo Yan has published dozens of short stories and novels in Chinese. His other works include The Garlic Ballads; The Republic of Wine; Shifu, You’ll Do Anything for a Laugh; Big Breasts
Wide Hips; and Life and Death Are Wearing Me Out. Howard Goldblatt is research professor of
Chinese at the University of Notre Dame and founding editor of Modern Chinese Literature.
What Was Communism?
April 108 p. 41/4 x 7
ISBN-13: 978-1-906497-48-4
Cloth $15.00/£9.50
Fiction
IND
Bait, and Other Stories
Mahasweta Devi
Translated and with an Introduction by Sumanta Banerjee
Unlike most of Mahasweta Devi’s works,
which focus on Bengali tribes and the
rural dispossessed, the four stories collected in Bait are located in the urban
and suburban criminal underworld,
and form an unusual segment of Devi’s
oeuvre.
The first story, “Fisherman,” is
about a man who recovers the bodies
of young boys from the village pond so
that the police can pass them off as victims of drowning. “Knife,” on the other
hand, is a tongue-in-cheek account
of the liminal cultural world of West
Bengal, which borders Bangladesh. A
young woman makes her own protest
against an exploitative establishment as
a result of abuse by a politician and his
cohorts in “Body,” and an unemployed
middle-class youth discovers himself
after his first “test” killing in the dark
story “Killer.”
This collection of fascinating and
unsettling stories is anchored by an indepth introductory essay by cultural
historian Sumanta Banerjee, who has
firsthand familiarity with the settings
and situations from his crime-reporting
past. Banerjee contextualizes the stories
within the development of the growing
criminal underworld in Bengal today.
Mahasweta Devi is one of India’s foremost writers. Her other novels include Mother of 1084
and Chotti Munda and His Arrow. Sumanta Banerjee is a cultural historian and the author
of many books, including The Parlour and the Streets: Elite and Popular Culture in Nineteenth
Century Calcutta and Dangerous Outcast: The Prostitute in Nineteenth Century Bengal, both published by Seagull Books.
What Was Communism?
April 180 p. 41/4 x 7
ISBN-13: 978-1-906497-49-1
Cloth $17.00/£11.00
fiction
ind
Seagull Books
117
The Queen of Jhansi
Mahasweta Devi
Translated by Sagaree Sengupta and Mandira Sengupta
Seagull World Literature
May 344 p. 5 x 81/2
ISBN-13: 978-1-906497-53-8
Cloth $21.95/£14.00
fiction
IND
Lakshmibai, the Queen of Jhansi, a legendary Indian heroine, led her troops
against the British in the uprising of
1857, which is now widely described as
the first Indian War of Independence.
The image of the young warrior queen
who died on the battlefield but not
in the minds of her people captured
the imagination of novelist Mahasweta
Devi, who undertook extensive research
that encompassed family reminiscence,
oral literature, local histories, and more
traditional sources. From these she wove
a very personal history of a heroine—an
unusual woman, widowed at an early
age, who grew from a free-spirited child
into an independent young leader.
Devi’s resulting work traces the
history of the growing resistance to the
British, while building a detailed picture
of Lakshmibai as a complex, spirited,
full-blooded woman who wears her long
tresses unbound, prefers male attire on
horseback, and is a cool-headed and farsighted leader of men, full of warm concern for her soldiers, as well as a mother
who worries about her infant son’s
well-being. Simultaneously a history, a
biography, and an imaginative work of
fiction, this book is a valuable contribution to the reclamation of history and
historiography by feminist writers.
Mahasweta Devi is one of India’s foremost writers. Her other novels include Mother of 1084
and Chotti Munda and His Arrow. Sagaree Sengupta teaches South Asian languages and
literature at the University of Wisconsin–Madison. She collaborated on this translation
with her mother, Mandira Sengupta, an artist who maintains an active interest in her native
Bengali literature despite her long residence abroad.
Back in Print
Fear of Mirrors
Tariq Ali
Seagull World Literature
May 332 p. 6 x 71/2
ISBN-13: 978-1-906497-15-6
Cloth $21.95/£14.00
fiction
IND
Previously published by Arcadia books
ISBN: 978-1-900850-10-0
118
Seagull Books
In this novel from esteemed political
writer Tariq Ali, a father, Vlady, loses
his job when he refuses to renounce socialist beliefs in the newly unified Germany—and as a result wants to explain
to his alienated son what their family’s
long and passionate involvement with
communism has really meant. The story he tells is of Ludwik, a Polish secret
agent, and Gertrude, Vlady’s mother,
whose desire for Ludwik is matched only
by her devotion to the communist ideal.
As the plot unfolds through the political upheavals of the twentieth century,
Vlady describes the hopes aroused by
the Bolshevik revolution and discovers
the almost unbearable truth about the
family’s betrayal. Written with deep political insight and sensitivity, Fear of Mirrors relates the extraordinary history of
Central Europe from the perspective of
those on the other side of the cold war.
“Ali folds his drama around the
tight, cultlike atmosphere of Communist Party life, peopled by idealists who
find their lives encumbered by betrayals, power grabs, and corruption and
who, in the post-Communist era, must
come to terms with their complicity with
Stalinism. . . . This is a valuable book,
especially for those interested in the
current thinking of the European left.”
—Publishers Weekly
Tariq Ali is a writer, filmmaker, and a longtime political activist and campaigner. He has
written over a dozen books on world history and politics, including The Clash of Fundamentalisms, Bush in Babylon, Rough Music, and Pirates of the Caribbean: The Axis of Hope, as well as
five novels and scripts for both stage and screen.
Young Light
Ralf Rothmann
Translated by Wieland Hoban
In Young Light, novelist Ralf Rothmann
paints a delicate portrait of a twelveyear-old boy named Julian growing up
in a mining community in 1960s Germany. The book covers only a few summer weeks, following Julian’s gradual
social and sexual awakening amidst his
parents’ financial and marital problems. Avoiding any overt drama in the
description of the boy’s predicaments
and observations, Rothmann instead
creates a quiet sense of hope and new
beginnings. His subtle, restrained prose
captures the unarticulated, yet increasingly conscious feelings of the boy as
he approaches the end of childhood,
but still remains very remote from the
adult world he sees around him. From
his stressed, exhausted mother to
their suspicious neighbors, the adults
remind him of his own powerlessness
rather than offering encouragement;
but his little sister Sophie proves his
most devoted ally, gently standing up to
their mother’s fits of rage. As the novel
progresses, Julian becomes increasingly
aware of the weaknesses and failures of
the adults; despite his difficulties in understanding what goes on around him,
one senses a wisdom and integrity that
sets him apart from many of the other
characters in his life. Rothmann’s refreshingly unpretentious style offers
the perfect medium for this portrait of
ambivalent youthful consciousness.
Seagull World Literature
May 336 p. 5 x 8
ISBN-13: 978-1-906497-54-5
Cloth $21.95/£14.00
fiction
IND
Ralf Rothmann is a German novelist, poet, and dramatist, whose novels have been translated into several languages. His most recent novel translated into English was Knife Edge.
Wieland Hoban is a British composer who lives in Germany. He has translated several works
from the German, including many by Theodor W. Adorno.
The Kyoto List
Michael S. Koyama
If it takes only a few rogue financiers to
collapse the economy, can one earnest
investment officer save the dollar from
collapse? Ken Murai, the protagonist
of this fast-paced novel by Michael S.
Koyama, is a young officer in the Japanese ministry of finance who one day
discovers a plot by one of his superiors to organize a group, known as the
Kyoto List, of corrupt officials, bankers,
businessmen, and journalists from the
United States, Europe, and Asia. The
List plans to wreck the world’s financial
system—and grab enormous wealth for
itself in the process.
This exhilarating novel of high
finance was written by an economics
insider fascinated and gravely con-
cerned by the financial environment
born in the near-meltdown of 2008. In
The Kyoto List, the dollar comes under
an attack far greater than the raid by
George Soros that famously brought
down the British pound in 1992. This
is a timely thriller about a race against
time to save the seemingly moribund
dollar before hostile forces destroy it—
and the worldwide financial system that
depends on it.
Koyama paints an exciting and
entertaining expert’s portrait of the
lawless financial interests that have the
power to devastate global economies
for the sake of a market that measures
ethics only in profits.
Michael S. Koyama is the nom de plume of an economist with degrees from the University
of California, Berkeley, and Northwestern University. He recently retired as professor of
economics and Asian studies at a major university in the United States where he held an endowed chair. He specialized in macroeconomics, economic institutions, and the Japanese
economy. He is also the author of the novel Operation Hard-Landing, which dealt with the
Japanese economic bubble.
Seagull World Literature
May 338 p. 6 x 9
ISBN-13: 978-1-906497-58-3
Cloth $21.95/£14.00
fiction
IND
Seagull Books
119
My Father, the Germans and I
Essays, Lectures, Interviews
Jurek Becker
Edited by Christine Becker
The German List
April 274 p. 5 x 81/2
ISBN-13: 978-1-906497-47-7
Cloth $24.95s/£16.00
european history
IND
Jurek Becker (1937–97) is best known
for his novel Jacob the Liar, which follows
the life of a man who, like Becker, lived
in the Lódz ghetto during the German
occupation of Poland in World War
II. Throughout his career, Becker also
wrote nonfiction, and the essays, lectures, and interviews collected in My Father, the Germans and I share a common
thread in that they each speak to Becker’s interactions with and opinions on
the social, political, and cultural conditions of twentieth-century Germany.
Becker, who lived in both German
states and in unified Germany, was passionately and humorously active in the
political debates of his time. Becker
never directly aligned himself with ei-
ther the political ideology of East Germany or the capitalist market forces of
West Germany. The remains of fascism
in postwar Germany, and the demise of
Socialism, as well as racism and xenophobic violence, were topics that perpetually interested Becker. However,
his writings, as evidenced in this collection, were never pedantic, but always
entertaining, retaining the sense of humor that made his novels so admired.
My Father, the Germans and I gives
expression to an exceptional author’s
perception of himself and the world and
to his tireless attempt to bring his own
unique tone of linguistic brevity, irony,
and balance to German relations.
Jurek Becker was one of the few novelists of Jewish heritage in post–World War II Germany.
He is the author of many acclaimed novels, including Jacob the Liar, Sleepless Days, and Bronstein’s Children. Christine Becker edited her husband’s collection of letters
Your Nonpareils.
Biography
A Game
Max Frisch
Translated by Birgit Schreyer Duarte
The German List
April 128 p. 5 x 81/2
ISBN-13: 978-1-906497-46-0
Paper $12.00/£8.00
drama
IND
120
Seagull Books
In this play by Swiss playwright and novelist Max Frisch, a middle-aged behavioral researcher named Kürmann is given the opportunity to start his life over
at any point he chooses and change his
decisions and actions in matters both
serious and mundane. He could save
his marriage, become politically active,
take better care of his health, or even
change the color of his living-room furniture. Despite his intention to apply the
wisdom he has acquired with age, Kürmann finds himself inexorably trapped
in the same decisions. Ultimately proving fatal, Kürmann’s life-game interrogates how much of our own path is
shaped by seemingly random factors
and how much is in fact predetermined
by our own limited, conditioned selves.
The play’s central idea—that our lives
are nothing but a self-conscious play
with imaginary identities—is brilliantly
captured in Biography’s dramaturgical
form, which sets up a theater rehearsal
as the metaphor for the endless possibilities and variables of the game of
life.
Frisch’s own revised, dramatically
heightened version of his play celebrates not only the theater as a form of
self-expression but also the human condition in all its potential and limitations
as it showcases both comic and tragic
outcomes that define all our lives.
Max Frisch (1911–91) was one of the giants of twentieth-century literature, achieving fame
as a novelist, playwright, diarist, and essayist. His works include Andorra, I’m Not Stiller, A
Wilderness of Mirrors, and Man in the Holocene. Birgit Schreyer Duarte is a freelance dramaturge, theater director, and translator.
Circus Girl
Photographs by Saibal Das and Text by Nola Rae
Circuses provide surreal, fantastic entertainment. At times magical and at
others chilling, the circus is a world of
fantasy and spectacle for the viewer, but
for the performer, a career in the circus
often brings with it a nomadic, lonely
life. In Circus Girl, photographer Saibal
Das captures beautiful and unusual images of circus girls, photographs which
evoke this sense of darkness and resignation that underlies the otherworldly
feats they perform under the big top.
For instance, in one photograph, a
circus girl whose act involves a lioness
is seen sitting in front of a mirror putting on her makeup. The lioness that
she usually whips in the ring stands
behind her, her paw touching the girl’s
shoulder affectionately. But both wear a
solemn look. In another, the girl sits on
her props, staring silently at the snack
packets strewn on the ground. The giant marquee is empty.
Internationally renowned mime
artist Nola Rae provides a haunting accompanying text that poetically comments on the transient wanderings of
the circus performers who often yearn
for a conventional family life while donning their costumes and taking hold of
the trapeze. Rae gives voice to the circus girls, articulating the thoughts too
often hidden by the brilliant illusion of
stage lights.
June 146 p., 79 halftones 91/2 x 91/2
ISBN-13: 978-1-906497-33-0
Cloth $35.00s/£22.50
photography
IND
As a staff photographer at India Today, Saibal Das spent considerable time covering the
United Liberation Front of Asom insurgency and the ethnic fight between the Nagas and
the Kukis. He also documented many important sociopolitical events in Nepal, Bangladesh, and Bhutan. Nola Rae is an internationally renowned mime artist.
Eternal Performance
Taziyah and Other Shiite Rituals
Edited by Peter j. Chelkowski
Over the centuries, observances of Muharram, the first month of the Islamic
calendar, have traveled far from their
origins at Karbala—a windswept desert plain that is now a town in presentday Iraq—where, according to tradition, Hussein, the beloved grandson of
Prophet Muhammad, was brutally put
to death together with seventy-two of his
male companions on the tenth day of
the month. For this reason, Muharram
is synonymous with both the first month
and the tenth day. Hussein’s passion
and death are considered the ultimate
example of sacrifice for Shia Muslims,
and scores of rituals devoted to Muharram have developed during the last
thirteen centuries—especially in Iran,
where Twelver Shi’ism became the state
religion in the sixteenth century.
As Peter J. Chelkowski describes in
Eternal Performance, many of these rituals
were exported to other lands over time.
They crossed boundaries and cultures
from Iran and Iraq to Lebanon, the Indian subcontinent, North America, and
the Caribbean. Yet all Muharram rituals,
no matter where or how they are performed, have their origins in Karbala.
The transformation and transmission of
these observances to their present-day
forms around the world are the result
of the intersection of multiple races,
religions, and artistic traditions. Eternal
Performance explores the social, political,
cultural, artistic, and religious significance of Muharram rituals for millions
of global observers.
Enactments
June 364 p., 90 halftones 6 x 9
ISBN-13: 978-1-906497-51-4
Cloth $35.00s/£22.50
religion
IND
Peter J. Chelkowski is professor of Middle Eastern and Islamic studies at New York University. He is the author of Mirror of the Invisible World and Ta’ziyeh: Ritual and Drama in Iran,
among other works.
Seagull Books
121
Guilty Males and Proud Females
Negotiating Genders in a Bengali Festival
Fabrizio Ferrari
June 224 p., 13 halftones 6 x 9
ISBN-13: 978-1-906497-52-1
Cloth $35.00x/£22.50
sociology religion
IND
Guilty Males and Proud Females is the first
complete study on the Bengali gajan festival dedicated to Dharmaraj, a village
god in the Rarh region of Bengal. The
gajan is the dramatic representation of
an hierogamy—the marriage of a god
and goddess—and a recreation of the
life-cycle of earth. As Fabrizio Ferrari
explains, one of the most fascinating
aspects of the gajan is its approach to
gender. The central deity of the gajan is
a goddess identified with the earth. To
please such a goddess, male devotees
must acknowledge the pain they inflict
towards the female world and become
“ritual women.” Conversely, as part of
the festival, women display their generative power and provoke the jealousy
of men by ritually mocking conception
and delivery. The outcome of the ritual
is that their suffering is acknowledged
and transformed into power.
Much more than an ethnography
of Bengali popular religion, Guilty
Males and Proud Females contributes to
new studies on gender transformation
in the Bengal region and will be of interest to scholars of South Asian religions, folklore, and gender studies.
Fabrizio Ferrari is a lecturer in the Department of Religion at the University of Chester. He
is the author of Ernesto de Martino on Religion: The Crisis and the Presence and the editor of
Health and Religious Rituals in South Asia: Disease, Possession and Healing, among other books.
Logic in a Popular Form
Essays on Popular Religion in Bengal
Sumanta Banerjee
June 242 p. 6 x 9
ISBN-13: 978-1-906497-55-2
Cloth $35.00x/£22.50
religion
IND
Taking its title from Karl Marx’s description of religion as the world’s “logic in
a popular form,” this book explores the
hidden logic behind popular religions
in nineteenth-century Bengal. Sumanta
Banerjee examines cross-religious cults
and the construction of Bengali myths
and beliefs about godlings and spirits,
approaching them as popular inventions
that attempt to make sense of human
existence in the face of an overwhelming and often hostile environment.
These religious manifestations of
popular logic—ranging from Kali to
Radha–Krishna to Satyapir to Tantric
practice—are fluid and constantly innovating. Banerjee argues that they represent an alternative stream running parallel to, and often challenging, the more
strictly structured beliefs and practices
of the Indian religious establishments,
whether Hindu, Islamic, or Christian.
Logic in a Popular Form brings to light
many significant aspects of the multifaceted phenomenon of popular religion
in Bengal, while tracing the impact of
urbanization, colonialism, and nationalism. Banerjee reexamines the relevance
of the beliefs and rituals that continue
to survive in Bengali society today.
Sumanta Banerjee is a cultural historian who specializes in research into popular culture,
particularly of the colonial period. He is the author of many books, including The Parlour
and the Streets: Elite and Popular Culture in Nineteenth Century Calcutta and Dangerous Outcast:
The Prostitute in Nineteenth Century Bengal, both published by Seagull Books.
122
Seagull Books
Patrick Leary
The Punch
Brotherhood
Table Talk and Print Culture
in Mid-Victorian London
D
eep in the recesses of the British Library sits a long oval
dining table of plain deal, its battered surface scored with
initials carved around the edge. This unprepossessing piece
of furniture was once the most famous table in London: the Punch
table, where the staff of one of history’s most successful and influential
humor and satire magazines gathered every week for dinner, brandy,
and cigars in order to plan their weekly issue—a tradition that lasted
for nearly 150 years. Founded by Henry Mayhew and Mark Lemon in
1841, Punch coined the use of “cartoon” to designate a comic drawing
May 184 p., 30 halftones 61/2 x 91/2
ISBN-13: 978-0-7123-0923-3
Cloth $40.00s
european History Humor
CUSA
and featured some of the best-known cartoonists of the age, including
John Tenniel, E. H. Shepard, Fougasse (Cyril Kenneth Bird), and Oliver Pont, as well as some of the Victorian era’s most celebrated writers.
The “Punch” Brotherhood takes the reader inside this institution
and brings to life the tightly knit community of writers, artists, and
proprietors who gathered around the famous table. Their tumultuous,
uninhibited conversations—spiced with jokes and gossip—come to life
in Patrick Leary’s entertaining account. Based on the little-known and
unpublished diary of Punch writer Henry Silver, the book also includes
extensive research among unpublished letters, meeting minutes, and
business records. Highlighting the role of talk in the understanding
of nineteenth-century print culture, and shedding new light on the
careers of such literary giants as Charles Dickens and William Makepeace Thackeray, this book vividly demonstrates how oral culture
permeated and shaped the realm of print, from the dining tables of
exclusive men’s clubs to the alleyways of Fleet Street.
Patrick Leary is president of the Research Society for Victorian Periodicals
and a visiting scholar in the Department of History at Northwestern University. He is also creator and webmaster for Victoria Research Web, founder and
manager of VICTORIA: The Electronic Conference for Victorian Studies,
and founder and manager of SHARP-L: The Electronic Conference for the
History of Authorship, Reading, and Publishing.
British Library
123
The Image of the World
20 Centuries of World Maps
Updated Edition
Peter Whitfield
May 160 p., 70 color plates
103/10 x 111/4
ISBN-13: 978-0-7123-5089-1
Paper $30.00
history
CUSA
Though technology has changed the
tools of navigation available to us, maps
are still the irreplaceable foundation of
place and orientation. In this updated
edition of The Image of the World, map
expert Peter Whitfield guides readers through a collection of some of
the most extraordinary examples of
maps—both visually stunning and historically revealing.
An enormous variety of maps from
the last two thousand years are reproduced here in attractive, large-scale color illustrations. These fascinating and
vibrant maps include Bishop Isidore
of Seville’s seventh-century design for
a circular world map, the elaborately
decorated manuscript maps of the seventeenth and eighteenth centuries, and
scientific maps of worlds that are still
being explored, such as the ocean floor.
In addition, Whitfield examines the history of world mapmaking through these
outstanding individual examples. He
discusses each map in relation to the
religious, political, social, or economic
climate in which it was produced and
considers what these maps reveal about
the perceptions of their makers.
The Image of the World returns to
print a gorgeous and informative book
that will appeal to map collectors, historians, and armchair explorers alike.
“Whitfield uses a wonderful selection of world maps to explain the flow
of ideas through the ages.”—Time, on
the first edition
Peter Whitfield is former director of Stanfords International Map Centre in London. He is
the author of many books, including London: A Life in Maps, also published by the British
Library.
The Diamond Sutra
The Story of the World’s Earliest Dated Printed Book
Frances Wood and Mark Barnard
June 112 p., 60 color plates
73/10 x 10
ISBN-13: 978-0-7123-5090-7
Cloth $32.50s
history
CUSA
124
British Library
The Buddhist text known as the Diamond Sutra is believed to be the oldest
surviving printed book in the world.
Made in 868 AD and written in Chinese,
the text contains a significant dialogue
on perception and is one of the most
important sacred works of the Buddhist
faith. The Diamond Sutra was hidden for
centuries in a cave in northwest China,
and it was created from seven strips of
yellow-stained paper that were printed
from carved wooden blocks and pasted
together to form a scroll over five meters long. The oldest dated example of
wood block printing—produced some
six hundred years before Gutenberg’s
movable type printing in Europe—it is
clearly the product of a mature printing
industry in China.
This beautifully designed book,
the first to focus solely on the Diamond
Sutra, features a full-color reproduction
of the work, along with an account of
the discovery of the Sutra by Sir Aurel
Stein in May 1907 in a hidden cave on
the edge of the Gobi Desert. The book
extensively discusses the content of the
Sutra and also describes the invention
of paper in China and the origins of
Far Eastern printing. It reveals how the
Sutra was originally made and the conservation work that the British Library
employs to preserve it.
The Diamond Sutra is a stunning
book for anyone curious about the earliest origins of printing and the sacred
foundations of Buddhism.
Frances Wood is head of the Chinese section at the British Library. Mark Barnard is manager of the Conservation Section at the British Library and is currently undertaking the
conservation of the Diamond Sutra.
Book Makers
British Publishing in the Twentieth Century
Iain Stevenson
Book Makers presents an absorbing insider account of the changing environment of British book publishing during
the twentieth century. Iain Stevenson
has worked for some of Britain’s most
well-known publishers, and he uses his
personal experience to accurately detail how the industry grew from a small,
elite trade to a world-class business with
enormous cultural influence.
Organized chronologically by decade, Book Makers considers not only
fiction and general trade publishing,
but also academic, scientific, children’s,
technical, and professional publishing.
Stevenson profiles many key figures in
the industry, such as educational pub-
lisher William Heinemann; Jonathan
Cape, publisher of Ian Fleming’s James
Bond series; Allen Lane, founder of
Penguin Books; Paul Hamlyn; and media mogul Robert Maxwell. The result
is a fascinating tale of creative genius,
individual endeavor, occasional subterfuge, and futuristic vision that over the
century have made British book publishing incredibly successful—and that
continue to further its central role today. Enlivened with Stevenson’s spirited
anecdotes about his experiences, Book
Makers will be entertaining reading for
anyone concerned with the history of
publishing and the future of the book.
April 272 p., 30 halftones
67/10 x 9 6/10
ISBN-13: 978-0-7123-0961-5
Cloth $40.00s
european history
CUSA
Iain Stevenson is professor of publishing at University College, London. He has worked
in publishing for over thirty years at such publishers as Longman, Macmillan, and Wiley,
and he was on the Council of the Publishers Association. He founded the environmental
publisher Belhaven Press, and his current research is centered upon the application of new
technology in publishing.
Now in Paperback
The British Book Trade
An Oral History
Edited by Sue Bradley
At the end of the twentieth century, the
British publishing industry underwent
radical changes: the old family firms were
being replaced by conglomerates, while
the ending of the Net Book Agreement,
which had set prices between publishers
and booksellers, gave shops new freedom
to compete by cutting prices. The book
trade has been poised at the center of
British culture since printing began, and
thus the stories collected here speak not
just to the publishing industry but to a
wider portrait of the times.
Drawn from the Book Trade Lives
collection of in-depth oral history inter-
views recorded by National Life Stories
and accessible through the British Library Sound Archive, this oral history is
full of chatty anecdotes and fun, gossipy
stories of the era.
These lively and engaging accounts
offer a rare insider portrait of a significant time in publishing. To anyone with
an interest in the book industry, this collection offers many lively and illuminating tales.
“An entertaining, informative and
often very funny compilation.”—Literary
Review
March 320 p. 67/10 x 9 6/10
ISBN-13: 978-0-7123-5091-4
Paper $22.50s
history
CUSA
Cloth ISBN: 978-0-7123-4957-4
Sue Bradley directed the seven-year recording project Book Trade Lives at the British
Library, upon which this volume is based.
British Library
125
William Caxton and Early
Printing in England
Lotte Hellinga
June 224 p., 20 color plates,
80 halftones 67/10 x 9 6/10
ISBN-13: 978-0-7123-5088-4
Cloth $45.00s
European History
cusa
William Caxton (c. 1415–92) laid the
foundations of publishing in England—he not only introduced the
printing press to England, but was also
the first English book retailer. In 1473
he printed Britain’s first book—Recuyell
of the Historyes of Troye—and thus established the printing and book industry
in the country. His best known publications are Chaucer’s Canterbury Tales,
the Golden Legend, and Malory’s Morte
D’Arthur. He also translated historical
works and romances and wrote prefaces
to his books. As publisher of more than
one hundred publications, Caxton established a new readership for major
works in English.
William Caxton and Early Printing in
England takes a fresh approach to the
first sixty years of printing in England
by placing Caxton, his contemporaries,
and other early publishers in the broad
context of the history of book production between the middle of the fifteenth century and the Reformation.
Although many of the early printers in
England, Caxton included, had experience of the nascent printing industry in
Europe—notably the French, German,
and Dutch printers—printing and publishing in England quickly developed a
unique character of its own.
This readable and highly illustrated account is a fascinating history
of the birth and growth of an industry
with a very significant place in British
history.
Lotte Hellinga is former deputy keeper at the British Library and has published almost two
hundred books and articles on the history of the book.
Electronic Beowulf
Student Edition
Edited by Kevin Kiernan and Programmed by Ionut Emil Iacob
February 1 CD-ROM with booklet
ISBN-13: 978-0-7123-5101-0
Compact Disc $45.00x
literature
cusa
One of the oldest and most significant
works of Western literature, the epic
poem Beowulf survived from 1000 AD
within a single manuscript, known as
the Nowell Codex or Cotton Vitellius A.
xv, currently held by the British Library.
This student edition of Electronic Beowulf
brings that crucial historic manuscript
to the desktop of anyone studying the
work.
Electronic Beowulf includes a huge
database of digital images and presents new strategies designed to help
students learn the language, grammar,
and meter of the poem. The interactive
interface device gives easy access to a
range of student features, with cross-
references to print editions, access to an
interlinear translation, and options for
a variety of desktop arrangements. In
addition to the image-based edition of
Beowulf, the CD-ROM provides facsimiles of the entire composite codex as well
as the eighteenth-century transcripts
and nineteenth-century collations that
rescued much of the text from damage
sustained after a 1731 fire in the Cotton
Library.
With its many tools for mastering
the Anglo-Saxon verse, Electronic Beowulf will be indispensible for scholars
and students of Old English and epic
literature.
Kevin Kiernan is emeritus professor of English at the University of Kentucky and author
of Beowulf and the Beowulf Manuscript and The Thorkelin Transcripts of Beowulf. Ionut Emil
Iacob is assistant professor of mathematical sciences at Georgia Southern University and
has contributed to a large number of publications on image-based electronic editions of
manuscripts.
126
British Library
The British Library
The Essential
Shakespeare Live
The Essential
Shakespeare
Live Encore
T
he British Library and the Royal Shakespeare Company
(RSC) join forces to publish this remarkable audio treasury of
live Shakespearian performances. Selected from an extensive
collection of recordings made by the British Library Sound Archive,
each of these two-CD sets offer scenes and speeches from some of the
most celebrated Shakespeare productions in the history of the RSC
ompany. The extracts cover almost half a century of productions, from
Laurence Olivier as Coriolanus in 1959 to Ian McKellen as King Lear
in 2007. Both The Essential Shakespeare Live and The Essential Shakespeare
Live Encore also include booklets that reproduce the play-text of each
recorded extract in full along with introductions by Gregory Doran,
Chief Associate Director of the RSC.
The Essential Shakespeare Live features such notable actors of stage
and screen as Judi Dench, Peter Brook, John Barton, Peggy Ashcroft,
Alan Howard, Derek Jacobi, Ian McKellen, Alan Rickman, Anthony
The Essential
Shakespeare Live
available 2 Compact Discs with booklet
ISBN-13: 978-0-7123-0524-2
Compact Disc $25.00
literature
cusa
The Essential
Shakespeare Live
Encore
Sher, Donald Sinden, Robert Stephens, Patrick Stewart, Janet Suzman,
and David Warner. Among the plays included in the set are King Lear,
Hamlet, Twelfth Night, Julius Caesar, Romeo and Juliet, All’s Well that Ends
Well, Henry V, and Richard III.
February 2 Compact Discs with booklet
ISBN-13: 978-0-7123-5100-3
Compact Disc $25.00
literature
cusa
On The Essential Shakespeare Live Encore the roll-call of prestigious
portrayals runs from Paul Robeson’s legendary Othello in 1959 to David
Tennant’s highly-acclaimed Hamlet in 2008. Among the other memorable productions are Peter Hall’s Henry IV Part 1, Trevor Nunn’s The
Winter’s Tale, John Barton’s The Merchant of Venice, Adrian Noble’s Macbeth, Sam Mendes’s Troilus and Cressida, and the recent Histories cycle of
Michael Boyd. Notable actors include Ian Holm, David Suchet, Juliet
Stevenson, Ian Richardson, Jonathan Pryce, Simon Russell Beale, Harriet Walter, Patrick Stewart, and Ian McKellen.
British Library
127
Bird Songs and Animal Sounds from the British Library
Beautiful Bird Songs
from Around the World
Sounds of the Deep
An Exploration of Life in Our Seas
ISBN-13: 978-0-7123-0543-3
2 Compact Discs $25.00x
CUSA
ISBN-13: 978-0-7123-0526-6
Compact Disc $15.00x
CUSA
Bird Sounds of
Madagascar
British Birdsounds
on CD
An Audio Guide to the Island’s
Unique Birds
The Definitive Audio Guide to Birds
in Britain
ISBN-13: 978-0-7123-0534-1
Compact Disc $15.00x
CUSA
ISBN-13: 978-0-7123-0512-9
2 Compact Discs $25.00x
CUSA
Bird Mimicry
Songs of Garden Birds
A Remarkable Collection of
Imitations by Birds
The Definitive Audio Guide
to British Garden Birds
ISBN-13: 978-0-7123-0529-7
Compact Disc $15.00x
CUSA
ISBN-13: 978-0-7123-0519-8
Compact Disc $15.00x
CUSA
Rainforest Requiem
Dawn Chorus
Recordings of Wildlife in the
Amazon Rainforest
A Sound Portrait of a British
Woodland at Sunrise
ISBN-13: 978-0-7123-0513-6
Compact Disc $15.00x
CUSA
ISBN-13: 978-0-7123-0520-4
Compact Disc $15.00x
CUSA
128
British Library
Countryside Birds
An Audio Guide to the Bird Songs
of the British Countryside
ISBN-13: 978-0-7123-0590-7
Compact Disc $15.00x
CUSA
British Mammals
An Audio Introduction
to the Mammals of Britain
ISBN-13: 978-0-7123-0589-1
Compact Disc $15.00x
CUSA
Coastal Birds
An Audio Guide to Bird Sounds
of the British Coastline
ISBN-13: 978-0-7123-0588-4
Compact Disc $15.00x
CUSA
Vanishing Wildlife
A Sound Guide to Britain’s
Endangered Species
ISBN-13: 978-0-7123-0528-0
Compact Disc $15.00x
CUSA
The Original Rules of Tennis
Edited by the Bodleian Library
With an Introduction by John Barrett
The pristine grass and white uniforms
of Wimbledon and the aggressive hard
courts of the U.S. Open have inspired
tens of thousands of amateur tennis
players in North America. Millions of
people watch the tournaments each
year on television, and the stars of recent decades are household names, but
relatively few people know the history
of the game. In the Middle Ages and
the Renaissance it was a jeu de paume, a
game played at French and English royal courts with hands rather than rackets. The modern game, however, dates
from 1874, when Major Walter Clopton
Wingfield developed a variation on the
game for the amusement of his houseguests in Wales. After he laid out the
basic rules, tennis spread quickly—the
first championship at Wimbledon was
held in 1877, followed soon after by the
first American tournament in 1880.
Published in association with the
All England Lawn Tennis Club—better
known as Wimbledon—this attractive,
collectible book examines the history
of the rules of tennis from their first
codification to the present day. Included is a fascinating introduction by John
Barrett—the BBC’s longtime “voice of
tennis,” who played in twenty-one consecutive Wimbledon Championships—
that looks at the circumstances of the
composition of the first rules, their
scope, and evolution. The Original Rules
of Tennis is a must for spectators and
players alike.
june 64 p., 30 halftones 4 x 61/8
ISBN-13: 978-1-85124-318-1
Cloth $12.00
sports
NAM
John Aubrey and the Advancement
of Learning
William Poole
John Aubrey (1626–97) was one of the
best-connected scholars and antiquaries in the great decades of the British
scientific revolution. He is remembered
as a pioneering historian and the father
of English life-writing, whose Brief Lives
remains a lasting portrait of a generation of eminent thinkers and nobles.
But Aubrey’s intellectual interests were
much broader. He was one of the first
Fellows of the Royal Society, and he was
acquainted with leading scientists of
the generation of Robert Hooke and
Isaac Newton. Aubrey championed
Hooke’s geological theories, radical for
the time, that proposed the organic ori-
gin of fossils. In addition, Aubrey was
a keen mathematician and an early donor to the Ashmolean Museum of Art
and Archaeology and to the Bodleian
Library.
Extensively illustrated, John Aubrey
and the Advancement of Learning presents
all of Aubrey’s varied interests and pursuits in their intellectual milieu. Published to celebrate the three hundred
and fiftieth anniversary of the Royal
Society, this is the first accessible and
illustrated guide to Aubrey’s many diverse achievements as a biographer,
natural philosopher and scientist, and
antiquary.
june 112 p., 75 color plates
71/5 x 94/5
ISBN-13: 978-1-85124-319-8
Paper $45.00s
biography
NAM
William Poole is a fellow of New College, University of Oxford, and he is currently editing
the correspondence of John Aubrey.
Bodleian Library, University of Oxford
129
Crossing Borders
Hebrew Manuscripts as a Meeting-place of Cultures
Edited by Piet van Boxel and Sabine Arndt
February 128 p., 80 color plates
72/10 x 98/10
ISBN-13: 978-1-85124-313-6
Paper $50.00s
religion
NAM
Crossing Borders tells the intriguing but
largely unfamiliar story of the exchange
of culture and knowledge between Jews
and non-Jews in the Muslim and Christian worlds during the late Middle Ages
as part of the preparation of Hebrew
manuscripts. The book is composed of
ten narratives, each of which brings to
light a different aspect of Jewish life in a
non-Jewish medieval society, highlighting the practical cooperation, social interaction, and religious toleration that
was surprisingly common between the
groups involved in the early enterprise
of book production.
Alongside the narratives, Crossing
Borders is beautifully illustrated with
images from the Hebrew holdings at
the Bodleian Library—one of the largest and most important collections of
Hebrew manuscripts worldwide. The
art includes Christian codex fragments from the third century, a copy of
Moses Maimonides’ Mishneh Torah
signed by Maimonides himself, a thirteenth-century German Jewish prayer
book, and lavishly illuminated Spanish
Bible manuscripts from the fifteenth
century. This exquisitely illustrated
book takes a fascinating look at the
often-ignored role of Jews in the written transmission of culture and science
throughout medieval Europe.
Piet van Boxel is Hebraica and Judaica curator at the Bodleian Library, a librarian at
the Oxford Centre for Hebrew and Jewish Studies, and a fellow in early Judaism and the
origins of Christianity. Sabine Arndt studied Hebrew, Aramaic, and Jewish studies in
Heidelberg, Amsterdam, and Tel Aviv. She is a lecturer in Old Testament studies at Justus
Liebig University Giessen.
A Digital Facsimile of Terence’s Comedies
Edited by Bernard J. Muir and Andrew J. Turner
July 1 DVD-ROM
ISBN-13: 978-1-85124-324-2
DVD-ROM $100.00x
Institutional Site License
ISBN-13: 978-1-85124-328-0
$325.00xx
literature
NAM
130
Bodleian Library, University of Oxford
Roman playwright Publius Terentius
Afer, best known as Terence, was highly
regarded in the second century BC for
his six comedies, including Adelphoe,
which focused on child-rearing, and Andria, which contained messages about
moderation and charity. Due to the
fact that Terence’s plays often carried
a moral lesson, they remained popular
into the early modern period, and even
Martin Luther suggested the plays be
used for instruction in schools.
Among the treasures of the Bodleian Library is a mid-twelfth-century manuscript that illustrates all six of Terence’s
comedies alongside explanatory notes.
This DVD-ROM presents a complete
facsimile of the entire manuscript and
a new transcription specially prepared
for this publication. Users can navigate
easily through the plays and the accompanying illustrations of the complete
facsimile. They can also zoom in on the
illustrations at the beginning of each
scene, which are based on earlier Carolingian models that were themselves derived from late antique illustrations.
This interactive digital facsimile
makes readily available to scholars and
students of classical drama and early
modern culture an extremely valuable
teaching and research tool, as well as a
facsimile of a beautiful and fascinating
document of the High Middle Ages.
Bernard J. Muir is professor of medieval studies at the University of Melbourne; he is best
known for his digital facsimile editions of major Anglo-Saxon poetic manuscripts and
DVDs focusing on Latin palaeography and the medieval scriptorium. Andrew J. Turner
lectures in classical studies and, along with Muir, coedited the hagiographical writings of
Eadmer of Canterbury.
Sharon Lockhart
Lunch Break
Sabine Eckmann
American artist Sharon Lockhart is
well known for her formally strict and
conceptually precise films and photographs. Lunch Break, her newest solo exhibition, is the product of more than a
year spent at the Bath Iron Works shipyard in Bath, Maine, observing and engaging with shipbuilders during breaks
from their daily routines. The resultant
two film installations and three series
of photographs present images that are
devoid of sentiment yet deeply humane,
intimate in their focus on everyday situations while reflective of broader global
conditions through their historically
grounded approach.
To accompany the exhibition, this
catalog from the Mildred Lane Kemper
Art Museum includes over one hundred images in full color, essays by exhibition curator Sabine Eckmann and
art historian Matthias Michalka, and an
interview with Lockhart conducted by
filmmaker James Benning.
Sharon Lockhart, Outside AB Tool Crib: Matt, Mike, Carey, Steven, John, Mel
and Karl, 2008. Chromogenic print, ed. 6 + 2 APs, 491/16 x 627/8”.
Courtesy of the artist.
February 160 p., 100 color plates
8 3/4 x 113/4
ISBN-13: 978-0-936316-29-1
Paper $40.00/£26.00
art
Sabine Eckmann is director and chief curator at the Mildred Lane Kemper Art Museum at
Washington University in St. Louis, where she also teaches in the Department of Art History and Archaeology. She is the author or editor of several books, including The Art of Two
Germanys / Cold War Cultures, Thaddeus Strode: Absolute and Nothings, and Reality Bites: Making
Avant-garde Art in Post-Wall Germany.
Re-announcing
Traveling the Spaceways
Sun Ra, the Astro Black and Other Solar Myths
Edited by John Corbett, Anthony Elms, and Terri Kapsalis
Sun Ra (1914–93)—self-proclaimed
visionary extraterrestrial of the “Angel
Race,” prophetic jazz band leader and
composer, and lyrical proponent of
Afro-futurism—was one of the most
influential figures of twentieth-century
music. Though many of his fans are familiar with the philosophical and spiritual dimensions of Sun Ra’s work, most
remain blissfully unaware of how artists
have continued to explore time and
(outer) space through the invention
and composition of his legacy.
The remarkable illustrations and
essays in Traveling the Spaceways confront the visual manifestation of Sun
Ra’s philosophy and demonstrate how
graphics and design were essential to
his message of self-determination. The
influence of Sun Ra’s openness to new
technologies and experimentation, his
sense of personal identity as a construct
rather than a given, and his playful attitude towards history and mythmaking
are all evidenced by the remarkable
writers and artists who have contributed to this volume, including Pedro
Bell, My Barbarian, Dave Muller, and
Charlemagne Palestine. A refreshing
reconsideration of the impact of Sun
Ra’s life on American history and visual
culture, Traveling the Spaceways is an unforgettable look at the Ra persona in
the context of contemporary art.
John Corbett is a widely recognized jazz scholar and a former artistic director of the Berlin
Jazz Festival. He teaches at the School of the Art Institute of Chicago. Anthony Elms is an
artist and writer. He is editor of WhiteWalls and assistant director of Gallery 400 at the
University of Illinois at Chicago. Terri Kapsalis is a Chicago-based writer, performer, and
founding member of Theater Oobleck. She teaches at the School of the
Art Institute of Chicago.
available 144 p., 70 color plates
61/2 x 91/2
ISBN-13: 978-0-945323-15-0
Paper $25.00/£17.50
MUSIC ART
Mildred Lane Kemper Art Museum
WhiteWalls
131
Reg Saner
Living Large
in Nature
A Writer’s Idea of Creationism
I
n Living Large in Nature, Reg Saner—regarded as one of America’s
greatest nature writers—employs his lucid and unpretentious
style to offer his unique take on the fundamentalist advocates of
creationism and intelligent design. Rather than combat fundamentalists with the latest research in evolutionary biology and cutting-edge
March 160 p., 1 color plate 7 x 9
ISBN-13: 978-1-935195-08-5
Cloth $25.00/£16.00
nature
astronomy, Saner interweaves a creative mix of memoir and intellectual critique to expose the irreligious and immoral aspects of militant
creationism and—by the end—to offer instead his own worldview,
an existence grounded in a reverence and respect for nature but free
from religious dogma. Along the way readers meet the author as a
five-year-old creationist, attend his laughable and losing debate with a
creationist spokesman, learn the theological reason for deities on the
ceiling, hike into the scriptural geology of the Grand Canyon, encounter creationism’s relation to Pinocchio’s nose, and receive satirical suggestions for a deity upgrade.
“Living Large in Nature is articulate, courageous, and beautifully
written. Philosophically, scientifically, and aesthetically informed, the
book recounts and analyzes a nonfundamentalist way of seeing and
being that is deeply spiritual but non-dogmatic. This is an essential
cultural work, a deeply important and challenging book of our time
and place.”—Elizabeth Dodd, Kansas State University
Reg Saner is the author of four books of poetry and three books of nonfiction,
including, most recently, The Dawn Collector: On My Way to the Natural World,
also published by the Center for American Places.
132
Center for American Places
Housing Washington
Two Centuries of Residential Development
and Planning in the National Capital Area
Edited by Richard Longstreth
Since the early nineteenth century,
an unusually rich and varied array of
housing stock has been created in the
Washington, D.C., metropolitan area.
Washington has harbored numerous
private-sector initiatives to develop
model housing projects, and it has also
been a proving ground for federal policies crafted to improve living conditions
for households of middle and moderate
income. In addition, the large, middleclass African American population has
left a distinct imprint on the metropolitan area’s domestic landscape, developing its own options for housing in city
and suburb alike.
Profusely illustrated, with thirteen
chapters by fourteen esteemed authors,
Housing Washington examines the storied legacy of residential development
in our nation’s capital, from the early
nineteenth century to the present. By focusing on a wide variety of mainstream
patterns and interweaving the threads
of convention and change as well as
those of race and class, this book offers
a fresh perspective on metropolitan
dwelling places and breaks new ground
in urban studies and architectural and
planning history.
“While a collection such as Housing
Washington might fall prey to too much
localism, this one has the advantage of
both deeply enriching the Washingtonarea story and connecting it to larger
elements of thinking and practice.”
—Howard Gillette, author of Camden
After the Fall: Decline and Renewal in a
Post-Industrial City
April 400 p., 150 halftones,
35 line drawings 8 x 10
ISBN-13: 978-1-935195-07-8
Cloth $49.50s/£32.00
urban studies architecture
Richard Longstreth, professor of American studies and director of the Graduate Program
in Historic Preservation at George Washington University, is the author of numerous acclaimed books on the architectural history of the United States.
First Hand
Civil War Era Drawings from the Becker Collection
Edited by Judith Bookbinder and Sheila Gallagher
During the nineteenth century Joseph
Becker and thirteen of his colleagues
served as artist-reporters for Frank Leslie’s Illustrated Newspaper. These Special
Artists, as they were called, drew and
sent back for publication images detailing the Civil War and the Indian Wars,
the construction of the railroads and
the transatlantic telegraph cable, the
Chinese in the West, and the Great Chicago Fire, among other milestones in
American history.
Published to coincide with an exhibition of the same name at Boston
College, First Hand examines drawings
from the Becker Archive, the largest
private collection of Civil War period
drawings, offering its readers a unique
opportunity to view nearly 130 works of
art which have never been seen publicly.
Essays from editors Judith Bookbinder
and Sheila Gallagher and a number of
eminent American historians provide
extensive commentary on the images,
including a discussion revealing how
newspaper editors altered the original
images before publication in their attempts to shape public opinion.
available 274 p., 118 color plates,
91 halftones 101/2 x 9
ISBN-13: 978-1-892850-15-7
Paper $50.00s/£32.50
art american history
Judith Bookbinder teaches in the Department of Fine Arts at Boston College and is the
author of Boston Modern: Figurative Expressionism as Alternative Medicine. Sheila Gallagher is
an artist, independent curator, and associate professor of fine arts at Boston College.
Center for American Places
McMullen Museum of Art, Boston College
133
Victoria & Albert
Art & Love
Edited by Jonathan Marsden
april 480 p., 476 color plates
91/4 x 101/2
ISBN-13: 978-1-905686-21-6
Cloth $59.95s
art
usca
The Victorian era is unquestionably
one of the high points in the history of
British art—and the culture of that period was defined, as much as anything,
by the artistic tastes of Queen Victoria
and her beloved Prince Albert. From
Victoria’s accession in 1837 to Albert’s
death in 1861, Buckingham Palace was
known as “the headquarters of taste,”
and in a time when royal patronage was
still essential to a successful artistic career, the pair enthusiastically collected
paintings, sculpture, jewelry, and furniture from a wide range of British and
European artists.
Victoria & Albert presents the
highlights of that extensive collection
through more than four hundred beautifully produced full-color illustrations.
In addition to the many artworks, both
familiar and little-known, that Victoria and Albert collected, the book also
features the monarchs’ own creations,
from paintings, drawings, and etchings
to the loving souvenir albums they assembled to record their travels and
commemorate the major events of their
lives.
Opening a window onto the lives
of two people as passionate about art as
they were about each other, Victoria &
Albert will be a comprehensive resource
for scholars of British art and the royal
family.
Jonathan Marsden is Deputy Surveyor of the Queen’s Works of Art and Director Designate
of the Royal Collection.
Passionate Patrons
Victoria & Albert and the Arts
Leah Kharibian
april 192 p., 200 color plates
61/2 x 71/2
ISBN-13: 978-1-905686-33-9
Cloth $14.95
art
usca
Throughout the twenty-four years of
their marriage, Queen Victoria and
Prince Albert were enthusiastic supporters of British art, commissioning a
large number of works and purchasing
countless others across a wide range
of styles and media. Passionate Patrons
offers a concise introduction to the
scope of Victoria and Albert’s connoisseurship, tracing their evolving tastes
through the entire history of Victorian
art.
The volume matches an explanatory text with more than two hundred
full-color illustrations that reveal the
remarkable scope of Victoria and Al-
bert’s collecting, including formal portraits, specially commissioned jewelry,
costumes created for fancy dress balls,
books, sheet music, and more. Sculptures the pair purchased for each other
as birthday gifts—as well as original
sketches and drawings they made—offer a more intimate view of the central
role that art played in their loving marriage. A condensed, accessible version
of the more extensive Victoria & Albert,
this pocket guide serves as an introduction to their collection and will please
any reader who loves the Victorian
era—and the royal couple who were at
its heart.
Leah Kharibian is an independent art historian and writer.
134
Royal Collection Publications
Dutch Landscapes
Desmond Shawe-Taylor and Jennifer scott
Dutch artists dominated the genre of
landscape painting in the seventeenth
century, and Dutch Landscapes brings together more than one hundred lavish
color images of their beautiful paintings, which remain popular with art
lovers and museum-goers today.
The volume is dominated by stunning evocations of the landscape of Holland—its manmade lowlands and richly foreboding skies—populated with
peasants at their labors and aristocrats
riding off to the hunt. But Dutch artists
didn’t limit themselves to views of their
homeland: they also ventured to Italy,
where the wildly different landscape
inspired new approaches and themes,
from Arcadian wilderness to the lively
activity of the Roman streetscape. And
then there was the sea—the source of
the Netherlands’ prosperity—which
painters captured in all its drama and
power.
The authors’ accessible notes to
each picture link the paintings and explore their relationships, their shared
approaches, and their many innovations; the result is a book that brings
to life the Dutch Golden Age in all its
glory.
may 176 p., 100 color plates
81/4 x 10
ISBN-13: 978-1-905686-25-4
Paper $32.95s
art
usca
Desmond Shawe-Taylor is Surveyor of the Queen’s Pictures. Jennifer Scott is an assistant
curator of paintings at the Royal Collection and coauthor of Bruegel to Rubens: Masters of
Flemish Painting.
Julia Margaret Cameron * Roger Fenton
Early British Photographs from the Royal Collection
Sophie Gordon
The early days of photography in Britain were marked by a plethora of artistic experiments and innovations, both
by professional artists and talented amateurs. But two photographers from the
Victorian era stand out from the pack:
Julia Margaret Cameron and Roger
Fenton. Cameron’s fancy-dress recreations of scenes from myth and history
and Fenton’s photographs from the
battlefields of the Crimean War set new
standards for technique—and helped
to establish photography as an important, independent art form.
Julia Margaret Cameron * Roger Fenton offers beautiful reproductions of
photos by Cameron from Queen Victoria’s own collection, alongside Fenton’s
images of Windsor Castle and the royal
children. Together, they offer an unexpected glimpse into the life of the royal
family and the artistic world of Victorian England.
july 64 p., 35 color plates
101/4 x 101/4
ISBN-13: 978-1-905686-19-3
Cloth $24.50
photography
usca
Sophie Gordon is curator of the Royal Photograph Collection and has published widely on
nineteenth- and early twentieth-century photography.
Royal Collection Publications
135
Marcus Adams
Royal Photographer
Lisa Heighway
april 120 p., 146 color plates 8 x 8
ISBN-13: 978-1-905686-20-9
Cloth $14.95
photography
usca
In high society of 1920s England, Marcus Adams was far and away the leading
photographer of children, with a portfolio that could have served as a who’s
who of the next generation of the social, cultural, and political elite. At the
height of his success, the royal family
commissioned him to make portraits of
their children, starting with the infant
Princess Elizabeth and her mother, the
Duchess of York, in 1926 and continu-
ing through his last royal sitting thirty
years later.
The Royal Photograph Collection
holds the most comprehensive collection of those royal portraits, and Marcus Adams brings together nearly one
hundred and fifty of his charming, romantic images. Fans of British history
will be enchanted and surprised by this
unusually intimate glimpse of the royal
family through the generations.
Lisa Heighway is assistant curator of the Royal Photograph Collection.
The Royal Portrait
Image and Impact
Jennifer Scott
A fresh assessment of the importance of
portraiture in the image-making of monarchs from Richard II to the present day,
this book covers a far wider timescale
than any previous studies of the subject,
and is the first to focus on royal portraiture in the Royal Collection.
Starting with the stylized royal portraits of the early kings, it covers works by
May 200 p., 175 color plates
10 x 81/4
ISBN-13: 978-1-905686-13-1
Cloth $38.50s
art
usca
136
Royal Collection Publictions
Holbein, Van Dyck, Zoffany, Landseer,
and Freud, among many others. Each of
the six chapters opens with a quotation
and is structured around specific key images that are discussed in particular detail, while the final chapter investigates
the new role of portraiture in the age
of photography and global media coverage.
Jennifer Scott is an assistant curator of paintings at the Royal Collection and coauthor of
Bruegel to Rubens: Masters of Flemish Painting.
Robert Henson
Weather on the Air
A History of Broadcast Meteorology
F
rom low humor to high drama, TV weather reporting over the
decades has encompassed an enormous range of styles and
approaches, triggering chuckles, infuriating the masses, and
at times even saving lives. In Weather on the Air, meteorologist and science journalist Robert Henson covers it all—the people, technology,
science, and show business that combine to deliver the weather to the
public each day.
The first comprehensive history of its kind, Weather on the Air ex-
plores the many forces that have shaped weather broadcasts over the
years, including the long-term drive to professionalize weathercasting,
the complex relations between government and private forecasters,
and the effects of climate-change science and the Internet on today’s
broadcasts. Dozens of photos and anecdotes accompany Henson’s
June 304 p., 6 color plates, 75 halftones
7x9
ISBN-13: 978-1-878220-98-1
Paper $40.00/£26.00
Science history
more than two decades of research to document the evolution of
weathercasts, from their primitive beginnings on the radio to the highgloss, graphics-laden segments we watch on television every morning.
This engaging study will be an invaluable tool for students of
broadcast meteorology and mass communication and an entertaining
read for anyone fascinated by the public face of weather.
Robert Henson is a science writer at the National Center for Atmospheric
Research and a contributing editor to Weatherwise magazine. His other books
include The Rough Guide to Weather and The Rough Guide to Climate.
American Meteorogical Society
137
Adaptive Governance and Climate Change
Ronald D. Brunner and Amanda H. Lynch
March 344 p., 23 halftones 6 x 9
ISBN-13: 978-1-878220-97-4
Cloth $40.00s/£26.00
science
While recent years have seen undeniable progress in the acknowledgment
of both the dangers of climate change
and the importance of working to mitigate it, little has actually been done.
Emissions continue to rise, and even
the ambitious targets set by international accords fall far short of the drastic cuts that are needed to prevent catastrophe.
With Adaptive Governance and Climate Change, Ronald D. Brunner and
Amanda H. Lynch argue that we need
to take a new tack, moving away from
reliance on centralized, top-down ap-
proaches—the treaties and accords that
have proved disappointingly ineffective
thus far—and towards a more flexible,
multi-level approach. Based in the principles of adaptive governance—which
are designed to produce programs that
adapt quickly and easily to new information and experimental results—such
an approach would encourage diversity
and innovation in the search for solutions, while at the same time pointedly
recasting the problem as one in which
every culture and community around
the world has an inherent interest.
Ronald D. Brunner is a policy scientist specializing in the integration of theory and practice.
Amanda H. Lynch is head of Monash Climate and a professor in the School of Geography
and Environmental Sciences at Monash University.
Envisioning the Bloomingdale
5 Concepts
Edited by Clare Lyster
With a Foreword by Mohsen Mostafavi and an Introduction by Michael Wilkinson
February 123 p., 82 line drawings,
photos, illustrations, and maps 9 x 9
ISBN-13: 978-0-9819918-2-5
Paper $25.00s/£16.00
architecture
In 2007 the Chicago Architectural
Club directed an exhibition to explore
strategies for the reappropriation of an
underutilized freight train line on the
north side of Chicago known as the
Bloomingdale Line. The goal of the
exhibition was to generate awareness
of the future value of the freight line as
a public amenity and to draw attention
to the design process that would enable
this to happen.
This book includes a catalog and
review of twenty-six design proposals
for the Bloomingdale Line as well as
essays from invited contributors that
discuss the role of architecture in the
design and execution of infrastructural
work and explore the interface between
architecture, landscape, engineering,
and ecological practice in the design of
postindustrial landscapes.
Clare Lyster is an architect, founding principal of Clare Lyster Urbanism and Architecture, and assistant professor in the School of Architecture at the University of Illinois at
Chicago.
138
American Meteorological Society
Chicago Architectural Club
When You Travel in Iceland
You See a Lot of Water
A Travelbook Including a Discussion Between
Tumi Magnússon and Roman Signer
Roman Signer
Iceland’s remote location and unforgiving climate may seem like insurmountable obstacles for visitors. But for a
certain strain of traveler—awed by the
rough landscape, the shooting geysers,
and the volcanic craters—the first visit
to Iceland is just the start of a long love
affair with the island nation.
Swiss artist Roman Signer is just
that sort of traveler, and this book is
his love letter to its harsh charms. Created in conjunction with Icelandic artist Tumi Magnússon, his close friend
and frequent traveling companion,
the book mixes personal snapshots
with anecdotes, reminiscences, and humorous observations about travel, the
natural world, the differences between
Switzerland and Iceland, and—as with
any conversation between artists—the
difficulties of making art, no matter
where one calls home. When You Travel
in Iceland You See a Lot of Water is thus a
travel book unlike any other, one whose
authors simultaneously invite you along
on a journey and extend a hand in
friendship.
May 64 p., 35 color plates 6 x 8
ISBN-13: 978-3-85881-299-5
Cloth $39.00s
travel art
UK/EU
Roman Signer is a Swiss artist and the author of Roman Signer: Vernissage, also published by
Verlag Scheidegger and Spiess.
Bastokalypse
M. S. Bastian and Isabelle L.
With an Essay by Konrad Tobler
This stunning volume represents the
culmination of a decade-long collaboration between two Swiss graphic
artists, M. S. Bastian and Isabelle L.
Bastokalypse reproduces the thirty-two
large black-and-white canvases of their
monumental graphic sequence of the
same name; together the panels tell
a story of apocalypse and the end of
the world that amalgamates images inspired by a wide range of eras and art
examples, including medieval Tuscan
mosaics, Renaissance panels, baroque
engravings, Meiji-era Japanese prints,
and contemporary graphic novels. The
resulting work is alternately terrifying
and amusing, reflecting the horrors
and surprises of the world as they reach
us day by day through the media.
The thirty-two parts of this 168foot long painting are gathered in an
oversized sixty-four-plate concertina
folder, with an essay on apocalyptic motifs by art critic Konrad Tobler printed
on the verso. The result is as much an
art object as it is a book, as unusual and
thrilling in its own way as the images it
contains.
M. S. Bastian has worked in New York, Paris, and other cities; he currently lives and works
in Biel/Bienne, Switzerland. Isabelle L. has worked as a publicist and lives in Biel/Bienne.
June 128 p., 72 halftones 10 x 151/2
ISBN-13: 978-3-85881-296-4
Cloth $49.00s
art
UK/EU
Verlag Scheidegger and Spiess
139
The Music of Pipilotti Rist’s Pepperminta
Original Motion Picture Soundtrack
Pipilotti rist, Anders Guggisberg, and Roland Widmer
February 64 p., 25 color plates,
1 compact disc 51/2 x 5
ISBN-13: 978-3-85881-300-8
Cloth $39.00s
Music
UK/EU
For more than two decades, Swiss artist
Pipilotti Rist has been acclaimed for her
works in a variety of media, including
film and audio-video installations. Her
first venture into full-length motion pictures, Pepperminta, premiered at the 2009
Venice film festival, telling the charming,
whimsical story of a young lady who has
set out on a quixotic quest to rid humanity of bad moods and dull routine.
The Music of Pipilotti Rist’s “Pepperminta” is a brief illustrated volume designed to accompany the film and its
memorable soundtrack, created by Rist
with musician Anders Guggisberg and
DJ Roland Widmer. It features full-color
reproductions of film stills alongside an
interview with Rist and brief texts that
set the images and music in context.
Pipilotti Rist lives and works in Switzerland and has been making art since 1986.
Anders Guggisberg lives and works in Zürich and has been working with Rist since 1995.
Roland Widmer is a Swiss musician, sound designer, and DJ.
Jan Krugier
My Journey with Art: Interviews with Caroline Kesser
Caroline Kesser
JUNE 150 p., 40 color plates,
20 halftones 6 x 9
ISBN-13: 978-3-85881-719-8
Cloth $39.00s
art
UK/EU
140
Verlag Scheidegger and Spiess
Jan Krugier (1928–2008) was a renowned European artist, collector, and
gallery owner who over the course of
his five-decade career amassed one of
the world’s most important and impressive private collections of twentieth-century art. This book presents a series of
interviews that art critic Caroline Kesser conducted with Krugier just before
his death.
Kesser leads Krugier through a fascinating account of his life—from his
birth in Poland through his experience
in World War II in the Polish resistance
and his survival of Auschwitz. Then
Krugier details the evolving path of his
postwar career in art, beginning with
his own paintings and moving on to the
opening of his own galleries in Geneva
in 1962 and in New York in 1966, and his
subsequent work mounting exhibitions
for such artists as Alberto Giacometti,
Giorgio Morandi, and Oskar Schlemmer. Throughout, Krugier’s passion for
art comes through, augmented by his
intimate knowledge of every aspect of
its production. The result is a guided
tour of twentieth-century art—and the
tale of an extraordinary life lived in its
service.
Caroline Kesser is a publicist and art critic in Zürich who writes regularly for Neue Zürcher
Zeitung.
Underdog Suite
Photographs and Collages 1998−2009
Cat Tuong Nguyen
With Essays by Burkhard Meltzer and Nadine Olonetzky
Over the past ten years, Vietnam-born
Swiss photographer Cat Tuong Nguyen
has gained international recognition
for his highly individual, intelligent,
and poetic work. Nguyen’s photos confront viewers with strange, humorous,
and mysterious images, challenging
them to investigate their everyday reality. The first book to collect Nguyen’s
art, Underdog Suite brings together in
one volume his photographs, collages,
and unique painted-over magazine pictures.
Arranged in an unconventional
and highly original manner that mir-
rors Nguyen’s own unusual approach to
art, Underdog Suite presents nearly the
complete oeuvre of this extraordinary
young artist. Far from a mere monographic overview, it is, rather, a bookshaped self-portrait of an artist who reacts with great intelligence and lyrical
sensitivity to his everyday world—and
reflects this sensibility and curiosity in
his stunning images.
A beautiful and unusual book, Underdog Suite introduces the work of this
rapidly emerging artist to a larger audience.
February 316 p., 545 color plates,
10 halftones 8 x 101/2
ISBN-13: 978-3-85881-237-7
Cloth $75.00s
photography
UK/EU
Cat Tuong Nguyen was educated as a photographer at the School of Art and Design, Zürich.
His work has been shown in solo and group exhibitions at the Fotomuseum Winterthur
and the Helmhaus Zürich, the Cité Internationale des Arts in Paris, and the Forum of Photography in Cologne, among other museums and galleries in Switzerland and France.
Davos
Joël Tettamanti
With Text by Walter Keller
Davos is known worldwide as one of the
most beautiful and exclusive skiing resorts in the world—and as the site of the
annual World Economic Forum’s summit of global leaders. The photographs
in this beautifully produced collection
change our viewpoint on the mountain
city, revealing its familiar chalets and
ski runs, but also its empty valleys and
underlying infrastructure.
This unexpected look at Davos
comes via the lens of Joël Tettamanti,
a rising star in Swiss art circles whose
photographs have been exhibited
throughout the world. As the accompanying essay by curator Walter Keller explains, Tettamanti’s work presents the
resort as an open-ended location whose
meanings aren’t—despite its fame—
in any way predetermined. Instead, he
asks the viewer to experience the city in
its totality, paying attention to the landscape, climate, people, dreams, and debris alike.
Joël Tettamanti was born in Cameroon, grew up in Lesotho, and lives in Switzerland.
Walter Keller is an art critic, curator, and publisher.
February 136 p., 87 color plates
9 x 111/2
ISBN-13: 978-3-85881-298-8
Cloth $59.00s
photography
UK/EU
Verlag Scheidegger and Spiess
141
Building Bern
A Guide to Contemporary Architecture 1990−2010
Edited by Werner Huber
February 240 p., 131 color plates,
9 maps, 171 line drawings 4 x 7
ISBN-13: 978-3-85881-722-8
Paper $35.00s
architecture
UK/EU
Like many cities around the world, the
Swiss capital, Bern, has seen a stunning
amount of new development and construction in recent years. A vast number
of new buildings have been erected,
while existing ones have been refurbished or transformed for new uses.
This handy pocket guide highlights
the most important and interesting of
those new buildings, ranging from the
historic town center to the suburbs.
The eighty entries feature short critical
essays about each building, accompanied by specially commissioned photo-
graphs, floor plans and section views,
and boxes of key facts and figures. A
separate section focuses on a selection
of earlier twentieth-century buildings
now regarded as classics, while an introductory essay links contemporary architectural achievements with the long
history of building in Bern.
The result is a book that celebrates
the city’s admirable melding of old and
new, making Building Bern the perfect
companion for a trip to Switzerland’s
capital.
Werner Huber is an editor with the Swiss architecture and design magazine Hochparterre,
headquartered in Zürich.
Finding Buildings
Chalk Drawings by Marianne Burkhalter
Edited by Burkhalter Sumi Architects
With an Essay by Astrid Staufer
February 224 p., 100 color plates
10 x 13
ISBN-13: 978-3-85881-297-1
Cloth $60.00s
architecture
UK/EU
142
Verlag Scheidegger and Spiess
The work of designing a building—
even the largest and most technically
advanced structure—begins with the
most basic of elements: a sketch. This
beautifully produced volume reproduces more than one hundred such initial
sketches, drawn in chalk, by renowned
Swiss architect Marianne Burkhalter. A
cofounder of Burkhalter Sumi Architects, she has designed a wide range of
acclaimed public and private buildings,
including hotels, offices, and private
homes, as well as large-scale urban redevelopment projects.
Each of these chalk drawings reveals the germ of an idea, their blurred
lines and simplicity rendering them
more intimate and immediate than
technical draftsmanship—closer in
feel to the decision-making process of a
solitary artist choosing among many options and sorting out problems. In their
beauty and tension, they bring the work
of architectural design to stunning life.
Marianne Burkhalter has worked as an architect since 1970. In 1984 she founded Burkhalter
Sumi Architects with Christian Sumi.
Art and Artistic Research
Music, Visual Art, Design, Literature, Dance
Edited by Corina Caduff, Fiona Siegenthaler, and Tan Wälchli
Artistic research is a new approach to
making art that began in visual art and
has recently expanded to performing
arts, film, writing, and design. An artist
begins a project by acting as more of a
researcher than an artist, and only once
he’s acquired a detailed understanding
of a particular topic does he begin the
more commonly understood practice
of making art.
Art and Artistic Research brings to-
gether eighteen essays on various aspects of this technique, considering its
development, its spread from Englishspeaking countries throughout much of
Europe, and what it might have to contribute to the art world and to society
at large. A wide-ranging, theoretically
informed collection, Art and Artistic Research will be an essential starting point
for future discussions of this promising
movement.
Zürich University of the Arts
Yearbook
Corina Caduff is a professor at the Zürich University of the Arts and has been a visiting
professor at the University of Chicago. Fiona Siegenthaler is an art historian and research
assistant at the Zürich University of the Arts. Tan Wälchli is a visiting researcher in the
Department of Germanic Studies at the University of Chicago.
February 320 p., 30 color plates,
120 halftones 61/2 x 81/2
ISBN-13: 978-3-85881-293-3
Cloth $49.00s
art
UK/EU
Caral: The First Civilization in the Americas
La primera civilización de América
Ruth Shady and Christopher Kleihege
Located in the Supe Valley of Peru and
dating to 3000 BC, Caral is the earliest
civilization in the Americas. Although
Caral predates the Incas and Zapotecs,
it remains less well known than other
archaeological sites like Machu Picchu.
Discovered in 1905, Caral was initially
considered a curiosity and largely forgotten. But in 1994 Peruvian anthropologist and archaeologist Ruth Shady
embarked on comprehensive excavations, bringing to light the full import
of Caral.
This book of breathtaking photographs by Christopher Kleihege and
illuminating text in English and Spanish by Shady captures the mystery and
beauty of one of the world’s oldest cities.
Nearly two hundred color photographs
document Caral’s many impressive pyramids, plazas, and other constructions.
These photographs portray the intricate layout of the city in the context of
the stunning landscape of the Andes.
Caral presents a fascinating and
dramatic window into the ancient world
and will prove essential to anyone curious about the earliest origins of civilization in the Americas.
February 168 p., 182 color plates,
1 map 135/8 x 121/8
ISBN-13: 978-9972-33-792-5
Cloth $125.00s/£86.50
ancient history photography
Ruth Shady has directed the Special Archaeological Project Caral-Supe and currently
serves as the president of the Consejo Internacional de Monumentos y Sitios-Peru (the International Council of Monuments and Sites-Peru). Christopher Kleihege lives in Chicago
and has been photographing Caral since 2006.
Verlag Scheidegger and Spiess
CK Photo
143
Elaine Gordon
Intimate Terms
The Possession
The Pygmalion
Complex
K
WS Publishers announces their new Astor Place Genre Fiction series, a reintroduction of forgotten classics of mystery,
romance, science fiction, and the western published since
World War II. To introduce the series, KWS presents three works by
“Intimate Terms is going to give Jackie
Collins a run for her money.”
—New York Post
romance writer Elaine Gordon: Intimate Terms (1988); The Possession
(1998); and her newest work, The Pygmalion Complex, published here for
the first time.
Astor Place Genre Fiction
In Intimate Terms, Dolph Robicheck abandons his career as a con-
cert pianist to become the protégé of a wealthy industrialist, learning
his way around the financial world and spending a number of years
Intimate Terms
March 300 p. 6 x 9
ISBN-13: 978-0-9842260-1-6
Cloth $30.00x/£19.50
ISBN-13: 978-0-9842260-2-3
Paper $14.95/£9.50
Romance
The Possession
March 300 p. 6 x 9
ISBN-13: 978-0-9842260-3-0
Cloth $30.00x/£19.50
ISBN-13: 978-0-9842260-4-7
Paper $14.95/£9.50
Romance
The Pygmalion
Complex
March 300 p. 6 x 9
ISBN-13: 978-0-9842260-5-4
Cloth $30.00x/£19.50
ISBN-13: 978-0-9842260-6-1
Paper $14.95/£9.50
Romance
144
KWS Publishers
as one of Europe’s wealthiest bachelors. But Dolph’s world changes
when he marries his boss’s daughter, Alahna. What follows is the story
of Alahna’s innocence clashing—and ultimately blending—with her
husband’s unorthodox lifestyle.
The Possession begins with sixteen-year-old Tatianna North learn-
ing that she has been sold by her family to one of the wealthiest men
in Europe. After a few years, Tatianna is freed and moves to New York,
where she finds herself at the center of a daring public relations campaign. Her fame leads to her eventual kidnapping and domination by
a man whose will is even stronger than her own.
In The Pygmalion Complex, Romana leaves her home in Chicago
and moves to New York when she learns that her husband is divorcing
her to marry his pregnant mistress. She meets Kent Cunningham, a
fashion designer who recognizes, under Romana’s somewhat dowdy
suburban exterior, both her beauty and her potential. The two eventually fall in love, but their love is thwarted by an insurmountable hurdle.
Elaine Gordon was raised in south Florida and now lives in Chicago. Formerly
a photographer’s model and an interior designer, she is now a wife, mother,
and an avid sportswoman.
Campus Dictionary of International Security
Edited by Paul Cornish, Andrew Dorman, and Caroline Soper
The wave of recent arrests of terrorist
suspects around the United States has
led many across the globe to wonder
whether terrorist activity really has decreased in the eight years since 9/11.
Terrorist networks are still prominent
around the world, and some believe that
they are more powerful than ever. With
so many plots foiled and so many more
still looming, international security has
become one of the most important issues not just for the Obama administration but for governments around the
world.
With the Campus Dictionary of International Security—the first volume in a
new series of specialized dictionaries
from KWS—international security experts Paul Cornish, Andrew Dorman,
and Caroline Soper assemble a group
of notable contributors to provide an
overview of the key concepts of and the
ongoing debates surrounding international security. Designed specifically for
undergraduate students, this dictionary
covers a wide range of topics, including
intelligence, legislation, technology,
and military operations.
Paul Cornish is the head of the International Security Program and the Carrington Professor of International Security at Chatham House: The Royal Institute of International
Affairs, London. Andrew Dorman is a senior lecturer at King’s College and an associate
fellow at Chatham House. Caroline Soper is the editor of International Affairs, the journal of
Chatham House.
Campus Student Dictionaries
June 500 p. 7 x 10
ISBN-13: 978-0-9842260-7-8
Cloth $65.00x/£42.00
ISBN-13: 978-0-9842260-8-5
Paper $30.00s/£19.50
Reference political science
The Walls Are Talking
Wallpaper, Art and Culture
Dominique Heyse-Moore, Gill Saunders, Christine Woods,
and Trevor Keeble
Inherently ephemeral and often overlooked, wallpaper had by the late twentieth century become a bit of a joke in
the decorative arts, a cliché with connotations of kitsch. But over the past
decade or so, a number of contemporary avant-garde artists have created installations with backdrops of specially
designed wallpaper to explore themes
such as warfare, racism, gender, and
sexuality.
Published to accompany exhibitions at the Whitworth Art Gallery in
Manchester and the Victoria and Albert Museum in London, The Walls Are
Talking situates these unique creations
alongside antique papers and explains
how the latter have been adapted and
subverted to convey meanings wildly
different from what their original designers intended. Featured are wallpaper designs from more than thirty
renowned artists, including Damien
Hirst, Sonia Boyce, Thomas Demand,
Robert Gober, Abigail Lane, Francesco
Simeti, and Niki de St. Phalle.
Dominique Heyse-Moore is assistant curator of textiles and wallpapers at the Whitworth
Gallery in Manchester. Gill Saunders is senior curator of prints at the Victoria and Albert
Museum in London. Christine Woods is curator of wallpapers at the Whitworth Gallery.
Trevor Keeble is associate director of the Modern Interiors Research Centre at Kingston
University.
February 152 p., 115 color plates,
15 halftones 9 x 11
ISBN-13: 978-0-9842260-0-9
Cloth $50.00s/£32.50
art
KWS Publishers
145
Allister Mactaggart
The Film Paintings
of David Lynch
Challenging Film Theory
O
ne of the most distinguished filmmakers working today,
David Lynch is a director whose vision of cinema is firmly
rooted in fine art. He was motivated to make his first film
as a student because he wanted a painting that “would really be able
to move.” Most existing studies of Lynch, however, fail to engage fully
“Allister Mactaggart’s singular achievement is to freely bring the affect and the
emotion of viewing Lynch’s films to the
questions of how they can be studied.
with the complexities of his films’ relationship to other art forms. The
Film Paintings of David Lynch fills this void, arguing that Lynch’s cinematic output needs to be considered within a broad range of cultural
references.
The Film Paintings of David Lynch crosses
the boundaries of how we experience
ter Mactaggart addresses Lynch’s films from the perspective of the
different forms of art and breaks down
relationship between commercial film, avant-garde art, and cultural
generic criticism and methodological
theory. Individual Lynch works—The Elephant Man, Blue Velvet, Twin
conventions, and in doing this it presents
Peaks, Lost Highway, The Straight Story, Mulholland Drive, Inland Empire—
us with fresh ways of thinking about
are discussed in relation to other films and directors, illustrating that
psychoanalysis and aesthetics in cultural
the solitary, or seemingly isolated, experience of film is itself socially,
writing. Rather than offering Lynch newly
culturally, and politically important. The Film Paintings of David Lynch
cut and dried, it enables us in our turn to
offers a unique perspective on an influential director, weaving together
value our seeing and our feeling of this
a range of theoretical approaches to Lynch’s films to make exciting
remarkable body of work.”
—Adrian Rifkin,
Goldsmiths, University of London
new connections among film theory, art history, psychoanalysis, and
May 224 p., 20 halftones 7 x 9
ISBN-13: 978-1-84150-332-5
Paper $25.00
film studies
UK/EU/ANZ/SEA
146
Intellect Books
Aiming at both Lynch fans and film studies specialists, Allis-
cinema.
Allister Mactaggart is a senior lecturer at the Directorate of Art and Design,
Chesterfield College and an associate lecturer at Leeds Metropolitan University. He teaches film studies and art history, specializing in David Lynch,
psychoanalysis, and visual culture.
Edited by John Berra
Directory of World
Cinema
Japan
F
rom the revered classics of Akira Kurosawa to the modern marvels of Takeshi Kitano, the films that have emerged from Japan
represent a national cinema that has gained worldwide admira-
tion and appreciation. The Directory of World Cinema: Japan provides an
insight into the cinema of Japan through reviews of significant titles
and case studies of leading directors, alongside explorations of the
cultural and industrial origins of key genres.
Directory of World Cinema
As the inaugural volume of an ambitious new series from Intellect
documenting world cinema, the directory aims to play a part in moving intelligent, scholarly criticism beyond the academy by building a
forum for the study of film that relies on a disciplined theoretical base.
It takes the form of an A–Z collection of reviews, longer essays, and
February 350 p., 50 color plates 7 x 10
ISBN-13: 978-1-84150-335-6
Paper $25.00
film studies
UK/EU/ANZ/SEA
research resources, accompanied by fifty full-color film stills highlighting significant films and players. The cinematic lineage of samurai warriors, yakuza enforcers, and atomic monsters take their place alongside
the politically charged works of the Japanese new wave, making this a
truly comprehensive volume.
John Berra is a writer and researcher specializing in contemporary film
studies. He is the author of Declarations of Independence: American Cinema and
the Partiality of Independent Production, also published by Intellect, and he is
currently editing Intellect’s forthcoming Directory of World Cinema: American
Independent.
Intellect Books
147
Pop Up
Popular Music Since 1945
Anthony May and Cory Messenger
June 304 p. 7 x 9
ISBN-13: 978-1-84150-232-8
Paper $25.00s
music
UK/EU/ANZ/SEA
In film, television, and advertising, a
few bars from a pop song can evoke a
moment in time—a singular intersection of personal memory and public
history—with unparalleled intensity. In
the years after World War II, the recording industry ushered in a new version
of popular music, supplanting the big
bands and crooners that had dominated
the airwaves and dance halls of previous
decades. In its various forms—singles,
albums, and compact discs—the sale of
pop music on disc became a central feature of Western life until the shift to the
mp3 in the new millennium.
Pop Up uses the recorded song as
a point of entry to a discussion of the
interwoven musical, industrial, technological, and social histories of the twentieth century. It is a book about historical change that focuses on the music
itself, exploring not only the musical
significance of songs from “Tennessee
Waltz” to “Hot in Herre” but also the
cultural transformations that made
them possible. A serious but accessible
book, Pop Up offers an engaging analysis of an irresistibly appealing genre of
music.
Anthony May is a lecturer in cultural and media studies at the School of Arts at Griffith
University in Brisbane, Australia. Cory Messenger teaches in the School of Music at the
University of Queensland in Brisbane. He also teaches courses in media and music at
Griffith University.
Visual Cultures
James Elkins
Visual Cultures is the first study of the
place of visuality and literacy in specific
nations around the world, featuring
authoritative, insightful essays on the
value accorded to the visual and the
verbal in Japan, Poland, China, Russia,
Ireland, and Slovenia.
Focusing on the national instead
of the global, distinguished art critic
James Elkins offers a critique of general
histories of visuality, such as those of
March 160 p., 60 halftones 7 x 9
ISBN-13: 978-1-84150-307-3
Paper $25.00s
art
UK/EU/ANZ/SEA
148
Intellect Books
Martin Jay or Jean Baudrillard, as well
as a critique of local histories of visuality, as in Third Text and other postcolonial studies. The content is not only
analytic, but also historical, tracing
changes in the significance of visual
and verbal literacy in each nation. Visual Cultures also explores questions of
national identity, and the many issues
Elkins raises suggest a wealth of promising avenues for future research.
James Elkins is the E. C. Chadbourne Professor in the Department of Art History, Theory,
and Criticism at the School of the Art Institute of Chicago.
Cinema and Landscape
Film, Nation and Cultural Geography
Edited by Graeme Harper and Jonathan Rayner
The notion of landscape is a complex
one, but it has been central to the art
and artistry of the cinema. After all,
what is the French new wave without
Paris? What are the films of Sidney
Lumet, Woody Allen, Martin Scorsese,
and Spike Lee without New York? Cinema and Landscape frames contemporary film landscapes across the world,
in an exploration of screen aesthetics
and national ideology, film form and
cultural geography, cinematic representation and the human environment.
Written by well-known cinema scholars,
this volume both extends the existing
field of film studies and stakes claims to
overlapping, contested territories in the
humanities and social sciences.
Graeme Harper is professor of creative writing and director of research at the University
of Wales, Bangor. He is founding coeditor of the journal Studies in European Cinema and
associate founding editor of the Creative Industries Journal, both published by Intellect.
Jonathan Rayner is a senior lecturer in English and film at the University of Sheffield. His
previous books include The Naval War Film: Genre, History, National Cinema and Contemporary
Australian Cinema.
March 264 p., 15 halftones 7 x 9
ISBN-13: 978-1-84150-309-7
Paper $25.00s
film studies
UK/EU/ANZ/SEA
Don’t Look Now
British Cinema in the 1970s
Edited by Paul Newland
While postwar British cinema and the
British new wave have received much
scholarly attention, the misunderstood
period of the 1970s has been comparatively ignored. Don’t Look Now uncovers
forgotten but richly rewarding films,
including Nicolas Roeg’s Don’t Look Now
and the films of Lindsay Anderson and
Barney Platts-Mills. This volume offers insight into the careers of impor-
tant filmmakers and sheds light on the
genres of experimental film, horror,
and rock and punk films, as well as representations of the black community,
shifts in gender politics, and adaptations of television comedies. The contributors ask searching questions about
the nature of British film culture and
its relationship to popular culture, television, and the cultural underground.
Paul Newland is a lecturer in film studies in the Department of Theatre, Film, and
Television at Aberystwyth University.
June 256 p., 10 halftones 7 x 9
ISBN-13: 978-1-84150-320-2
Paper $35.00x
film studies
UK/EU/ANZ/SEA
French Costume Drama of the 1950s
Fashioning Politics in Film
Susan Hayward
When political and civil unrest threatened France’s social order in the 1950s,
French cinema provided audiences a
unique form of escapism from such
troubled times: a nostalgic look back to
the France of the nineteenth century,
with costume dramas set in the age of
Napoleon and the Belle Époque. Film
critics, however, have routinely dismissed this period of French cinema,
overlooking a very important period of
political cultural history. French Costume
Drama of the 1950s redresses this balance, exploring a diverse range of films
including Guitry’s Napoléon, Vernay’s
Le Comte de Monte Cristo, and Becker’s
Casque d’Or to expose the political cultural paradox between nostalgia for a
lost past and the drive for modernization.
Susan Hayward’s principal areas of research are French film studies and French cultural
studies. She is the editor of the journal Studies in French Cinema, also published by Intellect.
June 376 p., 20 halftones 7 x 9
ISBN-13: 978-1-84150-318-9
Paper $45.00x
film studies
UK/EU/ANZ/SEA
Intellect Books
149
New Irish Storytellers
Narrative Strategies in Film
DÍÓg O’Connell
April 176 p., 14 halftones, 4 graphs
7x9
ISBN-13: 978-1-84150-312-7
Paper $25.00x
With the success of such films as the
Oscar winner Once, Irish film has been
getting well-deserved international attention recently. New Irish Storytellers
examines storytelling techniques and
narrative strategies in contemporary
Irish film. Revealing defining patterns
within recent Irish cinema, this book
explores connections between Irish cinematic storytellers and their British and
American colleagues. Díóg O’Connell
traces the creative output of Irish filmmakers today back to 1993, the year the
Irish Film Board was reactivated, reinvigorating film production after a hiatus of seven years. Reflecting on this key
and distinctive era in Irish cinema, this
book explores how film gave expression
to tensions and fissures in the new Ireland.
Díóg O’Connell is a lecturer in the School of Business and Humanities at Dun Laoghaire
Institute of Art, Design & Technology in Ireland.
film studies
UK/EU/ANZ/SEA
The Danish Directors 2
Dialogues on the New Danish Fiction Cinema
Edited by Mette Hjort, Eva Jørholt, and Eva Novrup Redvall
Over the last two decades, the New
Danish Cinema has established itself
as an important source of cinematic
renewal and innovation. Following in
the footsteps of the critically acclaimed
first volume, The Danish Directors 2 provides a practitioner’s perspective on the
social, cultural, and economic milieus
June 224 p., 30 halftones 7 x 9
ISBN-13: 978-1-84150-271-7
Paper $25.00x
film studies
UK/EU/ANZ/SEA
in which Danish filmmakers have been
able to develop their practice—and to
thrive. Featuring interviews with seminal directors such as Anders Thomas
Jensen, Annette K. Olesen, and Lone
Scherfig, The Danish Directors 2 will appeal to film students, scholars, and cinephiles alike.
Mette Hjort is chair professor and head of visual studies at Lingnan University in Hong
Kong. Eva Jørholt is associate professor of film studies at the University of Copenhagen. Eva
Novrup Redvall is currently writing a PhD thesis at the University of Copenhagen.
Studies in French Cinema
UK Perspectives 1985–2010
Edited by Will Higbee and Sarah Leahy
June 304 p., 24 halftones 7 x 9
ISBN-13: 978-1-84150-323-3
Paper $35.00x
film studies
UK/EU/ANZ/SEA
150
Intellect Books
Studies in French Cinema looks at the development of French screen studies in
the United Kingdom over the past twenty years and the ways in which innovative scholarship in the UK has helped
shape the field in English- and Frenchspeaking universities. This seminal text
is also a tribute to six key figures within
the field who have been leaders in research and teaching of French cinema:
Jill Forbes, Susan Hayward, Phil Powrie,
Keith Reader, Carrie Tarr, and Ginette
Vincendeau.
Covering a wide range of key films
—contemporary and historical, popular and auteur—the volume provides
an invaluable overview of the state of
French cinema and French film studies,
at the beginning of the twenty-first century.
Will Higbee is a senior lecturer in film studies and codirector of the Centre for Research in
Film Studies at the University of Exeter. He is the author of Matthieu Kassovitz. Sarah Leahy
is a senior lecturer in French and film at Newcastle University. She is the author of Casque
d’or. Together they are associate editors of Studies in French Cinema.
Unmapping the City
Perspectives of Flatness
Edited by Alfredo Cramerotti
Unmapping the City, the first title in the
new Intellect series Critical Photography, features photographs shot between
2004 and 2008 in fourteen different cities around the world. The images are
linked by their shared attempts to define a two-dimensional approach to a
three-dimensional built reality, and to
address spatial representation and urbanity through art. In representing the
cityscape through a flat texture of lines
and bold color tones, they draw the
reader into a conversation about the
interplay between reality and its representation. This volume significantly
challenges and expands the critical
discourse on photography and text and
will be of interest to artists, curators,
photographers, architects, and critical
theorists.
Alfredo Cramerotti is a writer, curator, and artist based in Derby. His recent publications
include Aesthetic Journalism: How to Inform Without Informing, also published by Intellect.
Critical Photography
June 128 p., 64 color plates 9 x 9
ISBN-13: 978-1-84150-316-5
Paper $25.00s
photography
UK/EU/ANZ/SEA
Searching for Art’s New Publics
Edited by Jeni Walwin
Drawing on contributions from practicing artists, writers, curators, and
academics, Searching for Art’s New Publics
explores the ways in which artists seek
to involve, create, and engage with new
and diverse audiences—from passersby encountering and participating in
the work unexpectedly, to professionals
from other disciplines and members of
particular communities who bring their
own agendas to the work. Bridging the
gap between practice and theory, this
exciting book touches on issues of relational aesthetics, but also offers an illustrated artist-based approach. Searching
for Art’s New Publics will appeal to students studying fine art (especially those
with an interest in cross-disciplinary
work and public art) and those studying curating.
March 160 p., 50 color plates 7 x 9
ISBN-13: 978-1-84150-311-0
Paper $35.00x
art
UK/EU/ANZ/SEA
Jeni Walwin is an independent curator and writer. She is the director of Reading’s public
art program Artists in the City and for many years has worked for the Contemporary Art
Society.
Christoph Schlingensief
Art without Borders
Edited by Tara Forrest and Anna Teresa Scheer
With a Foreword by Alexander Kluge
The work of acclaimed German artist
Christoph Schlingensief spans three
decades and a diverse range of fields,
including film, television, activism, opera, and theater. Christoph Schlingensief:
Art without Borders is the first book to
be published in English on Schlingensief’s groundbreaking, politically engaged body of work. Leading scholars
in the field offer a critical assessment
of Schlingensief’s hybrid practice, and
an interview with Schlingensief himself
provides the reader with insight into
past and present projects. The book
will be an essential resource for artists,
curators, students, and academics in
the fields of theater and performance
studies, film studies, cultural studies,
German studies, political activism, and
art history.
Tara Forrest is a senior lecturer in cultural studies at the University of Technology, Sydney.
Anna Teresa Scheer is a performer and theatre director who worked in Berlin from 1992 to
2006, including a period at the Volksbühne, where Christoph Schlingensief was in-house
director.
May 176 p., 30 halftones 7 x 9
ISBN-13: 978-1-84150-319-6
Paper $35.00x
art
UK/EU/ANZ/SEA
Intellect Books
151
The Propaganda of Peace
The Role of Media and Culture in the
Northern Ireland Peace Process
Greg McLaughlin and Stephen Baker
June 176 p., 9 halftones 7 x 9
ISBN-13: 978-1-84150-272-4
Paper $35.00x
media studies
UK/EU/ANZ/SEA
When political opponents Ian Paisley
and Martin McGuiness were confirmed
as First Minister and Deputy First Minister of a new Northern Ireland executive in May 2007, a chapter was closed
on Northern Ireland’s troubled past. A
dramatic realignment of politics had
brought these irreconcilable enemies
together—and the media played a significant role in persuading the public
to accept this startling change. The Propaganda of Peace analyzes this incident
and others in a wider study of the role
of the media in conflict resolution and
transformation. With analysis of factual
and fictional media forms, The Propaganda of Peace proposes a radically different theoretical and methodological
approach to the media’s role in reporting and representing.
Greg McLaughlin lectures in media and journalism at the University of Ulster, Coleraine.
He is the author of The War Correspondent. Stephen Baker lectures in media and cultural
studies at the University of Northampton.
TV Formats Worldwide
Localising Global Programs
Albert Moran
February 224 p. 7 x 9
ISBN-13: 978-1-84150-306-6
Paper $35.00x
media studies
UK/EU/ANZ/SEA
Since around 2003, the growth of interest in the genre of reality shows has
come to dominate the field of television studies. However, the focus on this
genre has tended to sideline the even
more significant emergence of the
program format as a central mode of
business and culture in the new television landscape. TV Formats Worldwide
redresses this balance and heralds
the emergence of an important, exciting, and challenging area of television
studies. Topics explored include reality
TV, makeover programs, sitcoms, talent shows, and fiction serials, as well as
broadcaster management policies, production decision chains, and audience
participation processes. This seminal
work will be of considerable interest to
media scholars worldwide.
Albert Moran is a senior lecturer in media at Griffith University in Brisbane, Australia. His
current research covers international trade in TV formats, media geographies, and Australian screen history.
Artist-Teacher
A Philosophy for Creating and Teaching
G. James Daichendt
April 160 p., 12 halftones 7 x 9
ISBN-13: 978-1-84150-313-4
Cloth $50.00x
education
UK/EU/ANZ/SEA
152
Intellect Books
Is an artist-teacher a mere professional
who balances a career—or does the
duality of making and teaching art
merit a more profound investigation?
Rejecting a conventional understanding of the artist-teacher, this book sets
out to present a robust history from the
classical era to the twenty-first century.
Particular pedagogical portraits—
featuring George Wallis, Walter Gro-
pius, Johannes Itten, Victor Pashmore,
Richard Hamilton, Arthur Wesley Dow,
and Hans Hoffmann—illustrate the
artist-teacher in various contexts. This
book offers a revelation of the complex
thinking processes artists utilize when
teaching, and a reconciliation of the
artistic and educational enterprises as
complementary partners.
G. James Daichendt is associate professor and exhibitions director in the Department of Art
at Azusa Pacific University in Southern California.
Context Providers
Conditions of Meaning in Media Arts
Margot Lovejoy, Christiane Paul, and Victoria Vesna
Context Providers explores the ways in
which digital art and culture are changing the creative process and our ways
of constructing meaning. The authors
introduce the concept of artists as context providers—people who establish
networks of information in a highly
collaborative creative process, blurring
boundaries between disciplines. Context
Providers considers the work of media
artists today who are directly engaging
the scientific community through collaboration, active dialogue, and challenging creative work.
Margot Lovejoy is a media artist and professor emerita of visual arts at Purchase College,
State University of New York, and the author of Digital Currents: Art in the Electronic Age.
Christiane Paul is associate professor and director of graduate media studies at The New
School, New York, and adjunct curator of new media arts at the Whitney Museum of American Art and director of Intelligent Agent, a service organization dedicated to digital art.
Victoria Vesna is a media artist, professor in the Department of Design and Media Arts at
the UCLA School of the Arts, and director of research at the Art, Media, and technology
program at Parsons The New School of Design.
March 320 p., 70 halftones 7 x 9
ISBN-13: 978-1-84150-308-0
Paper $35.00x
media studies
UK/EU/ANZ/SEA
The Mobile Nation
España cambia de piel (1954–1964)
Tatjana Pavlovic
The last five years have witnessed a surge
in publications on Spanish cinema and
Spanish cultural studies, but the subject
of consumer culture in Spain has been
neglected until now. The Mobile Nation:
España cambia de piel (1954–1964) presents the first systematic treatment of this
crucial period during Spain’s transition
to modernity and highlights the forces
that converged during this dramatic
decade to change the face of Spain.
Drawing from the methodologies of
literature, film studies, cultural studies,
feminist theory, and history, The Mobile
Nation explores consumer culture in
Spanish media, mass tourism, and the
national auto industry from 1954 to
1964 and offers valuable insight into
postmodern Spain’s transformation and
trends.
June 256 p., 15 halftones 7 x 9
ISBN-13: 978-1-84150-324-0
Cloth $45.00x
cultural studies
UK/EU/ANZ/SEA
Tatjana Pavlovic is associate professor of Spanish at Tulane University.
Phenomenology’s Material Presence
Video, Vision and Experience
Gabrielle A. Hezekiah
Phenomenology’s Material Presence draws
on recent work in phenomenology, embodiment, and cinema and extends the
field by examining metaphysical presence in postcolonial cinema. Where
other scholarship has assimilated insight from individual phenomenological thinkers, Phenomenology’s Material
Presence utilizes the methods of these
thinkers—Heidegger, Husserl, and
Merleau-Ponty—to produce a richly
textured and poetic essay that brings
them into conversation. Through a
meditation on three experimental videos by Trinidadian filmmaker Robert
Yao Ramesar, this book makes the case
that video performs an act of phenomenological inquiry. Phenomenology’s Material Presence extends our theorizing in
both film studies and philosophy.
Gabrielle A. Hezekiah is an independent scholar who has written widely on cinema. She has
taught film studies at the Ontario College of Art and Design and the University of the West
Indies.
February 96 p., 24 halftones 7 x 9
ISBN-13: 978-1-84150-310-3
Paper $35.00x
film studies
UK/EU/ANZ/SEA
Intellect Books
153
Media, Markets and Public Spheres
European Media at the Crossroads
Edited by Jostein Gripsrud and Lennart Weibull
Using a sample of European newspapers and their TV listings as a stepping
stone, Media, Markets and Public Spheres
presents an overview of changes in European public spheres over the last fifty
years. With in-depth analyses of structural changes in press and broadcasting, changing relations between media,
Changing Media, Changing
Europe
February 224 p., 7 halftones,
26 tables, 15 graphs 7 x 9
ISBN-13: 978-1-84150-305-9
Paper $35.00x
media Studies
UK/EU/ANZ/SEA
June 256 p. 7 x 9
ISBN-13: 978-1-84150-321-9
Cloth $45.00x
media studies
UK/EU/ANZ/SEA
and changes in media policies, this
book explores how and why the media
decisively influence most aspects of society. Media, Markets and Public Spheres
will be useful to students in media and
communication studies and European
studies, as well as for those studying sociology and political science.
Jostein Gripsrud is professor in the Department of Information Science and Media Studies
at the University of Bergen. Lennart Weibull is professor of media research in the Department of Journalism and Mass Communication at the University of Gothenburg.
Reinventing Public Service Television
for the Digital Future
Mary Debrett
Since the 1980s there has been much
speculation about the demise of public
service television, initially because of
the advent of cable and satellite television and the variety of entertainment
channels they offer. While the proliferation of global niche media might seem
to accelerate the demise of public television, in reality, public broadcasters
are undergoing a reinvention. Reinventing Public Service Television for the Digital
Future draws on fifty interviews with
media industry and academic specialists from four countries to discuss how
public service broadcasting institutions
are responding to the changes in digital media. This seminal work offers superior insights into the constraints and
possibilities of the public service system
and its prospects for survival in the age
of on-demand media.
Mary Debrett is a lecturer in media industries at La Trobe University in Australia. She has
worked as a senior editor for Television New Zealand and as a freelance documentary
maker and researcher.
Cultural Quarters
Principles and Practice
Second Edition
Simon Roodhouse
June 170 p., 8 halftones, 6 maps,
3 tables, 4 drawings 7 x 9
ISBN-13: 978-1-84150-158-1
Paper $35.00x
urban studies
UK/EU/ANZ/SEA
154
Intellect Books
The much-praised Cultural Quarters returns in a revised edition, offering new
case studies and new chapters on the
economics of cultural quarters and the
importance of historic buildings. This
definitive text provides a conceptual
context for cultural quarters through a
detailed discussion of urban design and
planning. Drawing on several case stud-
ies (from Bolton; Birmingham, England;
Ireland; and Vienna), Cultural Quarters
positions the emergence of specific cultural areas within a historical and social
context and explores the economics of
maintaining these districts. The book offers a concise illustration of how cultural
practice is maintained and expanded
within an urban environment.
Simon Roodhouse’s research explores the relationship between the arts and industry. He is
the editor of the Creative Industries Journal, also published by Intellect.
The Philosophical Actor
A Practical Meditation for Practicing Theatre Artists
Donna Soto-Morettini
There have been many books published
on acting, actor training, and practical
theories for preparing for a role, but
none of these books have ever looked
philosophically at the language and the
concepts that we use when we talk about
acting. The Philosophical Actor is the first
attempt to grapple with the fundamental questions of truth, art, and human
nature unexamined in past treatments,
from the first great essay by Diderot
to the exhaustive system described by
Stanislavski. With wide appeal to actors, directors, acting students, acting
teachers, and trainers, Donna SotoMorettini draws from twenty-five years
of experience as an acting teacher and
director to introduce innovative ways of
thinking about acting.
Donna Soto-Morettini has served as director of drama for the Royal Scottish Academy of
Music and Drama and a writer, freelance director, and performance coach. She is also the
author of Popular Singing.
Drawing
June 224 p., 3 halftones, 4 tables
7x9
ISBN-13: 978-1-84150-326-4
Paper $30.00x
drama philosophy
UK/EU/ANZ/SEA
The Enactive Evolution of the Practitioner
Patricia Cain
With a Foreword by James Elkins and Claire Petitmengin
Despite recent technological changes
that have digitized many forms of artistic creation, the practice of drawing,
in the traditional sense, has remained
constant. However, many publications
about this subject rely on disciplinedependent distinctions to discuss
drawing’s function. Drawing redefines
drawing more holistically as an enactive
phenomenon and makes connections
between a variety of disciplines in order
to find out what happens when we draw.
Instead of the finite event of producing
an artifact, drawing is a process and an
end in itself. By synthesizing enactive
thinking and the practice of drawing,
this volume provides valuable insights
into the creative mind and will appeal
to scholars and practitioners alike.
June 180 p., 134 illustrations 7 x 9
ISBN-13: 978-1-84150-325-7
Paper $35.00x
art
UK/EU/ANZ/SEA
Patricia Cain is an artist and honorary research fellow of the Humanities Advanced Technology and Information Institute, University of Glasgow.
Confronting Theory
The Psychology of Cultural Studies
Philip Bell
Confronting Theory presents a critique of
what has come to be known as theory
in cross-disciplinary humanities education. Rather than dismissing theory
writing as pretentious and abstract,
Confronting Theory examines its principal concepts from the perspective of
academic psychology and shows that
although many of these analyses sound
like revolutionary psychological theory,
few, if any, have empirical implications
that students can evaluate. By considering the educational implications of
cultural theory, Confronting Theory will
empower students with arguments, not
just opinions, about the increasingly
idealist and irrelevant anti-realist curricula they confront in their humanities
education in today’s universities.
May 160 p. 7 x 9
ISBN-13: 978-1-84150-317-2
Paper $30.00x
cultural studies
UK/EU/ANZ/SEA
Philip Bell has published several books on television and media culture.
Intellect Books
155
Now in Paperback
Art, Community and Environment
Educational Perspectives
Edited by Glen Coutts and Timo Jokela
Readings in Art and Design
Education
February 328 p., 128 color plates
9x7
ISBN-13: 978-1-84150-257-1
Paper $35.00x
ART
UK/EU/ANZ/SEA
Cloth ISBN: 978-1-84150-189-5
Art, Community and Environment investigates wide-ranging issues raised by the
interaction between art practice, community participation, and the environment, both natural and urban. This
volume brings together a distinguished
group of contributors from the United
States, Australia, and Europe to exam-
ine topics such as urban art, community participation, local empowerment,
and the problem of ownership. Featuring rich illustrations and informative
case studies from around the world, Art,
Community and Environment addresses
the growing interest in this fascinating
discipline.
Glen Coutts is a reader in art and design education at the University of Strathclyde. Timo
Jokela is professor of art education at the University of Lapland.
Now in Paperback
Art Education in a Postmodern World
Collected Essays
Edited by Tom Hardy
Readings in Art and Design
Education
April 164 p., 8 halftones 7 x 9
ISBN-13: 978-1-84150-302-8
Paper $35.00x
ART
UK/EU/ANZ/SEA
Cloth ISBN: 978-1-84150-146-8
This volume presents a series of papers
concerned with the interrelations between the postmodern and the present
state of art and design education. Spanning a range of thematic concerns, the
book reflects upon existing practice and
articulates revolutionary prospects potentially viable through a shift in educative thinking.
Throughout the book, postmodern
theory informs the polemical debate
concerning new directions in education. Contributors shed new light on
a postmodern view of art in education
with emphasis upon difference, plurality, and independence of mind. Ultimately, the book provides detailed insights into the contemporary art world
and expands the debate over art education.
Tom Hardy has been an art and design teacher in secondary schools for many years and
has led art departments in inner-city, mixed, single-sex, and selective schools. He trained
as a painter at Hornsey College of Art, and before teaching he worked as a professional
composer and freelance designer.
Association of American University Presses
Directory 2010
Association of American University Presses
February 245 p. 6 x 9
ISBN-13: 978-0-945103-23-3
Paper $25.00x/£16.00
reference
This comprehensive directory offers
detailed information on the publishing programs and personnel of the 133
members of the Association of American University Presses. Its features include a subject guide indicating which
presses publish in specific disciplines;
guidelines for submitting manuscripts;
156 Intellect Books
Association of American University Presses
and separate entries for each member
press. Contact information for AAUP
partners is also included. Each press’s
entry provides telephone numbers and
e-mail addresses for its key staff members as well as details about its editorial
program.
Saturnin
“A delicious dry humour and an
imaginative flair that makes it
Zdenek Jirotka
much more than just the ‘Czech
Translated by Mark Adrian Corner
On its initial publication in Czech
in 1942, Saturnin was a best-seller, its
gentle satire offering an unexpected—
if temporary—reprieve from the grim
reality of the German occupation.
In the years since, the novel has been
hailed as a classic of Czech literature,
and this translation makes it available
to English-language readers for the first
time—which is entirely appropriate, for
author Zdenek Jirotka clearly modeled
his light comedy on the English masters
Jerome K. Jerome and P. G. Wodehouse.
The novel’s main character, Saturnin, a
“gentleman’s gentleman” who obviously
owes a debt to Wodehouse’s beloved
Jeeves, wages a constant battle to protect his master from romantic disaster
Jeeves.’ Owing more to Jerome K.
and intrusive relatives, such as Aunt
Catherine, the “Prancing Dictionary of
Slavic Proverbs.”
Enlivened with new, full-color illustrations by Czech graphic artist Adolph
Born, Saturnin will warm the heart of
any fan of literary comedy.
“At a time when Czechoslovakia
was deep in the grip of the Nazi occupation, one form of resistance was to
put the world created by invasion out
of your mind and create another. Was
it, perhaps, a Wodehousian influence—
a reluctance to acknowledge the evil
of the outside world?”—Elin Murphy,
Wooster Sauce, the Journal of the P. G. Wodehouse Society
Jerome than to P. G. Wodehouse,
the writing is rich in homespun
wisdom and casual asides that take
on a life of their own, leading the
reader up charming byways of irrelevance. . . . A surprising number
of belly-laughs for a novel that is
more than half a century old.”
—Adam Preston,
Times Literary Supplement
available 263 p. 6 x 91/5
ISBN-13: 978-80-246-0683-5
Cloth $30.00/£19.50
fiction
CZE/SVK
Zdenek Jirotka (1911–2003) is the author of radio plays, novels, and short stories. Mark
Adrian Corner is a part-time lecturer at the Hogeschool-Universiteit Brussel. He is the
author or translator of several books.
Mathematics for Economists
Made Simple
Viatcheslav V. Vinogradov
As the field of economics becomes ever
more specialized and complicated, so
does the mathematics required of economists. With Mathematics for Economists,
expert mathematician Viatcheslav V.
Vinogradov offers a straightforward,
practical textbook for students in economics—for whom mathematics is not
a scientific or philosophical subject but
a practical necessity. Focusing on the
most important fields of economics, the
book teaches apprentice economists
to apply mathematical algorithms and
methods to economic analysis, while
abundant exercises and problem sets allow them to test what they’ve learned.
“For non-mathematicians who just
use math in their professional activity
I believe this is a very helpful source
of knowledge, and also a very efficient
reference.”—Elena Kustova, Saint Petersburg State University
“Extremely well done. It provides
a wonderful resource for students in
mastering the mathematics needed for
serious study of economics. The author
has wisely decided to put emphasis on
understanding over abstract proofing,
which for economists would be more of
an intellectual luxury than of practical
use.”—Jaroslav Kmenta, University of
Michigan
march 300 p. 6 x 9
ISBN-13: 978-80-246-1657-5
Paper $25.00s/£16.00
economics mathematics
cze/svk
Viatcheslav V. Vinogradov is a researcher at the Economics Institute of the Academy of
Sciences of the Czech Republic and a consultant to the World Bank.
Karolinum Press, Charles University Prague
157
An Anthropological Theory
of the Corporation
Ira Bashkow
April 94 p. 41/2 x 7
ISBN-13: 978-0-9794057-9-2
Paper $12.95/£8.50
anthropology
Corporations today control a commanding share of the world’s capital, many
even surpassing governments in scale.
While much criticism has been leveled
at the privileges corporations enjoy as
“legal individuals,” anthropologists
also know there is nothing unusual or
inherently wrong about the personification of collectivities. An Anthropological
Theory of the Corporation proposes a new
anthropological framework for understanding the investor-owned corporation, focusing on the way it organizes
property and articulates the world of
business with finance.
Integrating studies in legal history,
economic sociology, and the cultural
economy of finance, Bashkow explains
why we must improve upon oversimplified producer–consumer–nation state
models of capitalist political economy.
This is especially important if we are
to understand how our own thinking
may be influenced by the growing dependence that scholars—like so many
others—have come to feel on rising
corporate stock prices for the financial
health of their universities and their
own fragile financial security.
Ira Bashkow is associate professor in the Department of Anthropology at the University of
Virginia.
The Great Debate about Art
Roy Harris
April 104 p. 41/2 x 7
ISBN-13: 978-0-9842010-0-6
Paper $12.95/£8.50
art
In this lucid and insightful essay, renowned linguist Roy Harris reflects
on the early nineteenth-century doctrine of “art for art’s sake.” Attacked by
Proudhon and Nietzsche, but defended
by Théophile Gautier and E. M. Forster,
it influenced movements as diverse as
futurism and Dada. Over the past two
centuries, three main positions have
emerged. The “institutional” view declares art to be a status conferred upon
certain works by the approval of influential institutions. The “idiocentric” view
gives absolute priority to the judgment
of the individual. The third is the “conceptual” view of art, which insists that
what counts is the idea that inspired a
work, not the physical execution. But,
as Harris shows, the tacit assumptions
which once supported this debate and
these positions have now collapsed.
“Art” as a coherent category has imploded, leaving behind a historical residue
of empty questions that contemporary
society can no longer answer. The Great
Debate about Art provides much-needed
signposts for understanding this sorry
state of affairs.
Roy Harris is emeritus professor of general linguistics at the University of Oxford and honorary fellow of St Edmund Hall. He has also held university teaching posts in Hong Kong,
Boston, and Paris.
158
Prickly Paradigm Press
Faye Hammill
Sophistication
A Literary and Cultural History
I
n an era obsessed with celebrity and glamour, sophistication
ranks among the most desirable of human qualities, but it was
not always so. The very word “sophistication” was once a negative
term, signifying falsification, speciousness, perversion, or adulteration.
Now, it positively glitters, carrying meanings of worldliness and refinement. Through a series of close readings of some of the essential texts
of sophistication, Faye Hammill explores the developments in taste
and ideology that account for this striking change. At the same time,
Sophistication demonstrates that traces of older meanings linger—that
hints of “sophistry” persist in even our most modern conceptions of
the sophisticated.
Spanning more than two centuries of sophistication, this lively
“Hammill’s highly original work has impressive breadth—roughly from the eighteenth century to the present—and covers
a remarkable number of the essential
account features rereadings of canonical writers from the eighteenth
literary texts on the topic, from Richard
century to the present, including Richard Brinsley Sheridan, Fanny
Brinsley Sheridan and Jane Austen to
Burney, Austen, Henry James, Wharton, Fitzgerald, Nabokov, and di
Sofia Coppola.”
Lampedusa. A complementary examination of lesser-known writers
reveals that the development of modern sophistication is intimately
—Aaron Jaffe,
University of Louisville
connected with the evolution of middlebrow culture. From there,
Hammill moves on to consider sophistication as expressed in contemporary magazines, films, and Web sites. Drawing on words and images
from such diverse sources as Noël Coward, Vanity Fair, Sofia Coppola,
and the New Yorker, Sophistication ultimately demonstrates that a preoc-
May 256 p., 10 halftones 6 x 9
ISBN-13: 978-1-84631-232-8
Cloth $39.95s
literary criticism
NAM
cupation with—or a performance of—sophistication links unexpected
works, disrupting the boundary between seriousness and frivolity.
Faye Hammill is a lecturer at Strathclyde University. Her previous publications include Women, Celebrity and Literary Culture between the Wars and Literary
Culture and Female Authorship in Canada, 1760–2000.
Liverpool University Press
159
Frank O’Hara Now
New Essays on the New York Poet
Edited by Robert Hampson and Will Montgomery
april 256 p. 6 x 9
ISBN-13: 978-1-84631-231-1
Cloth $85.00x
ISBN-13: 978-1-84631-233-5
Paper $29.95s
poetry
NAM
The work of Frank O’Hara (1926–66)
is central to any consideration of twentieth-century American poetry. Frank
O’Hara Now, the first collection of essays
to be dedicated to O’Hara in nearly two
decades, asks why O’Hara remains so
important to twenty-first-century readers and writers of poetry. For many,
O’Hara’s distinctive appeal depends
on his witty depictions of urban experience, his relationship to the painters of
abstract expressionism, and the exhilarating immediacy of his poetic voice.
Yet these approachable qualities coex-
ist with a demanding engagement with
currents in European and American
modernism.
The book includes coverage of
O’Hara moods that have rarely been
discussed in the criticism to date, including boredom, hatred, and nihilism.
Throughout, there is a powerful sense
that fresh readings of O’Hara are crucial to understanding his continuing
influence, making it essential reading
for scholars and students of American
poetry.
Robert Hampson is professor of modern literature at Royal Holloway, University of London.
He is coeditor of The New British Poetries, 1970–1990: The Scope of the Possible and Ford Madox
Ford: A Re-Assessment. Will Montgomery has held lecturing positions at Southampton University and at Queen Mary, University of London. In 2007 he took an RCUK Fellowship in
Poetry and Poetics at Royal Holloway.
Malcolm Lowry
From the Mersey to the World
Edited by Bryan Biggs and Helen Tookey
February 160 p., 40 color plates,
16 halftones 6 x 9
ISBN-13: 978-1-84631-228-1
Cloth $34.95s
literary Criticism
NAM
160
Malcolm Lowry (1909–57), the influential British author and adventurer
best known for his cult classic novel
Under the Volcano, described Liverpool
as “that terrible city whose main street
is the ocean.” Lowry was born on the
Wirral side of the river Mersey, and his
relationship to the Merseyside of his
youth informs all of his writing, while
Liverpool itself always held tremendous
significance for him—even though he
left it, never to return.
Published to coincide with Lowry’s
centenary, Malcolm Lowry showcases a
variety of creative and critical approaches to Lowry and his work. Contributions
from international scholars, creative
writers, and visual artists—including
Lowry’s biographer, Gordon Bowker;
poet and broadcaster Ian McMillan;
and author Michael Turner—reveal
Lowry’s global presence and adventurous spirit, while contributors from the
United Kingdom, Europe, Canada, and
Mexico reflect both on Lowry’s “voyage that never ends” and on their own
journeys. Accompanying full-color illustrations demonstrate Lowry’s influence on contemporary visual artists.
Malcolm Lowry will be an indispensable
companion for anyone interested in the
legacy of this remarkably cosmopolitan
creative icon.
“Under the Volcano is probably the
novel that I have read the most times in
my life. I would like not to have to read
it any more but that would be impossible, for I shall not rest until I have discovered where its hidden magic lies.”—
Gabriel García Márquez
Bryan Biggs is artistic director of the Bluecoat, Liverpool’s oldest arts center. Helen Tookey
is a freelance writer and published poet.
Liverpool University Press
Nuclear Papers
David Owen
Published in advance of the 2010 Intergovernmental Review Conference of
the Treaty on the Non-Proliferation of
Nuclear Weapons, Nuclear Papers makes
available for the first time newly declassified government correspondence
from David Owen’s tenure as Foreign
Secretary of the United Kingdom, in
which capacity he worked closely with
high-ranking U.S. officials. Offering
fascinating insight into the culture of
secrecy in the upper echelons of government and a forceful polemic on
nuclear weapons policy, David Owen argues convincingly that progress toward
the elimination of nuclear weapons can
be made by skillfully tying the events of
thirty years ago to the present.
David Owen was Foreign Secretary from 1977 to 1979. He was one of the founders of the
Social Democratic Party and has held a number of senior international appointments. His
many books include In Sickness and in Power and The Hubris Syndrome: Bush, Blair and the
Intoxication of Power.
The Beat Goes On
Liverpool, Popular Music and the Changing City
February 320 p., 6 maps 6 x 9
ISBN-13: 978-1-84631-227-4
Cloth $49.95s
political science
european history
NAM
Edited by Marion Leonard and Rob Strachan
In 2001 the Guinness Book of Records
declared Liverpool the “City of Pop”
for producing more hit records than
any other city. The Beat Goes On is a
historical account of popular music in
Liverpool that explores the contextual,
creative, and geographical factors that
have contributed to the city’s status as a
major center of musical creativity. With
contributions from experts in popular
music history, cultural geography, ethnography, and musicology, alongside
essays and interviews with Liverpool
musicians and rare archival images,
this volume offers an interdisciplinary
exploration of the city’s unique place in
the realm of popular music.
June 256 p., 65 color plates,
45 halftones 7 x 8 3/4
ISBN-13: 978-1-84631-189-5
Cloth $95.00x
ISBN-13: 978-1-84631-190-1
Paper $39.95s
music
NAM
Marion Leonard is a senior lecturer and Rob Strachan is a lecturer in the School of Music,
both at the University of Liverpool.
Invisible Men
The Secret Lives of Police Constables in Manchester,
Birmingham and Liverpool
Joanne Klein
Invisible Men is the most comprehensive
study to date of the lives and work of
English police constables on foot patrol
in the early part of the twentieth century. Joanne Klein has plumbed previously unstudied archives of police departments in Manchester, Birmingham, and
Liverpool to offer a fascinating insider’s
view of the working-class men charged
with protecting the citizens of these
rapidly growing cities during a period
of great change in both the life of the
city and the nature of police methods
and training.
“This is an excellent book. It is well
written and extremely interesting, filling a gap in a historical literature which
is dominated by official and institutional perspectives, by illuminating the
daily and working lives of constables.”
—Lucinda McCray Beier, Appalachian
State University
Joanne Klein is associate professor of history at Boise State University.
june 256 p. 6 x 9
ISBN-13: 978-1-84631-235-9
Cloth $95.00x
ISBN-13: 978-1-84631-236-6
Paper $34.95x
european history
political science
NAM
Liverpool University Press
161
Inside the Death Drive
Excess and Apocalypse in the World
of the Chapman Brothers
Edited by Jonathan Harris
Tate Liverpool Critical Forum
march 272 p., 50 color plates,
20 halftones 7 x 8 3/4
ISBN-13: 978-1-84631-192-5
Paper $49.95s
art
NAM
Inside the Death Drive assesses the work of
brothers Jake and Dinos Chapman, who
for the last seventeen years have created
profoundly disturbing and challenging
art, enraging some viewers and reducing others to hysterics. Essays by leading
figures in the field address their oeuvre
from a variety of critical standpoints,
examining psychoanalytic, political,
semiotic, pop-cultural, philosophical,
and aesthetic aspects of the Chapmans’
graphic, sculptural, and installation
artifacts. In addition, the book considers other artists who have attempted to
deal with modern horror. Featuring a
rare, specially commissioned interview
with Jake Chapman and seventy reproductions of the Chapmans’ work, this
volume highlights the controversial role
that transgression plays in modern art.
Jonathan Harris is director of the Centre for Architecture and the Visual Arts at the University of Liverpool. He is the author of many books.
Lewis’s Fifth Floor
A Department Story
Stephen King
February 160 p., 150 color plates
10 x 7
ISBN-13: 978-1-84631-246-5
Cloth $65.00x
photography
NAM
Established more than 150 years ago, at
the height of the golden age of department stores, Lewis’s department store
in Liverpool is a city institution, a retail
phenomenon, and the subject of countless urban legends.
Lewis’s Fifth Floor presents a stunning collection of photographs from
the “lost” fifth floor of the store, which
was sealed off more than thirty years ago
and hasn’t been seen by the public since.
Photographer Stephen King reveals the
hidden canteen where the young Beatles played staff parties at Christmas; the
intricate mosaics that have become registered historic works; the breathtaking
scale of what was at one time the world’s
largest hair salon; and even Jacob Epstein’s iconic statue The Spirit of Liverpool Resurgent—together representing a
strikingly well-preserved image of shopping’s glamorous past.
Stephen King is an award-winning photographer.
“Animal Alterity is an engaging,
intelligent study which is perceptively and accessibly theorized, and
refreshingly innovative.”
—Peter Wright,
Edge Hill University
Liverpool Science Fiction Texts &
Studies
March 256 p. 6 x 9
ISBN-13: 978-1-84631-234-2
Cloth $95.00x
literary criticism
NAM
162
Liverpool University Press
Animal Alterity
Science Fiction and the Question of the Animal
Sherryl Vint
Animal Alterity uses readings of science
fiction texts to explore how animals are
central to our perception of humanity.
Arguing that the academic field of animal studies and the popular genre of
science fiction share a number of critical concerns, Sherryl Vint expresses an
urgent need to reconsider the humananimal boundary in a world of genetic
engineering, factory farming, species
extinctions, and increasing evidence
of animal intelligence, emotions, and
tool use. Mapping the complex terrain
of human relations with nonhuman
animals, this book offers an important
intervention into the contentious ongoing discussions of the post-human.
Sherryl Vint is associate professor in the Department of English Language and Literature
at Brock University. She is the author of Bodies of Tomorrow: Technology, Subjectivity, and Science Fiction and coeditor of Science Fiction Film and Television.
Poetry and Translation
The Art of the Impossible
Peter Robinson
In Poetry and Translation, acclaimed
poet and translator Peter Robinson
examines the art of translation as practiced by poets and others, and how the
various practices of translating have
continued in parallel with the writing
of original poetry. Rather than engaging in a formal theoretical debate, Poetry and Translation instead raises issues
for discussion—the character of bilin-
gual editions, for example—resisting
the temptation to identify a single answer. A peerless resource for readers
and students of poetry, translation, and
classical and modern languages, this
volume offers a unique perspective on
the interactive processes of reading and
writing poetry whether in one’s native
language or in translation.
Peter Robinson is a poet, translator, and professor of English at the University of Reading.
His recent books include Twentieth Century Poetry: Selves and Situations, The Greener Meadow:
Selected Poems of Luciano Erba, and Selected Poetry and Prose of Vittorio Sereni, the last published by
the University of Chicago Press. The Salt Companion to Peter Robinson was published in 2006.
Photo-texts
“Informative as well as argued,
polemical as well as seeking out
common ground, and written in a
no-nonsense, clear style, Poetry
and Translation shows quite simple
things to be complex and more nuanced than thought but has also a
refreshing directness about dealing
with things that have often been
made to seem too complex to deal
with.”
—Patrick McGuinness,
University of Oxford
Poetry and . . .
February 256 p. 6 x 9
ISBN-13: 978-1-84631-218-2
Cloth $95.00x
poetry
NAM
Contemporary French Writing of the Photographic Image
Andy Stafford
In today’s image-saturated society,
photograph and text live side-by-side,
engaged in a complex collaboration.
Andy Stafford critically examines this
interplay in Photo-texts, taking nine case
studies from the 1990s French-speaking
world and looking at the interaction between nonfictional written texts (caption, essay, fragment, poem) and photographic images. The “photo-text,” as
he defines it, is concerned as much with
the oral as it is with visual and written
culture. That text-image collaborations
give space to the spectral traces of spoken human discourse suggests that the
key element of the photo-text is its radical provisionality—that it is inherently
unstable and ever-changing. This pathbreaking study offers a vital resource
for scholars in contemporary French
and francophone cultures.
Contemporary French &
Francophone Cultures
May 256 p. 6 x 9
ISBN-13: 978-1-84631-052-2
Cloth $95.00x
Photography Literary Criticism
NAM
Andy Stafford is a senior lecturer in French at the University of Leeds.
Poststructuralism and Postcoloniality
The Anxiety of Theory
Jane Hiddleston
In Poststructuralism and Postcoloniality,
Jane Hiddleston explores poststructuralist anxiety about how to theorize
postcoloniality and cultural difference.
Many so-called poststructuralist thinkers have addressed questions of postcolonialism and cultural domination.
However, in Hiddleston’s analysis, these
thinkers cannot maintain neutrality in
their theoretical discourse because they
write simultaneously about problems of
cultural identification and exile in the
postcolonial epoch. A remarkable contribution by a leading scholar, this volume demonstrates how poststructuralist reflections on postcolonialism leave
theory itself, perplexingly, at sea.
Jane Hiddleston is a lecturer in French at the University of Oxford and fellow of Exeter
College. Her previous books include Assia Djebar: Out of Africa, also published by Liverpool
University Press.
Postcolonialism across the
Disciplines
april 256 p. 6 x 9
ISBN-13: 978-1-84631-230-4
Cloth $95.00x
political Science
NAM
Liverpool University Press
163
Intellectuals, Culture and
Public Policy in France
Approaches from the Left
Jeremy AheArne
Studies in Social and Political
Thought
may 256 p. 6 x 9
ISBN-13: 978-1-84631-245-8
Cloth $95.00x
religion
NAM
French intellectuals have always defined themselves in political terms,
typically as opponents to a corrupt government—but challenging state authority is not the only way intellectuals in
France have exerted political influence.
Jeremy Ahearne here invokes a neglected dimension of French intellectuals’
practice, where instead of denouncing
the worlds of government and public
policy, French intellectuals become vol-
untarily entangled within them.
The book consists of a series of
case studies exploring policy domains
from religion and secularization to
educational reform and the media. It
explores the political engagement of
intellectuals such as Pierre Bourdieu,
Michel de Certeau, and André Malraux, and will be required reading for
scholars of French political and social
history.
Jeremy Ahearne is a reader in French at the University of Warwick and the author of Michel
de Certeau.
Argentina’s Partisan Past
Nationalism and the Politics of History
Michael Goebel
Liverpool Latin American Studies
july 256 p. 6 x 9
ISBN-13: 978-1-84631-238-0
Cloth $95.00x
history political science
NAM
Argentina’s Partisan Past is a challenging new study of the use of national
history and identity for political purposes in twentieth-century Argentina.
Based on extensive study of primary
and published sources, it analyzes how
nationalist views about what it meant to
be Argentine were built into the country’s long protracted crisis of liberal democracy from the 1930s to the 1980s.
Eschewing the notion of any straightforward relationship between cultural
customs and political practices, the
study provides a more nuanced framework for understanding the interplay
between politics and narratives about
national history. The book is a valuable
resource for both students of Argentine
history and those interested in the ways
nationalism has shaped our world.
Michael Goebel is the Marie Curie Postdoctoral Fellow at the European University Institute
in Florence.
“A clever exploration of the cultural
history of this condition, based
on an effective interdisciplinary
approach.”
—Maria Vaccarella,
King’s College London
Representations: Health,
Disability, Culture and Society
june 256 p. 6 x 9
ISBN-13: 978-1-84631-237-3
Cloth $95.00x
medicine science
NAM
164
Liverpool University Press
Representing Epilepsy
Jeannette Stirling
Representing Epilepsy, the latest volume in
Liverpool University Press’s acclaimed
Representations series, is the first book
that looks at the cultural and literary history of epilepsy, a condition that afflicts
at least 50 million people worldwide.
Jeannette Stirling argues that neurological discourse about epilepsy from
the late nineteenth century through
the mid-twentieth century was forged
as much by cultural conditions of the
times as by the science of Western medicine. Stirling also explores narratives of
epilepsy in works as diverse as David Copperfield and The X-Files, drawing out the
many ideas of social disorder, tainted
bloodlines, sexual deviance, spiritualism, and criminality they depict. This
pathbreaking book will be required reading for disability studies scholars and for
anyone seeking a better understanding
of this very common condition.
Jeannette Stirling is a lecturer in the Faculty of Arts and Learning Development at the
University of Wollongong.
Orosius
Seven Books of History against the Pagans
Edited and Translated by A. T. Fear
Orosius’s Seven Books of History against
the Pagans provides a Christian interpretation of history from God’s creation of
the world to the period of the Gothic attacks on the Roman Empire in the early
fifth century. By the end of that century, Orosius’s work was already a classic,
and its Christian perspective ensured
that it remained an immensely popular
and standard work of reference on antiquity in the medieval world. Available
now in English translation for the first
time since 1936, this key work of historical and geographical reference in the
medieval world will delight scholars of
early Christianity and pagan history.
Translated Texts for Historians
april 384 p. 6 x 8
ISBN-13: 978-1-84631-473-5
Cloth $95.00x
ISBN-13: 978-1-84631-239-7
Paper $39.95x
classics
NAM
A. T. Fear is a lecturer in classics at the University of Manchester.
Now in Paperback
Ambrose of Milan
Political Letters and Speeches
Translated and with an Introduction and Notes by J. H. W. G. Liebeschuetz
with the assistance of Carole Hill
The episcopate of Ambrose of Milan
(374–97 CE) is crucial to understanding
the developing relationship between the
church and the Roman Empire in late
antiquity. As bishop of Milan, Ambrose
clashed frequently with the highest levels of imperial authority, in large part
due to his ardent belief that he should
be free to govern his church without
imperial interference. Now available in
paperback, this collection of Ambrose’s
writings is the tenth volume of his published collection of letters, and it also
includes extant uncollected letters and
funeral orations for emperors Valentinian II and Theodosius I.
april 432 p. 53/4 x 81/4
ISBN-13: 978-1-84631-243-4
Paper $39.95x
history
NAM
Cloth ISBN: 978-0-85323-829-4
J. H. W. G. Liebeschuetz is emeritus professor of classics at the University of Nottingham
and a fellow of the British Academy. He is the author of many books, including The Decline
and Fall of the Roman City.
Now in Paperback
Liverpool and Transatlantic Slavery
Edited by David Richardson, Suzanne Schwarz,
and Anthony Tibbles
As Britain’s main port for the eighteenth-century slave trade, Liverpool is
crucial to any study of slavery. And as
the engine behind Liverpool’s rapid
growth and prosperity, slavery left an
indelible mark on the history of the city.
Now available in paperback, this collection of essays, boasting an international
roster of leading scholars in the field,
sets Liverpool in the wider context of
transatlantic slavery. The contributors
tackle a range of issues, including African agency, slave merchants and their
society, and the abolitionist movement,
always with an emphasis on the human
impact of slavery.
David Richardson is professor of economic history at the University of Hull and coeditor
of Routes to Slavery: Direction, Ethnicity, and Mortality in the Transatlantic Slave Trade. Suzanne
Schwarz is professor of history at Liverpool Hope University and the author of Slave
Captain: The Career of James Irving. Anthony Tibbles was formerly Keeper of the Merseyside
Maritime Museum.
april 320 p. 6 x 9
ISBN-13: 978-1-84631-244-1
Paper $34.95x
history
NAM
Cloth ISBN: 978-1-84631-066-9
Liverpool University Press
165
We Are the Real Time Experiment
20 Years of FACT
Edited by Mike Stubbs and Karen Newman
Foundation for Art & Creative
Technology
February 208 p., 100 color plates
8 x 10
ISBN-13: 978-1-84631-229-8
Cloth $29.95x
art
NAM
Over the past twenty years FACT (Foundation for Art and Creative Technology)
has expanded from a small, Liverpoolbased agency to an international leader
in art, research, and creative technology, through exhibits, installations,
commissions, and a variety of published
works.
We Are the Real Time Experiment is a
beautifully produced, highly illustrated
volume that commemorates the twentieth anniversary of FACT by revisiting
some of the pioneering projects that
helped shape the course of the development of new media art. And at the same
time that the editors look with pride to
past accomplishments, they take pains
to suggest directions for the innovations and ideas of the future as well.
Mike Stubbs is director of FACT, where Karen Newman is a curator.
For Women, For Wales, and For Liberalism
Women in Liberal Politics in Wales 1880–1914
Ursula Masson
This much-needed history remembers
those women in Wales who—at the end
of the nineteenth century and in the
years before World War I—fought for
and won their right to vote and to hold
public office. Ursula Masson documents
the countless efforts that these determined women made toward achieving
equality, comparing and contrasting
their agenda with that of their English
counterparts and defining those aspects that were distinctly Welsh.
Ursula Masson (1945–2008) taught history at the University of Glamorgan.
Gender Studies in Wales
April 224 p. 51/2 x 81/2
ISBN-13: 978-0-7083-2253-6
Paper $25.00x
Women’s studies
NSA/AU/nz
Gender Studies in Wales
May 224 p. 51/2 x 81/2
ISBN-13: 978-0-7083-2170-6
Paper $35.00x
gender studies
NSA/AU/nz
Gendering Border Studies
Edited by Henrice Altink, Chris Weedon, and Jane Aaron
The study of borders has recently undergone significant transitions, reflecting the transformation of the world
political map as well as changes in the
ways boundaries themselves function.
In Gendering Border Studies, sixteen established scholars from a variety of disciplines examine how the issue of gen-
der and borders has been approached
in their field and describe what they
expect from future research. This book
will be of interest to scholars of border
studies, gender studies, social anthropology, international politics, comparative literature, and Welsh studies.
Henrice Altink is a lecturer in history at the University of York. Chris Weedon is chair of the
Center for Critical and Cultural Theory at Cardiff University. Jane Aaron is professor of
English at the University of Glamorgan.
166
Liverpool University Press
University of Wales Press
Herbert Williams
Phil Carradice
Born in Trefechan, Aberystwyth in
1932, Herbert Williams is one of Wales’s
most celebrated and distinguished writers. In this engaging book—part biography, part critical reader—Phil Carradice leads readers on an extended tour
of Williams’s prolific career, touching
on Williams’s motivations for writing
and assessing the literary significance
of his numerous works of biography, fiction, poetry, and history. What results is
not just the tale of one man’s struggle
to express his emotions through his
writing but also a revealing inquiry into
how and why writers write.
Phil Carradice is the host of “The Past Master” on BBC Radio Wales and the author of several books, including, most recently, The Black Chair.
Writers of Wales
Identity and Politics in Britain
Edited by Duncan Tanner, Andrew Edwards, Wil Griffith,
Chris Williams, and Matthew Cragoe
Devolution—the process by which a
central government transfers powers
to smaller local levels—has become a
source of increasing debate in political
science circles around the world. The
critical essays in Identity and Politics in
Britain take on the crucial issue of de-
volution in the United Kingdom, enhancing academic and popular understanding of this process, highlighting
its significance for the evolving British
identity, and generating new debates
over the history and future of devolved
governance.
May 192 p., 20 halftones 51/2 x 81/2
ISBN-13: 978-0-7083-2192-8
Paper $25.00x
biography
nsa/au/nz
Politics and Society in Wales
June 336 p. 61/4 x 91/4
ISBN-13: 978-0-7083-2264-2
Paper $25.00x
political science
nsa/au/nz
Duncan Tanner is director of the Welsh Institute for Social and Cultural Affairs. Andrew
Edwards and Wil Griffith teach Welsh history and archaeology at the University of Bangor.
Chris Williams is professor of history at Swansea University. Matthew Cragoe is professor of
history at the University of Sussex.
The Dialogue of the Government of Wales
George Owen
Edited by John Gwynfor Jones
In 1594 George Owen—a historian and
geologist from Pembrokeshire—wrote
The Dialogue of the Government of Wales, a
commentary on the Welsh government
after the Acts of Union. The study detailed the methods used by Henry VII
and Henry VIII to maintain law and
order, praising the Tudor monarchs
for their enlightened policies. This new
edition, edited by Welsh historian John
Gwynfor Jones, contains an updated
version of the text, numerous explanatory notes, and a lengthy introduction.
It is ideal for anyone interested in the
legal institutions of sixteenth-century
Wales.
May 224 p. 51/2 x 81/2
ISBN-13: 978-0-7083-2229-1
Cloth $70.00x
history
nsa/au/nz
John Gwynfor Jones was professor of Welsh history at Cardiff University.
University of Wales Press
167
Urban Assimilation in Post-Conquest Wales
Ethnicity, Gender and Economy in Ruthin, 1282–1348
Matthew Frank Stevens
Much scholarship has been done on
Welsh and English cities after the Black
Death, but until now no serious attempt
has been made to understand what they
were like in the seventy-five or so years
preceding the pandemic. In Urban Assimilation in Post-Conquest Wales, Matthew Frank Stevens fills this research
gap, drawing on a case study of the
Denbighshire town of Ruthin to discuss the significance of ethnicity, gender, and social status in the network of
small Anglo-Welsh urban centers that
emerged in North Wales following the
English conquest of 1282.
Matthew Frank Stevens is a research officer at the Institute of Historical Research,
University of London.
May 224 p., 2 maps 61/4 x 91/4
ISBN-13: 978-0-7083-2249-9
Cloth $70.00x
european History
NSA/AU/NZ
June 336 p., 350 color plates,
25 maps, 50 tables, 70 figures
71/2 x 10
ISBN-13: 978-0-7083-2255-0
Cloth $85.00x
nature
NSA/AU/NZ
Grasslands of Wales
A Survey of Lowland Species-rich Grasslands, 1987–2004
D. P. Stevens, S. L. N. Smith, t. H. Blackstock, s. d. s. Bosanquet,
and p. s. stevens
Pioneering the use of the National Vegetation Classification for describing
and mapping vegetation at a regional
scale, this comprehensive volume provides a unique account of the plant
communities in the species-rich low-
land grasslands of Wales at the end of
the twentieth century, detailing the distribution, concentration, and physical
and environmental characteristics of
each species.
Before his death in 2007, D. P. Stevens coordinated the Lowland Grassland Survey of Wales
and served as a researcher at the Terrestrial Science Group of the Countryside Council for
Wales. S. L. N. Smith, T. H. Blackstock, S. D. S. Bosanquet, and P. S. Stevens work at the Terrestrial Science Group of the Countryside Council for Wales.
Habitats of Wales
A Comprehensive Field Survey, 1979–1997
T. H. Blackstock, E. A. Howe, j. P. Stevens, C. R. Burrows,
and p. S. Jones
June 240 p., 100 color plates,
40 maps, 40 tables, 60 figures
71/2 x 10
ISBN-13: 978-0-7083-2257-4
Cloth $85.00x
nature
NSA/AU/NZ
168
University of Wales Press
Habitats of Wales presents the findings
of a major field survey undertaken in
the latter part of the twentieth century
across the rural landscapes of Wales.
Among the major types of terrestrial
habitat discussed are the woodlands,
grasslands, heathlands, mires, and
coastlands. For each of the habitats,
the authors provide distribution maps,
information on habitat fragmentation
and connectivity, and the debates surrounding land-use planning and nature conservation.
T. H. Blackstock is head of the Terrestrial Science Group of the Countryside Council for
Wales, where E. A. Howe, J. P. Stevens, C. R. Burrows, and P. S. Jones all serve as researchers.
The Classical Greek House
Janett Morgan
Did homes in ancient Greece have kitchens and bathrooms? If so, why have archaeologists had such troubles finding
their remains? What did the concepts
of home and house mean to the ancient
Greeks? This book offers an illuminating reappraisal of domestic space in
classical Greece. Beginning with the
premise that we must cease to view the
classical Greek house through the lens
of contemporary Western notions, Janett Morgan provides a fresh evaluation
of what home meant to different communities in the ancient Greek world. By
employing textual analysis alongside archaeological scholarship, The Classical
Greek House seeks to explain some of the
contradictions that previous approaches have left unresolved. Of value to students and academics alike, Morgan’s
work offers an exciting new perspective
on relations between men and women,
public and private, and between home
and city in the ancient world.
Janett Morgan is a lecturer in Greek archaeology at Royal Holloway, University of London.
“This book will make a major
contribution to the study of the
Greek house. The author . . . goes
a long way in calling for a new
methodological approach to sifting
through the source materials for
house and household structure in
Greece.”
—Lloyd Llewellyn-Jones,
University of Edinburgh
Bristol Phoenix Press—Greece and
Rome Live
April 160 p., 12 halftones 51/2 x 81/2
ISBN-13: 978-1-904675-74-7
Cloth $75.00x
ISBN-13: 978-1-904675-75-4
Paper $24.00s
Ancient History archaeology
NSA
After Virgil
The Poetry, Politics and Perversion of Roman Epic
Robert Cowan
What constitutes an epic? Are epics all
about kings and battles and glorifying
the victors? And why do women so rarely appear in epics? These are questions
that Virgil’s successors explored in their
poetry in the 120 years after the Aeneid
achieved its status as a classic and set
the standard for Roman epic.
In After Virgil—the first general
introduction in English devoted to the
post-Virgilian epic—Robert Cowan surveys the works of Lucan, Valerius Flac-
cus, Statius, and Silius Italicus, among
others, investigating how these poets
employed both myth and history to
explore the relationships between the
gods and mortals, tyranny, civil war, issues of gender, and, above all, what it
meant to be Roman under the emperors. Cowan dedicates each chapter to
a single theme and explains how these
later poets imitated, interpreted, reacted against, and even perverted those
standards laid down by the Aeneid.
Bristol Phoenix Press—Greece and
Rome Live
May 160 p. 51/2 x 81/2
ISBN-13: 978-1-904675-61-7
Cloth $75.00x
ISBN-13: 978-1-904675-62-4
Paper $24.00s
classics
NSA
Robert Cowan is the Fairfax Tutorial Fellow in Latin Literature at Balliol College and lecturer in the Department of Classics at the University of Oxford.
University of Exeter Press
169
British South Asian Theatres
A Documented History
Edited by Graham Ley and Sarah Dadswell
British South Asian theater has been
one of the most significant features
of diasporic artistic activity throughout the world in the last thirty years,
yet its remarkable achievements have
been largely ignored by mainstream
media and scholars. With British South
Asian Theatres, Graham Ley and Sarah
Dadswell aim to reverse such neglect.
Drawing on unpublished archives and
Exeter Performance Studies
May 320 p., 1 DVD 61/4 x 91/4
ISBN-13: 978-0-85989-832-4
Cloth $100.00x
ISBN-13: 978-0-85989-833-1
Paper $32.50s
drama
NSA
Exeter Studies in Film History
May 336 p., 40 halftones 61/4 x 9 1/4
ISBN-13: 978-0-85989-853-9
Cloth $95.00x
ISBN-13: 978-0-85989-854-6
Paper $34.00x
Literary Criticism Film Studies
NSA
an extensive series of interviews on the
history of British theater, these essays
document the presence of South Asians
on the British stage, from magicians of
the nineteenth century to the performers of today. A companion DVD enhances the text, showcasing historical
documents, programs, designs, photographs, and clips from recordings of
rehearsals and productions.
Graham Ley is professor of drama and theory at the University of Exeter and the author
of A Short Introduction to the Ancient Greek Theater. Sarah Dadswell is a research fellow in the
Department of Drama at the University of Exeter.
Reading the Cinematograph
The Cinema in British Short Fiction 1896–1912
Edited by Andrew Shail
Reading the Cinematograph pairs eight
short stories about the cinema—including works by such notables as Rudyard
Kipling and Sax Rohmer—with eight
new essays from leading film and literary scholars like Tom Gunning and Andrew Higson to reveal the influence that
film and fiction had on one another in
Britain at the beginning of the twentieth
century.
“As entertaining as it is edifying,
Reading the Cinematograph showcases the
transformative presence—and role—of
cinema in British short fiction at the
turn of the twentieth century. Andrew
Shail has devised a marvelous format for
the occasion: eight stories, reprinted in
full and accompanied by their original
illustrations, followed by valuable critical commentary by eminent film scholars and framed by Shail’s indispensable
historical/critical introduction and sure
editorial hand. A work of impeccable
and imaginative scholarship.”—Maria
DiBattista, Princeton University
Andrew Shail is a lecturer in film at Newcastle University.
Making Sense of Greek Art
Edited by Viccy Coltman
May 288 p., 70 halftones 61/2 x 91/2
ISBN-13: 978-0-85989-830-0
Cloth $95.00x
art classics
NSA
170
University of Exeter Press
This volume of ten essays by classicists,
art historians, and archaeologists traces
the changing reception of Greek art
over the centuries, from its early days
during the Archaic period in Greece up
through the mid-nineteenth century.
Organized chronologically, the essays
study a variety of pieces, including sculptures, paintings, mirrors, and mosaics,
and reveal a surprising overlap in the
recurring themes of originality and re-
production, cultural identity, and desire.
“The book promises to be a substantive contribution to reception studies
in relation to Greek art.”—Jas’ Elsner,
University of Chicago
“This is a significant contribution
to the field and could well be made the
textbook for a second-level Greek art
course.”—Robin Osborne, University of
Cambridge
Viccy Coltman is a senior lecturer in the history of art at the University of Edinburgh.
Victory Over the Sun
aleksei kruchenykh
Edited and Translated by Rosamund Bartlett and Sarah Dadswell
The futurist opera Victory Over the Sun—
written by Aleksei Kruchenykh and first
performed in St. Petersburg in December 1913—was central to the Russian
avant-garde, important for its libretto,
its fragmentary, modernistic score, and
its innovative sets and costumes. This
book features an excellent translation
of the text, accompanied by a number
of essays from international contributors such as Laurence Senelick and
John E. Bowlt that offer new insights
into the practice and history of Russian
theater in the first half of the twentieth
century.
Rosamund Bartlett is a fellow of the European Humanities Research Centre at the University of Oxford. Sarah Dadswell is a research fellow in the Department of Drama at the
University of Exeter.
“This project brings the highest
possible standard of scholarship
to bear on avant-garde cultural
production.”
—Maria Gough,
Harvard University
Exeter Performance Studies
June 288 p., 32 color plates,
60 halftones 61/2 x 91/2
ISBN-13: 978-0-85989-839-3
Cloth $90.00x
music
nsa
The Earliest Advocates of the English Bible
The Texts of the Medieval Debate
Edited by Mary Dove
The debate over whether to translate
the Bible into English—which erupted
during the late 1300s and lasted well
into the 1500s—is one of the most significant in English cultural, literary,
and religious history. With The Earliest
Advocates of the English Bible, Mary Dove
brings together in one place the key
Middle English texts—most of which
are not available in any other edition—
that argued in favor of the translation
and that laid the groundwork for the
eventual publication of the King James
Bible.
“This is an important body of texts
that needs to be available in a convenient modern format. These materials
are of fundamental significance for the
English debate about translation of religious materials into the vernacular in
the early fifteenth century.”—Vincent
Gillespie, University of Oxford
Exeter Medieval Texts and Studies
June 288 p. 63/4 x 93/4
ISBN-13: 978-0-85989-852-2
Cloth $100.00x
religion Medieval History
NSA
Mary Dove was professor in the School of English at the University of Sussex.
Citation, Intertextuality and Memory in the
Middle Ages and Renaissance
Volume 1: Text, Music and Image from Machaut to Ariosto
Edited by Yolanda Plumley, Giuliano di Bacco, and Stefano Jossa
From the Middle Ages onward, writers,
artists, and composers have evoked canonical works from the distant or more
recent past, in some cases in order to
demonstrate respect for tradition, in
others merely to enrich their own productions. But whatever their reasons,
they all, explains Citation, Intertextuality
and Memory in the Middle Ages and Re-
naissance, manipulated the memory of
their readers. The essays in this multidisciplinary volume offer a wide array
of scholarship on the role of memory
and citation in the cultural production
of the late Middle Ages and early Renaissance, examining both renowned
and less well-known works from France,
England, and Italy.
Yolanda Plumley is director of the Centre for Medieval Studies at the University of Exeter
and a reader in medieval music and culture. Giuliano Di Bacco is a research fellow in
medieval studies at the University of Exeter. Stefano Jossa is a lecturer in Italian at Royal
Holloway, University of London.
Exeter Studies in Medieval Europe
June 288 p., 20 halftones 61/4 x 91/4
ISBN-13: 978-0-85989-851-5
Cloth $110.00x
Medieval History
NSA
University of Exeter Press
171
“This will clearly do for Cornwall
and Betjeman what Payton’s earlier
work did for Cornwall and Rowse.
. . . It is a terrific subject.”
—David Cannadine,
University of London
July 256 p., 12 halftones 61/4 x 91/4
ISBN-13: 978-0-85989-847-8
Cloth $90.00x
ISBN-13: 978-0-85989-848-5
Paper $27.50x
Biography literary criticism
NSA
John Betjeman and Cornwall
Philip Payton
Quintessentially English, Sir John
Betjeman was an outsider in England
and doubly so in his adopted home of
Cornwall, where, as he was the first to
admit, he was a foreigner. Nonetheless,
as this book describes, the former Poet
Laureate strove to acquire a veneer of
Cornishness, discovering his own Welsh
ancestry and cultivating an alternative
Celtic identity that he wove during sojourns in Ireland, the other Celtic countries, and even Australia. Here eminent
Cornish studies scholar Philip Payton
provides a lively new account of the life
of one of Britain’s most beloved poets,
offering new insights into his work and
his defining lifelong relationship with
Cornwall.
Philip Payton is professor of Cornish and Australian studies and director of the Institute of
Cornish Studies at the University of Exeter’s Cornwall Campus.
Cornish Studies, Volume 17
Edited by Philip Payton and Shelley Trower
munities. Also included are wider comparative discussions on topics such as
access to higher education in Cornwall,
contemporary Cornish music, St. Piran
and the cult of the saints, and issues of
authenticity at Cornish heritage sites.
Cornish Studies
This volume—the latest in the acclaimed
Cornish Studies series—addresses issues of sustainability and the china clay
region of mid-Cornwall, with articles
on landscape, literature, archaeology,
political culture, and sustainable com-
February 240 p., 6 halftones 6 x 9
ISBN-13: 978-0-85989-849-2
Paper $32.50x
Philip Payton is professor of Cornish and Australian studies and director of the Institute of
Cornish Studies at the University of Exeter’s Cornwall Campus. Shelley Trower is a research
fellow also at the University of Exeter’s Cornwall Campus.
european history
NSA
Frames of Friction
Black Genealogies, White Hegemony, and the
Essay as Critical Intervention
Carsten Junker
In Frames of Friction, Carsten Junker
maps out a dazzling panorama of critical cultural debates from the twentieth
century to explore the ways in which
African American speakers and writers
established their authority and gained
recognition. Taking into account the
latest ideas from gender studies and
African American studies, as well as
current essay theory, Junker juxtaposes
May 300 p. 51/2 x 8 3/8
ISBN-13: 978-3-593-39099-4
Paper $49.00x/£31.50
African American Studies
Literary criticism
172
University of Exeter Press
Campus Verlag
the ways in which African American
authors and speakers from the 1920s to
the 1970s debated critical topics with
their white and Jewish contemporaries
in order to emphasize the dialogic nature of the essay form. Ultimately, Junker homes in on the genre of essay itself,
arguing that it is repeatedly questioned
and reconstituted during times of social change.
Carsten Junker is assistant professor of English-speaking cultures/American studies and a
research fellow at the Institute for Postcolonial and Transcultural Studies at the University
of Bremen.
Multiple Antiquities–Multiple Modernities
Ancient Histories in Nineteenth Century European Cultures
Edited by GÁbor Klaniczay and Michael Werner
Antiquity, as the term has been understood and used over the centuries by
scholars, political and religious figures,
and ordinary citizens, is far from a single, monolithic concept. Rather than
reflecting a stable, shared understanding about the past and its meaning, the
idea of antiquity is instead varying and
multiple, taking on different meanings
and deployed to different effects depending on the context in which it is
being considered. In this volume, historians from a wide range of specialties
offer a comparative assessment of the
multiple perceptions of antiquity that
have shaped modern European cultures and national identities, deploying
a new methodological approach, histoire
croisée, which considers these questions
in light of the development of cultural
diversity across Europe.
Gábor Klaniczay is professor of medieval history at the Central European University and
permanent fellow at the Collegium Budapest. Michael Werner is professor of modern
European cultural history at the École des hautes études en sciences sociales and research
director at the Centre national de la recherche scientifique in Paris.
May 450 p. 51/2 x 8 3/8
ISBN-13: 978-3-593-39101-4
Paper $69.00x/£44.50
history
Unsettling History
Archiving and Narrating in Historiography
Edited by Sebastian Jobs and Alf Lüdtke
In recent decades, scholars working in
postcolonial history have successfully
challenged the primacy of Western historiography and its Eurocentric worldview. With Unsettling History, a group
of historians extend that challenge to
two central components of work in history: archiving and narrating. Archival
resources, they argue, despite their air
of impartiality, are the product of established interests and subject to various
practices of selection, cataloguing, and
preservation. Narrating, too, is more
complicated than it might at first seem,
especially as the range of genres available to historians for presenting their
findings has expanded in recent years.
Sebastian Jobs is a postdoctoral research fellow at the graduate school in Rostock. Alf
Lüdtke is an honorary professor of the history of everyday life at the University of Erfurt.
Reproductive Technologies as Global Form
Ethnographies of Knowledge, Practices,
and Transnational Encounters
May 330 p. 51/2 x 8 3/8
ISBN-13: 978-3-593-38818-2
Paper $49.00x/£31.50
history
Edited by Michi Knecht, Maren Klotz, and Stefan Beck
In the thirty years since the first “testtube baby,” in-vitro fertilization and
other methods of reproductive assistance have become a common aspect of
family life and medicine in developed
nations—and, increasingly, throughout the world. This collection brings
together ethnographic studies of how
these reproductive technologies are deployed across a wide variety of nations
and cultures, taking special account
of how they are linked to aspirations
towards modernity—and how they contribute to an ongoing reconfiguration
of the boundaries of knowledge and
human agency. The resulting volume
offers both a current snapshot of the
cultural state of reproductive technologies and a plethora of provocative questions for the future.
Michi Knecht is a senior researcher and lecturer, Maren Klotz is a research fellow, and
Stefan Beck is professor in the Department of European Ethnology, all at Humboldt
University Berlin.
May 320 p. 51/2 x 8 3/8
ISBN-13: 978-3-593-39100-7
Paper $54.00x/£35.00
science
Campus Verlag
173
Christopher Shannon
Bowery to
Broadway
The American Irish in Classic
Hollywood Cinema
B
efore Johnny Depp and Public Enemies, there was The Public
Enemy. James Cagney’s 1931 portrayal of the Irish American
gangster Tommy Powers set the standard for the Hollywood
gangster and helped to launch a golden age of Irish American cinema.
In the years that followed several of the era’s greatest stars, such as
Spencer Tracy, Bing Crosby, Pat O’Brien, and Ginger Rogers, assumed
march 200 p., 10 halftones 6 x 9
ISBN-13: 978-1-58966-200-1
Cloth $25.00/£16.00
film studies
Irish American roles—as boxers, entertainers, priests, and working
girls—delighting audiences and at the same time providing a fresh
perspective on the Irish American experience in America’s cities.
With Bowery to Broadway, Christopher Shannon guides readers
through a number of classic films from the 1930s and ’40s and investigates why films featuring Irish American characters were so popular
among American audiences during a period when the Irish were still
stereotyped and scorned for their religion. Shannon considers films
such as Angels with Dirty Faces, Gentleman Jim, Kitty Foyle, Going My Way,
and Yankee Doodle Dandy, showing that the Irish American characters
in the films were presented as inhabitants of an urban village—simultaneously traditional and modern, and valuing communal solidarity
over individual advancement. As a result, these characters—even those
involved in criminal activity—resonated deeply with countless Americans in search of the communal values that were rapidly being lost to
the social dislocation of the Depression and the increasing nationalization of life under the New Deal.
Christopher Shannon is professor of history at Christendom College.
174
University of Scranton Press
The State As Parent
Locke, Rousseau, and the Transformation of the Family
Laurence Reardon
Much of modern political and social
thought tends to take for granted the
fact that traditional conceptions of the
family—with their accompanying duties and privileges—are an inherent imposition on individual freedom. With
The State As Parent, Laurence Reardon
draws on a long philosophical tradition
to explain that that assumption is incorrect—that the family remains the most
effective way to balance the desire for
individual freedom with the continuing
need for communal obligations.
The waning of traditional institutions, Reardon argues, has left the solitary individual much more susceptible
to mass movements and the ever-growing power of the state. Turning a critical eye on the individualist thought of
John Locke and the collectivist thought
of Jean-Jacques Rousseau, Reardon
shows how they facilitated departures
from traditional, family-based notions
of society—and how the result has led
to a fundamental conflict between the
historic internal obligations of the family and the egalitarian requirements of
the modern state.
Penetrating and sure to be controversial, The State As Parent will be essential for students of political philosophy,
ethics, and social organization.
“The State As Parent is a substantive and invaluable contribution to
contemporary debates about the
family.”
—William E. May,
Catholic University of America
June 300 p. 6 x 9
ISBN-13: 978-1-58966-203-2
Paper $28.00s/£18.00
political science
Laurence Reardon is visiting assistant professor of political science at Belmont Abbey
College in Belmont, North Carolina.
The Metaphysics of Media
Toward an End of Postmodern Cynicism and the
Construction of a Virtuous Reality
Peter K. Fallon
In The Metaphysics of Media, award-winning media critic Peter K. Fallon tackles the complicated question of how a
succession of dominant forms of media
have supported—and even to some
extent created—different conceptions
of reality. To do so, he starts with the
basics: a critical discussion of the very
idea of objective reality and the various
postmodern responses that have tended to dominate recent philosophical
approaches to the subject. From there,
he embarks on a survey of the evolution
of communication through four major
eras: orality, literacy, print, and electricity.
Within each era, Fallon argues, the
dominant form of media supported particular ways of understanding the world,
from the ascendance of reason that followed the development of alphabets to
the obliteration of space and time that
we associate with electronic communications. Fallon concludes with a hard
look at the mass ignorance that prevails
today despite (or perhaps because of)
the sea of information with which contemporary life is surrounded.
A stirring, philosophically rich
investigation, The Metaphysics of Media
offers not only a clear picture of where
our society has been but also a road
map to a more engaged, informed, and
fully human future.
available 275 p. 6 x 9
ISBN-13: 978-1-58966-202-5
Paper $27.00x/£17.50
media studies
Peter K. Fallon is associate professor of journalism at Roosevelt University in Chicago.
University of Scranton Press
175
Religion, Fundamentalism, and Violence
An Interdisciplinary Study and Dialogue
Edited by Andrew L. Gluck
June 275 p. 6 x 9
ISBN-13: 978-1-58966-204-9
Paper $27.00x/£17.50
religion
In Religion, Fundamentalism, and Violence, Andrew L. Gluck brings together
distinguished scholars to address a
fiercely debated topic: the intersection
of religion and violence. Among the
contributions is an anthropological
analysis of the violence associated with
the Abrahamic monotheistic religions
of the Middle East, a compelling essay
accounting for the violence in Hindu
religious traditions, an informative
look at the Israeli-Palestinian tensions
of more recent times, and an essay on
the Catholic just war theory. Each chapter is followed by a commentary and reply, making this volume indispensable
for students and scholars of the history
of religions.
Andrew L. Gluck is the author of Damasio’s Error and Descartes’ Truth: An Inquiry into Consciousness, Metaphysics, and Epistemology, also published by the University of Scranton Press.
The Sephardic Legacy
Unique Features and Achievements
Henry Toledano
June 275 p. 6 x 9
ISBN-13: 978-1-58966-205-6
Paper $25.00x/£16.00
religion
Fundamentally different from other,
more prominent Jewish traditions and
experiences, the Sephardic tradition
has long served to bind together the
various Jewish communities of the Mediterranean basin. In The Sephardic Legacy, Henry Toledano immerses readers
in the medieval historical context that
gave rise to the Sephardic tradition,
arguing that the golden age of Jewish
culture in Spain would not have been
possible without the stimulus and inspiration of Islamic civilization. Along
the way, Toledano covers such topics as
the flourishing of Jewish culture and
science, Hebrew poetry, the systematic
codification of Jewish law, Jewish philosophy, and the impact of Islamic civilization on the development of critical
biblical exegesis.
Henry Toledano is professor emeritus of Hebrew, Arabic, and Jewish studies at Hofstra
University.
Realism for the 21st Century
A John Deely Reader
John Deely
Edited by Paul Cobley
available 465 p. 6 x 9
ISBN-13: 978-1-58966-148-6
Paper $30.00x/£19.50
philosophy
Realism for the 21st Century is a collection
of thirty essays from John Deely—a major figure in contemporary semiotics
and an authority on scholastic realism
and the works of Charles Sanders Peirce.
The volume tracks Deely’s development
as a pragmatic realist, featuring his early essays on our relation to the world after Darwinism; crucial articles on logic,
semiotics, and objectivity; overviews of
philosophy after modernity; and a new
essay on “purely objective reality.”
John Deely holds the Rudman Chair in Thomistic Studies at the University of St. Thomas in
Houston. Paul Cobley is a reader in communications at London Metropolitan University.
176
University of Scranton Press
Why People Need Plants
Edited by Carlton Wood and Nicolette Habgood
We live surrounded by the beauty—and
the bounty—of the botanical world,
but rarely do we stop to think seriously
about all the roles plants play, many
of them crucial to life on earth. After
reading Why People Need Plants, however,
we won’t be likely to take the earth’s
flora for granted ever again.
Accessible and wide-ranging, Why
People Need Plants covers such topics as
food production, biofuels, medicine,
biodiversity, conservation, economics,
genetic modification, and many more—
all aimed at demonstrating the importance of plants to nearly every aspect of
human life and society. A collaboration
between the Open University and the
Royal Botanic Gardens, Kew, with assistance from the Royal Horticultural
Society, the book will inform—and
surprise—plant lovers, gardeners, and
students of all levels of knowledge.
Carlton Wood and Nicolette Habgood are science staff tutors at the Open University.
july 240 p., 200 color plates
71/2 x 10
ISBN-13: 978-1-84246-425-0
Paper $28.00
nature science
CMUSA
The Kew Plant Glossary
An Illustrated Dictionary of Plant Identification Terms
Henk J. Beentje
This accessible, comprehensive glossary covers all the descriptive terms for
plants that one is likely to encounter in
botanical writing, including everything
from magazine articles to plant field
guides, scientific papers, and monographs. An essential companion, it
presents 3,600 botanical terms, accom-
panied by full definitions and detailed
illustrations to aid in identification, all
laid out in a clear, easy-to-use fashion.
It will be indispensable for plant scientists, conservationists, horticulturists,
gardeners, writers, and anyone working
with plant descriptions, plant identification keys, floras, or field guides.
Henk J. Beentje is a botanist at the Royal Botanic Gardens, Kew, with considerable field
experience in Africa and Madagascar.
May 220 p., 3000 line drawings
6 x 91/2
ISBN-13: 978-1-84246-422-9
Paper $30.00s
nature science
CMUSA
Royal Botanic Gardens, Kew
177
Wilson’s China
A Century On
Mark Flanagan and Tony Kirkham
February 256 p., 220 color plates,
50 halftones 91/2 x 11
ISBN-13: 978-1-84246-394-9
Cloth $46.00s
nature travel
CMUSA
Edwardian botanist Ernest Wilson was
the foremost plant collector of his generation, singlehandedly responsible for
introducing more than one thousand
plant species to Western gardens, many
of them collected during his extensive
travels in China.
Wilson’s China draws on Wilson’s
writings and the authors’ own travels in
the wild areas of China today to deliver
a fascinating account of the pioneering botanist’s travels and adventures.
Armed with copies of Wilson’s own
glass-plate photos of turn-of-the-century Sichuan Province, Mark Flanagan
and Tony Kirkham set out to retrace
Wilson’s footsteps—and with the help
of Chinese guides and local knowledge,
they have created new versions of Wilson’s photos. The resulting then-andnow presentation offers fascinating insight into the widespread change—and
remarkable continuity—in China over
a century, and serves as an informative,
appreciative homage to one of history’s
greatest plant hunters.
Mark Flanagan is Keeper of the Gardens at Windsor Great Park. Tony Kirkham is head of
the Arboretum and horticultural services at the Royal Botanic Gardens, Kew.
The Art of Plant Evolution
W. John Kress and Shirley Sherwood
This beautiful mix of art and science offers a breathtaking look at the way that
contemporary scientific discoveries are
changing our understanding of plants
and plant evolution. Nearly one hundred and fifty paintings, by eighty-four
artists, are reproduced in full color to
present a sweeping overview of the evolution of plants worldwide. The paintings
cover a wide range of plants, including
February 320 p., 200 color plates
8 3/4 x 111/2
ISBN-13: 978-1-84246-421-2
Cloth $53.00x
ISBN-13: 978-1-84246-417-5
Paper $41.00s
nature art
CMUSA
178
Royal Botanic Gardens, Kew
ferns, fungi, conifers, algae, mosses, and
a rich bounty of flowering plants; accompanying each painting is up-to-date
evolutionary information—drawn from
recent DNA analysis—plus observations
by each of the artists and details about
modern plant classification. Written for
the nonspecialist, The Art of Plant Evolution is sure to enchant inquisitive green
thumbs and gardeners.
W. John Kress is curator and research scientist at the Smithsonian Museum of Natural
History. Shirley Sherwood has been collecting contemporary botanical drawings for nearly
twenty years; her collection is arguably the world’s most important private collection of
twentieth-century botanical art.
New Trees
Recent Introductions to Cultivation
John Grimshaw and Ross Bayton
This comprehensive volume, commissioned by the International Dendrology Society, covers more than eight
hundred tree species that have been
introduced to cultivation in the United
Kingdom, Europe, and North America
in recent decades. Up until now there
has been no comparable source of information. Featuring horticultural notes
from a network of growers and enthusiasts, backed up by data from recent
scientific studies, the book presents a
remarkable amount of information in
a fashion accessible to amateurs as well
as specialists. More than one hundred
line drawings and nearly six hundred
photographs—many portraying rarely
seen trees—offer aids to identification.
Introductory chapters covering conservation and modern techniques of treegrowing, and a comprehensive glossary
and bibliography, round out the volume
and make New Trees incomparable—and
indispensable.
John Grimshaw is an authority on tree cultivation, a prominent member of the International Dendrology Society, and the author of The Gardener’s Atlas. Ross Bayton has a doctorate
in palm taxonomy and is the curator of a large succulent plant collection at Hare Hatch
Sheeplands, an independent garden center and nursery in Berkshire, United Kingdom.
February 992 p., 580 color plates,
100 line drawings 72/5 x 11
ISBN-13: 978-1-84246-173-0
Cloth $163.00x
nature science
CMUSA
Peonies of the World
Taxonomy and Phytogeography
Hong De-Yuan
In China, the cultivated tree peony is
known as the King of Flowers, while in
ancient Greece the herbaceous peony
was dubbed the Queen of Herbs—a
reminder that the genus Paeonia has
been one of the most important and
popular groups of plants in the world
for millennia, coveted in East and West
alike for both its ornamental and medicinal purposes. This fully up-to-date
monograph contains a comprehensive
taxonomic revision of the genus based
on extensive field observations, population sampling, examination of a large
quantity of specimens, and statistical
analysis of characteristics. The book’s
taxonomic revision has resulted in the
recognition of thirty-two new species,
which will make it an essential volume
for plant taxonomists and horticulturalists, as well as more adventurous gardeners.
Hong De-Yuan is professor of the State Key Laboratory of Systematic and Evolutionary
Botany at the Institute of Botany, Chinese Academy of Sciences in Beijing, chair of the Life
Science Division at the National Natural Science Foundation of China, and the dean of the
School of Life Science, Zhejiang University.
april 300 p., 80 line drawings,
40 maps 72/5 x 11
ISBN-13: 978-1-84246-392-5
Cloth $148.50x
nature gardening
CMUSA
Royal Botanic Gardens, Kew
179
Pocket Guide to Rhododendron Species
J. F. j. McQuire and M. L. A. Robinson
This guidebook highlights the most
important morphological features relevant to the recognition and identification of virtually every currently cultivated species of rhododendron. The more
than seven hundred photographs in the
volume present detailed illustrations of
every aspect of the plants, accompanied
by succinct descriptions of such characteristics as flower color, height, and leaf
characteristics—which are crucial aids
to identification when rhododendrons
are not in bloom. Fully up to date, Pocket
Guide to Rhododendron Species is certain
to become the standard field guide to
these flowers.
J. F. J. McQuire is a renowned amateur grower who has studied and photographed rhododendrons for thirty-five years. The late M. L. A. Robinson was chairman of the Royal Horticultural Society’s Rhododendron, Camellia, and Magnolia Group.
February 704 p., 700 color plates
5 x 81/2
ISBN-13: 978-1-84246-148-8
Cloth $97.00x
gardening science
CMUSA
Botanical Magazine Monograph
February 166 p., 65 color plates,
18 line drawings 7 x 91/2
ISBN-13: 978-1-84246-011-5
Cloth $54.50s
gardening science
CMUSA
The Genus Jasminum in Cultivation
Peter Green and Diana Miller
Edited by Martyn Rix
This highly illustrated guidebook details every species of jasmine that is cultivated in gardens, as well as the genus’s
habitat and distribution in the wild and
its propagation. An additional chapter
focuses on the uses of jasmine scent in
the perfume industry, explaining why it
has long been an important ingredient
in some of the world’s most exclusive—
and expensive—perfumes.
Nearly every cultivated species is
illustrated by either a contemporary
or antique botanical painting, as well
as detailed line drawings and close-up
photographs. The result is the ultimate
reference to this perennially popular
garden staple.
Peter Green was Keeper of the Kew Herbarium and Deputy Director of Kew Gardens. Diana
Miller is a horticultural botanist and Keeper of the Royal Horticultural Society Herbarium.
Systematics and Conservation
of African Plants
Proceedings of the 18th AETFAT Congress,
Yaoundé, Cameroon
Edited by Xander van der Burgt
march 882 p. 6 x 91/2
ISBN-13: 978-1-84246-388-8
Cloth $165.00x
nature science
CMUSA
180
Royal Botanical Gardens, Kew
An edited volume based on the proceedings of the eighteenth Association
for the Taxonomic Study of the Flora of
Tropical Africa Congress held in Yaoundé, Cameroon, Systematics and Conservation of African Plants includes one
hundred research papers in separate
sections on taxonomy, phytogeography,
ethnobotany, and the conservation and
sustainable use of African plants. Topics covered include recent advances in
reproductive biology, vegetation, and
Podostometaceae in Africa. A separate
section on African floras reflects the
present state of knowledge and progress towards our understanding and
documentation of the plants of Africa.
Xander van der Burgt is a botanist in the Wet Tropics of Africa Section, based in the
Herbarium at the Royal Botanic Gardens, Kew.
Heather Angel’s Wild Kew
Heather Angel
Wildlife photographer Heather Angel
spent an entire year photographing Kew
Gardens, focusing not on the familiar
flowers and trees but on the remarkable
array of animals that make the plants of
Kew their homes. Through all seasons,
Angel’s photographs show how Kew offers a haven to wildlife, from baby birds
in the spring to the buzzing bees of
summer, the parakeets of autumn to
the courting swans of winter. The resulting book is a beautiful celebration
of Kew’s place in the natural world—
and of the many surprises awaiting the
patient, attentive visitor.
Heather Angel is a wildlife photographer and past president of the Royal Photographic
Society who has mounted solo exhibitions around the world.
February 128 p., 500 color plates
91/2 x 71/2
ISBN-13: 978-1-84246-402-1
Paper $16.50
nature photography
CMUSA
The Wild Flora of Kew Gardens
A Cumulative Checklist from 1759
Tom Cope
The Wild Flora of Kew Gardens details all
plants that have ever been recorded
growing in a wild state within Kew Gardens or its periphery, and all natives
cultivated in formal beds or other plantings, since the first records of 1759.
Nearly 2,000 taxa are documented
and illustrated, with citation of literature records and herbarium specimens
and accompanying color photographs.
The book notes the past and present distribution of wild species within
the Gardens, and demonstrates how
the wild flora of the Kew estate has
changed over its 250 years. A new addition to the United Kingdom’s growing
list of regional floras, this book offers a
comprehensive look at the plant life of
Kew Gardens.
Tom Cope is a botanist at the Royal Botanic Gardens, Kew, and has contributed accounts of
grasses to several major floras, including Pakistan, Somalia, Arabia, Egypt, southern tropical Africa, and Madeira.
February 311 p., 150 color plates,
3 maps 6 x 9
ISBN-13: 978-1-84246-401-4
Paper $49.50sp
nature science
CMUSA
Royal Botanic Gardens, Kew
A Souvenir Guide
Clive Langmead
Kew Gardens is one of the most beloved
places in the entire United Kingdom
and an extremely popular destination
for visitors from abroad. This guidebook
is the perfect preparation for a visit: its
fold-out maps present a variety of seasonal walks and point out the ten most
popular attractions in the Gardens,
while chapters on Kew’s history, archi-
tecture, plants, wildlife, art, science,
and conservation give a fully rounded
picture of the Gardens and the variety
of activities and research they support.
The book’s abundant illustrations reveal the many varying pleasures that
Kew offers to visitors of all ages in all
seasons, an incomparable treasure for
plant-lovers and garden enthusiasts.
Clive Langmead is the author of several books, including A Passion for Plants: The Life and
Vision of Ghillean Prance.
February 96 p., 200 color plates
91/2 x 71/2
ISBN-13: 978-1-84246-414-4
Paper $8.00
Nature gardening
CMUSA
Royal Botanic Gardens, Kew
181
Official Guide to the
Marianne North Gallery
Sixth Edition
Royal Botanic Gardens, Kew
Marianne North, a Victorian adventuress, set out in 1871 on an ambitious
expedition to make a pictorial record
of the tropical and exotic plants of
the world. In the course of her travels,
North produced more than eight hundred paintings of plants, which are now
housed in the gallery she had built at
Kew Gardens. Republished here for the
first time in eighty-five years, the sixth
edition of the official guide to the Marianne North gallery remains an instructive guide to the unique collection of
paintings by Marianne North and her
gallery in which they are displayed.
February 208 p., 1 map 5 x 71/2
ISBN-13: 978-1-84246-424-3
Cloth $20.00s
art nature
CMUSA
Following in Darwin’s Footsteps
Aileen O’Riordan and Pat Triggs
This compact biographical look at
Charles Darwin recounts key episodes
in the master scientist’s life in a way
designed to interest and appeal to primary school children. Eight thematic
chapters cover such topics as Darwin’s
May 40 p. 71/2 x 91/2
ISBN-13: 978-1-84246-420-5
Paper $8.00
boyhood capacity for observation, his
voyage on the Beagle, and—in clear, accessible fashion—his theory of evolution. Charming illustrations and fun
activities make this a book the whole
family can enjoy together.
Aileen O’Riordan is an experienced children’s writer. Pat Triggs is a visiting fellow at the
Graduate School of Education, University of Bristol.
children’s biography
CMUSA
Kew at Wakehurst
A Children’s Guide
Miranda MacQuitty
March 96 p., 300 color plates
71/2 x 91/2
ISBN-13: 978-1-84246-415-1
Paper $8.00
children’s nature
CMUSA
182
Royal Botanic Gardens, Kew
Wakehurst Place is the country estate
of the Royal Botanic Gardens, Kew, and
is also the home of Kew’s Millennium
Seed Bank, the largest wild plant seed
bank in the world. Kew at Wakehurst is
the first official guidebook for children
visiting Wakehurst Place, a beautifully
illustrated, full-color book that is a win-
ning combination of maps, fun facts,
and activities—not to mention forty
stickers! Designed for children between
the ages of seven and eleven, the book
tailors its suggested activities to the seasons and is the perfect accompaniment
to any visit.
Miranda MacQuitty is a biologist and the author of several general interest science titles
and children’s books.
Flora of the Cayman Islands
George R. ProctOr
Revised Edition
The three islands comprising the Cayman Islands (Grand Cayman, Little
Cayman, and Cayman Brac) support
415 native taxa, twenty-nine of which
are uniquely Caymanian, in a land
area little over 100 square miles. This
full-color edition of Flora of the Cayman
Islands is a total revision of George R.
Proctor’s classic first edition. Accessible
and informative, this field guide satisfies the needs of the professional botanist, while providing the nonexpert and
ecotourist with an attractive introduction to the unique endemic flora of the
Cayman Islands.
George R. Proctor is an experienced botanist.
Field Guide to the Orchids of Madagascar
Phillip Cribb and Johan Hermans
Madagascar is one of the world’s prime
locations for orchids, which make up
the largest family of flowering plants on
the island. Madagascar is home to nearly one thousand different species of orchids—which make up nearly ten percent of the island’s flora—nearly nine
hundred of them endemic. Orchids
are found in almost every habitat on
the island, from the mountains to the
coasts, and this field guide—the first of
its kind, fully illustrated with color photographs and packed with details to aid
identification—is an invaluable tool for
researchers and ecotourists visiting the
island.
July 768 p., 400 color plates,
250 line drawings 6 x 91/5
ISBN-13: 978-1-84246-403-8
Paper $125.00x
nature science
CMUSA
February 456 p., 750 color plates
6 x 91/5
ISBN-13: 978-1-84246-158-7
Cloth $99.00x
nature science
CMUSA
Phillip Cribb is the former curator of the Orchid Herbarium at Kew and a leading specialist on the taxonomy and conservation of orchids. Johan Hermans is an honorary research
associate at the Royal Botanic Gardens, Kew.
Field Guide to the Plants
of Northern Botswana
Including the Okavango Delta
Alison Heath and Roger Heath
Northern Botswana and the surrounding regions are home to a rich diversity of plants, and this ambitious field
guide offers detailed accounts of more
than 550 flowering herbs, trees, shrubs,
ferns, grasses, and sedges. More than
two thousand color photographs illus-
trate key identification features, while
detailed information on habitat, flowering period, and uses of the various
species flesh out the accounts. It is an
invaluable tool for researchers, wildlife
managers, and amateur botanists alike.
Alison and Roger Heath are amateur botanists and wildlife photographers.
February 588 p., 2000 color plates
6 x 91/5
ISBN-13: 978-1-84246-183-9
Cloth $114.00x
nature Science
CMUSA
Royal Botanic Gardens, Kew
183
Poisonous Plants
A Guide for Childcare Providers
Elizabeth A. Dauncey
With Contributions by Leonard Hawkins and Katherine Kennedy
This handy guidebook is the result of a
sixteen-year collaboration between the
Royal Botanic Gardens, Kew and the
Guy’s and St Thomas’s Hospital Poisons
Unit. Written with both botanical and
toxicological authority, the book offers
concise details of the 130 most poisonous plants that are likely to be encoun-
tered in the home, garden, and countryside, together with a summary of likely
symptoms should they inadvertently be
touched or eaten. Photographs of the
plants are included to aid identification, and a brief guide to safe plants
offers suggestions for the creation of a
hazard-free garden.
Elizabeth A. Dauncey is a plant toxicologist who has worked with Kew Gardens and the
Guy’s and St Thomas’s Hospital Poisons Unit since 1992.
june 160 p., 200 color plates 6 x 91/5
ISBN-13: 978-1-84246-406-9
Paper $25.00
nature parenting and childcare
CMUSA
Field Guide to the Wild Plants of Oman
Helen Pickering and Annette Patzelt
This compact volume is a thorough
guide to the wild plants found in the
small Middle Eastern nation of Oman. A
short introduction provides an overview
of Oman’s geography and remarkable
environmental diversity, followed by a
catalog of more than 250 common species of plants, enhanced by color photographs designed to assist with quick
identification in the field. Descriptive
accounts—including details of habitat, uses, and worldwide distribution—
round out the individual entries, while a
glossary of botanical terms, a bibliography, and an index of scientific and vernacular names combine to make this an
invaluable reference.
Helen Pickering is a plant photographer. Annette Patzelt is head of research at the new
Oman Botanical Garden.
February 268 p., 500 color plates
6 x 91/5
ISBN-13: 978-1-84246-177-8
Cloth $58.00x
nature science
CMUSA
Also Available from Royal Botanic Gardens, Kew
Flora of Tropical
East Africa
Lamiaceae (Labiatae)
Edited by H. J. Beentje
and S. A. Ghazanfar
ISBN-13: 978-1-84246-372-7
Paper $140.00x
432 p., 150 line drawings 6 x 9 CMUSA
184
Royal Botanic Gardens, Kew
Flora of Tropical
East Africa
Malvaceae
Edited by H. J. Beentje
and S. A. Ghazanfar
ISBN-13: 978-1-84246-189-1
Paper $82.50x
174 p., 60 line drawings 6 x 9 CMUSA
Flora of the Guianas
Series A: Phanerogams
Fascicle 27
71. Cyrillaceae, 79. Theophrastaceae,
86. Habdodendraceae, 90. Proteaceae,
100. Combretaceae, 113. Dichapetalaceae, 167. Limnocharitaceae,
168. Alismataceae
Edited by M. J. Jansen-Jacobs
ISBN-13: 978-1-84246-418-2
Paper $73.00x
214 p., 90 halftones and line drawings, 1 map
6 x 9 CMUSA
Also Available from Royal Botanic Gardens, Kew
The Plants of Dom,
Bamenda Highlands,
Cameroon
A Conservation Checklist
Martin Cheek, Yvette Harvey,
and Jean-Michel Onana
ISBN-13: 978-1-84246-398-7
Paper $58.00x
162 p., 50 color plates, 24 line drawings,
4 maps 81/2 x 11 1/2 CMUSA
The Plants of FosimondiBechati in the Lebialem
Highlands of Cameroon
A Conservation Checklist
Yvette Harvey and
Barthelemy Tchiengue
ISBN-13: 978-1-84246-399-4
Paper $58.00x
150 p., 50 color plates, 4 maps,
6 line drawings 8 x 11 3/4 CMUSA
The Plants of Mefou
Proposed National Park,
Central Province,
Cameroon
A Conservation Checklist
Jean-Michel Onana,
Emma Fenton, and Yvette Harvey
CITES Orchid Checklist
Volume 5, Bulbophyllum
Edited by A. Sieder, H. Rainer,
and M. Kiehn
ISBN-13: 978-1-84246-225-6
Paper $33.00x
416 p. 6 x 91/2 CMUSA
ISBN-13: 978-1-84246-400-7
Paper $66.00x
225 p., 50 color plates, 6 line drawings,
4 maps 8 x 11 3/4 CMUSA
Flora Zambesiaca
Volume 12 Part 2
Cultivo de Orquídeas
por Semillas
Dioscoreaceae, Taccaceae,
Burmanniaceae, Pandanaceae,
Velloziaceae, Colchicaceae,
Liliaceae, Smilacaceae
Edited by Jonathan Timberlake
ISBN-13: 978-1-84246-193-8
Paper $97.00x
214 p., 52 line drawings 6 x 9 CMUSA
Growing Orchids from Seed
Spanish-language Edition
Philip Seaton and
Margaret Ramsey
ISBN-13: 978-1-84246-423-6
Cloth $25.00s
96 p., 100 color plates 71/2 x 91/2 CMUSA
Front Forty Profiles No. 1
Mark McGinnis
The first in a series of accessible and
affordable art books from Front Forty
Press, Front Forty Profiles No. 1 features
the designs/illustrations of artist Mark
McGinnis—whose work has appeared
in solo exhibitions in both Chicago and
Los Angeles and has been featured in
the New York Times and Business Week.
McGinnis uses icons, drawing, and
printmaking processes to captivate and
communicate with his audience, his
poignant, simplified images often skew-
ing preconceptions of popular issues
in political and social spheres while
instigating reflection on a given topic.
Accompanying McGinnis’s work is an
interview with the artist conducted by
art writer and critic Victor Cassidy and
an essay on McGinnis’s technique and
inspiration by Carlo Vinti. Also included with the first volume of the Profiles
series is a limited edition icon sticker by
the artist.
May 144 p., 80 color plates 7 x 9
ISBN-13: 978-0-9825458-0-5
Paper $20.00s/£13.00
Mark McGinnis is a designer and illustrator living in New York City.
art
Royal Botanic Gardens, Kew
Front Forty Press
185
The Changing Arctic Landscape
Ken Tape
march 132 p., 41 color plates,
30 halftones 11 x 9
ISBN-13: 978-1-60223-080-4
Cloth $35.00/£22.50
nature photography
Though it’s generally understood that
any landscape changes over time—particularly as the number of people it supports increases—these changes occur
over such a span of time that they go
more or less unnoticed. With The Changing Arctic Landscape, photographer Ken
Tape sets changes in the landscape in
stark relief, pairing decades-old photos
of the arctic landscape of Alaska with
photos of the same scenes taken in the
present.
The resulting volume is a stunning
reminder of inexorable change; divided
into sections on vegetation, permafrost,
and glaciers, the images show the startling effects of climate change and human encroachment. In addition, each
section presents a short biography of a
pioneering scientist who was instrumental in both obtaining the antique photographs and advancing the study of
arctic ecosystems, as well as interviews
with scientists who have spent decades
working in Alaska for the United States
Geological Survey. The Changing Arctic
Landscape is thus simultaneously an account of what we’ve learned, what we’ve
lost, and what is left to us to preserve.
Ken Tape was raised in Fairbanks and has been studying and photographing the arctic for
the past decade.
On Sea Ice
W. F. Weeks
May 600 p., 354 graphs and figures
7 x 10
ISBN-13: 978-1-60223-079-8
Cloth $85.00/£55.00
science
186
University of Alaska Press
Covering more than 7 percent of the
earth’s surface, sea ice is crucial to the
functioning of the biosphere—and is a
key component in our attempts to understand and combat climate change.
With On Sea Ice, geophysicist W. F. Weeks
delivers a natural history of sea ice, a
fully comprehensive and up-to-date account of our knowledge of its creation,
change, and function.
The volume begins with the earliest recorded observations of sea ice,
from 350 BC, but the majority of its information is drawn from the period after 1950, when detailed study of sea ice
became widespread. Weeks delves into
both micro-level characteristics—internal structure, component properties,
and phase relations—and the macrolevel nature of sea ice, such as salinity,
growth, and decay. He also explains the
mechanics of ice pack drift and the recently observed changes in ice extent
and thickness.
An unparalleled account of a natural phenomenon that will be of increasing importance as the earth’s temperature rises, On Sea Ice will unquestionably
be the standard for years to come.
W. F. Weeks is a geophysicist who has long studied the ice covers of the polar oceans.
The Land Beyond
A Memoir
Jack Ives
Geologist Jack Ives moved to Canada in
1954, and soon after he played an instrumental role in the establishment of
the McGill Sub-Arctic Research Laboratory in central Labrador-Ungava.
This fascinating account of his fiftyplus years living and working in the
arctic is simultaneously a lighthearted,
winning memoir and a call to action on
the issues of environmental awareness
and conservation that are inextricably
intertwined with life in the North. Mixing personal impressions of key figures
of the postwar scientific boom with the
intellectual drama of field research, The
Land Beyond is a memorable depiction
of a life in science.
Jack Ives has lived and worked in the North for more than fifty years, writing several books
and receiving numerous awards, including a Guggenheim fellowship. He currently lives in
Ottawa with his family.
Globalization of the Circumpolar North
March 200 p., 16 color plates,
52 halftones 6 x 9
ISBN-13: 978-1-60223-077-4
Paper $29.95/£19.50
biography
Edited by Lassi Heininen and Chris Southcott
The circumpolar north has long been
the subject of conflicting national aspirations and border disputes, and with
the end of the cold war and the coming era of potential resource scarcity,
its importance will only grow over the
next several decades. Anticipating that
renewed prominence, Globalization of the
Circumpolar North brings together an array of scholars to explore the effects of
this increased attention, from the new
opportunities offered by globalization
to the potential damage to long-isolated northern communities and peoples.
May 200 p. 6 x 9
ISBN-13: 978-1-60223-078-1
Paper $24.95/£16.00
political science
Lassi Heininen is a political scientist and senior scientist at the Arctic Centre, University of
Lapland. Chris Southcott is professor of sociology at Lakehead University on Thunder Bay,
Ontario, and associate researcher at the Northern Research Institute, Whitehorse, Yukon.
Before the Storm
A Year in the Pribilof Islands, 1941–1942
Fredericka Martin
Edited and with supplemental material by Raymond Hudson
From June of 1941 through the following summer, Fredericka Martin lived
with her husband, Dr. Samuel Berenberg, on remote St. Paul Island in Alaska. During that time, Martin delved into
the complex history of the Unangan
people, and Before the Storm draws from
her personal accounts of that year and
her research to present a fascinating
portrait of a time and a people facing
radical change. A government-ordered
evacuation of all Aleuts from the island
in the face of World War II, which Martin recounts in her journal, proved but
the first step in a long struggle by Native
peoples to gain independence, and, as
editor Raymond Hudson explains, Martin came to play a significant role in the
effort.
Fredericka Martin (1905–92) was a nurse and an advocate for the indigenous Aleut population during her time in the Pribilof Islands. Raymond Hudson lived in the Aleutian Islands
for nearly thirty years. He currently lives in Middlebury, Vermont.
May 425 p., 30 halftones 7 x 10
ISBN-13: 978-1-60223-076-7
Paper $39.95s/£26.00
anthropology
native american studies
University of Alaska Press
187
Treadwell Gold
An Alaska Saga of Riches and Ruin
Sheila Kelly
A century ago, Treadwell, Alaska, was
a featured stop on steamship cruises, a
rich, up-to-date town that was the most
prominent and proud in all Alaska. Its
wealth, however, was founded on the
remarkably productive gold mines on
Douglas Island, and when those were
depleted in the early decades of the
twentieth century, Treadwell sank into
relative obscurity.
Treadwell Gold presents first-person
March 200 p., 80 halftones 7 x 10
ISBN-13: 978-1-60223-075-0
Cloth $35.00/£22.50
accounts from the sons and daughters
of the miners, machinists, hoist operators, and superintendants who together
dug and blasted the gold that made
Treadwell rich. Alongside these stories
are vintage photos that capture both
the industrial vigor of the mines and
the daily lives that made up Treadwell
society. The book will fascinate anyone
interested in Alaska history or the romance of gold mining’s past.
Sheila Kelly has been studying Treadwell for more than twenty years. She lives in Seattle.
History
Natalia Shelikov
Edited by Dawn Lea Black and Alexander Petrov
Rasmuson Library Historic
Translation series
March 250 p., 10 halftones 6 x 9
ISBN-13: 978-1-60223-073-6
Paper $24.95/£16.00
Biography
This volume makes available for the
first time in English a variety of primary
source materials relating to the life and
work of Natalia Shelikov, a pioneering
nineteenth-century Russian American
businesswoman. As a principal of the
Russian-American Company, Shelikov
worked in Alaska, and her business acumen and wide-ranging connections—
including the empress of Russia and a
swathe of northern leaders—were crucial to the growth of Alaska’s economy,
as well as to the welfare of the Native
people, in whose life and culture she
took a strong interest. The letters, petitions, and personal documents presented here will be indispensable for students of Alaska and nineteenth-century
women’s history.
Dawn Lea Black is a former teacher and businesswoman who currently owns and manages a
family estate in Kodiak, Alaska. Alexander Petrov is a historian at the Academy of Sciences
in Moscow.
Plants That We Eat
Nauriat Nigiñaqtaut
Anore Jones
April 200 p., 60 halftones 7 x 10
ISBN-13: 978-1-60223-074-3
Paper $24.95/£16.00
nature
Plants That We Eat is a handy, easy-touse guide to the abundant edible plant
life of Alaska. Drawing on centuries of
knowledge that have kept the Iñupiat
people healthy, the book uses photographs and descriptions to teach new-
comers to the North how to recognize
which plants are safe to eat. Organized
by seasons, from spring greens through
summer berries to autumn roots, the
book also features an appendix identifying poisonous plants.
Anore Jones is a botanist and the author of Iqaluich: Fish That We Eat.
188
University of Alaska Press
Innocents in Dry Valleys
An Account of the Victoria University of Wellington
Antarctic Expedition, 1958–59
Colin Bull
In the summer of 1958, physicist Colin
Bull, along with a biologist and two undergraduate geology students from Victoria University of Wellington, launched
an exploration of the Dry Valleys of Victoria Land, Antarctica—the first of what
has become an annual expedition spanning the past fifty years. With Innocents
in Dry Valleys Bull recounts the story of
that first, shoestring expedition, bringing a dry wit—and a clear appreciation
of youthful bravado—to accounts of
adverse conditions, recurrent dangers,
funding snafus, and bureaucratic meddling. Innocents in Dry Valleys is a winning account of a landmark expedition,
sure to interest scientists and armchair
explorers alike.
Colin Bull is a geophysicist who served as a senior lecturer in physics at Victoria University
and later was the director of the Institute of Polar Studies at Ohio State University.
D is For Dog Team
D is For Denali
Ken Waldman
For nearly fifteen years, writer and musician Ken Waldman has been touring
as Alaska’s Fiddling Poet, combining
old-time Appalachian-style string-band
music with original poetry and Alaska
storytelling. The book-and-CD set D is
for Dog Team is his first children’s book,
a collection of poems, songs, and illustrations that is sure to delight kids
of all ages. A companion volume, D is
for Denali, aimed at older children and
teens, comes with the book; the resulting package will be a fireside treasure
for the whole family.
Ken Waldman has lived in Alaska for nearly twenty-five years and has performed all over the
United States.
February 267 p., 81 color plates,
1 halftone, 4 maps, 2 graphs,
1 line drawing 6 x 9
ISBN-13: 978-1-60223-071-2
Paper $25.00/£16.00
science
“A one-man Prairie Home
Companion.”
—Shepherd Express Weekly,
Milwaukee
February 60 p., 48 halftones,
5 drawings 6 x 9
ISBN-13: 978-0-9816758-1-7
Paper $14.00/£9.00
ISBN-13: 978-0-9816758-2-4
Compact Disc $15.00/£9.50
ISBN-13: 978-0-9816758-3-1
Paper w/CD $20.00/£13.00
Chilfren’s
Now in Paperback
Recent Mammals of Alaska
Stephen O. MacDonald and Joseph A. Cook
From the polar bear and the gray wolf
to the walrus and river otter, there are
115 species of mammals in Alaska that
have never been fully cataloged until
now. Biologists Stephen O. MacDonald
and Joseph A. Cook have compiled here
the first comprehensive guide to all of
Alaska’s mammals, big and small, endearing and ferocious.
Detailed entries for each species include distribution and taxonomic infor-
mation, status, habitat, and fossil history. Appendices include quick-reference
listings of mammal distribution by region, specimen locations, conservation
status, and the incidence of Pleistocene
mammals. The guide is generously illustrated with line drawings by Alaska
artist W. D. Berry and includes several
maps indicating populations and locations of species.
Stephen O. MacDonald is a curator at the Museum of Southwestern Biology, mammals
division. Joseph A. Cook is a professor at the University of New Mexico and a curator at the
Museum of Southwestern Biology, mammals division.
February 399 p., 110 maps,
50 line drawings 7 x 10
ISBN-13: 978-1-60223-072-9
Paper $45.00/£29.00
science
Cloth ISBN: 978-1-60223-047-7
University of Alaska Press
189
Now in Paperback
The Sea Woman
Sedna in Inuit Shamanism and Art in the Eastern Arctic
Frédéric Laugrand and Jarich Oosten
This study offers an in-depth examination of the role of shamanism in modern Inuit art and culture. Inuit shamans
derived their healing skills and power
over natural elements from their ability to communicate with supernatural
beings, such as Sedna, the sea woman.
As the authors document here, despite
the current domination of Christianity,
contemporary Inuit life and culture is
still powerfully shaped by the shaman
tradition.
Frédéric Laugrand is professor in the Department of Anthropology and CIÉRA at the Université Laval in Quebec. Jarich Oosten is professor in the Department of Cultural Anthropology and Development Sociology at Leiden University.
February 160 p., 200 color plates
8 x 10
ISBN-13: 978-1-60223-011-8
Paper $29.95/£19.50
ANTHROPOLOGY
Cloth ISBN: 978-1-60223-026-2
Now in Paperback
An Aleutian Ethnography
Lucien Turner
Edited by Ray Hudson
February 256 p., 50 halftones 6 x 9
ISBN-13: 978-1-60223-039-2
Paper $26.95/£17.50
anthropology
Cloth ISBN: 978-1-60223-028-6
Lucien Turner was a pioneering nineteenth-century ethnographer whose
study of Aleut communities surpassed
the work of all of his contemporaries,
and his rare writings are collected
here for the first time. Turner’s admittedly fragmentary ethnographic notes,
which chronicle his complete immer-
sion in three Aleut communities, reveal
valuable insights into Aleutian cultures
and the outsiders who lived among
them in the nineteenth century. Carefully edited by Ray Hudson, An Aleutian
Ethnography is an essential resource for
scholars of American history and history of anthropology alike.
Lucien Turner was a pioneering nineteenth-century ethnographer. Ray Hudson lived in the
Aleutian Islands for nearly thirty years. He currently lives in Middlebury, Vermont.
Now in Paperback
Bear Wrangler
Memoirs of an Alaska Pioneer Biologist
Will Troyer
February 256 p., 25 halftones 6 x 9
ISBN-13: 978-1-60223-044-6
Paper $19.95/£13.00
Beginning in 1951, Will Troyer embarked on a thirty-year career that included positions such as fish and game
warden and manager of the Kodiak
Island brown bear preserve. Troyer’s
engaging prose affirms his passionate
connection to the natural world, as he
describes experiences such as being in
the midst of a herd of 40,000 caribou.
Bear Wrangler is an absorbing tale of
one man’s experience as an authentic
pioneer in the last vestiges of American
wilderness.
BIOGRAPHY NATURE
Cloth ISBN: 978-1-60223-043-9
190
University of Alaska Press
Will Troyer worked for thirty years in Alaska for the U.S. Department of the Interior. He
is also the author of Into Brown Bear Country and From Dawn to Dusk: Memoirs of an AmishMennonite Farm Boy.
Now in Paperback
Ultimate Americans
Point Hope, Alaska: 1826–1909
Tom Lowenstein
The third volume in a series on Point
Hope, Alaska, Ultimate Americans examines the first encounters between
the native Tikigaq people and AngloAmericans during the nineteenth century. Tom Lowenstein investigates the
interactions between Alaska Native,
commercial whalemen, and missionaries in Point Hope, charting the destabi-
lizing elements of alcohol and disease
among Native populations, as well as
cultural collisions and the eventual
mutual assimilation of the groups. An
in-depth historical chronicle, Ultimate
Americans will be invaluable reading for
historians, ethnographers, and anthropologists alike.
February 368 p., 30 halftones 7 x 10
ISBN-13: 978-1-60223-038-5
Paper $36.95/£24.00
ANTHROPOLOGY
Cloth ISBN: 978-1-60223-027-9
Tom Lowenstein is the author of Ancestors and Species: New and Selected Ethnographic Poetry;
Ancient Land, Sacred Whale; and The Things That Were Said of Them.
Selected Papers on Design of Algorithms
Donald E. Knuth
Donald E. Knuth has been making foundational contributions to the field of
computer science for as long as computer science has been a field. His awardwinning textbooks are often given credit for shaping the field, and his scientific
papers are widely referenced and stand
as milestones of development for a wide
variety of topics. The present volume,
the seventh in a series of his collected
papers, is devoted to his work on the de-
sign of new algorithms. Nearly thirty of
Knuth’s classic papers are collected in
this book and brought up to date with
extensive revisions and notes on subsequent developments. The papers cover
numerous discrete problems, such as
assorting, searching, data compression,
theorem proving, and cryptography, as
well as methods for controlling errors
in numerical computations.
Donald E. Knuth is the Fletcher Jones Professor of Computer Science emeritus at Stanford
University.
CSLI Lecture Notes
February 453 p. 6 x 9
ISBN-13: 978-1-57586-583-6
Cloth $75.00x/£48.50
ISBN-13: 978-1-57586-582-9
Paper $35.00x/£22.50
Conversations with L’Heureux
John L’Heureux
In this sequence of revealing interviews
conducted by Dikran Karagueuzian,
award-winning novelist John L’Heureux
considers his long and fruitful career
as a fiction writer, providing insights
into his craft and explaining how his
approach to the novel differs from his
approach to short stories. The conver-
computer science
sation then leads to an assessment of
contemporary fiction—its virtues and
vices and its distinguished practitioners. Finally, L’Heureux recalls his thirteen years as director of the Stanford
Writing Program and offers opinions
on what can and cannot be taught in a
creative writing course.
February 200 p. 6 x 9
ISBN-13: 978-1-57586-601-7
Cloth $27.00s/£17.50
literary criticism
John L’Heureux is professor emeritus in the Department of English at Stanford University.
He has served as a staff editor of the Atlantic and is the author of sixteen books of poetry
and fiction.
University of Alaska Press
CSLI
191
Fundamental Issues in the
Romance Languages
Edited by DaniÈle Godard
CSLI Lecture Notes
February 420 p. 6 x 9
ISBN-13: 978-1-57586-587-4
Cloth $75.00x/£48.50
ISBN-13: 978-1-57586-586-7
Paper $32.50x/£21.00
linguistics
Fundamental Issues in the Romance Languages compares six Romance languages—Catalan, French, Spanish, Italian,
Portuguese, and Romanian—and summarizes the last thirty years of scholarship in the fields of morphology, syn-
tax, semantics, and discourse for each
language. The up-to-date analyses in
this volume make it essential for undergraduate and graduate students as well
as scholars of each language.
Danièle Godard is a senior researcher at the Centre national de la recherche scientifique in
France.
Modal Logic for Open Minds
Johan van Benthem
CSLI Lecture Notes
February 350 p. 6 x 9
ISBN-13: 978-1-57586-599-7
Cloth $70.00x/£45.00
ISBN-13: 978-1-57586-698-7
Paper $30.00x/£19.50
philosophy Logic
In Modal Logic for Open Minds, Johan
van Benthem provides an introduction
to the field of modal logic, outlining its
major ideas and exploring the numerous ways in which various academic
fields have adopted it. Van Benthem
begins with the basic theories of modal
logic, examining its relationship to language, semantics, bisimulation, and
axiomatics, and then covers more advanced topics, such as expressive power,
computational complexity, and intelligent agency. Many of the chapters are
followed by exercises, making this volume ideal for undergraduate and graduate students in philosophy, computer
science, symbolic systems, cognitive science, and linguistics.
Johan van Benthem is University Professor of pure and applied logic at the University of
Amsterdam, the Henry Waldgrave Stuart Professor of Philosophy at Stanford University,
and the Weilun Visiting Professor of Humanities at Tsinghua University in Beijing.
Logic and Pragmatism
Selected Essays by Giovanni Vailati
Edited by Claudia Arrighi, Paola CantÚ, Mauro de Zan,
and Patrick Suppes
CSLI Lecture Notes
February 350 p. 6 x 9
ISBN-13: 978-1-57586-591-1
Cloth $70.00x/£45.00
ISBN-13: 978-1-57586-590-4
Paper $30.00x/£19.50
philosophy logic
192
CSLI
Logic and Pragmatism features a number
of the key writings of Giovanni Vailati
(1863–1909), the Italian mathematician and philosopher renowned for his
work in mechanics, geometry, logic,
and epistemology. The selections in
this book—many of which are available
here for the first time in English—focus
on Vailati’s significant contributions to
the field of pragmatism. Accompanying
these pieces are introductory essays by
the volume’s editors that outline the
traits of Vailati’s pragmatism and provide insights into the scholar’s life.
Claudia Arrighi is an independent researcher. Paola Cantú is a postdoctoral researcher at
the University of Nancy. Mauro De Zan teaches philosophy and history in Crema, Italy, and
president of the Centro Studi Giovanni Vailati. Patrick Suppes is the Lucie Stern Professor
of Philosophy emeritus at Stanford University.
Reality Exploration and Discovery
Pattern Interaction in Language and Life
Edited by Linda Ann Uyechi and Lian-Hee Wee
The twenty-five papers presented here
examine the interactions between linguistic structure and sound patterns
across a diverse set of languages. The
integrating theme of this volume is the
influence of K. P. Mohanan’s philosophy of inquiry, derived not only from
his rich body of work but also from the
fresh perspectives and intellectual vitality that he has shared with colleagues
and students in a career spanning over
three decades.
“The volume is an excellent sampling of linguistic research at the cutting edge and a fitting tribute to Mohanan, whose work has helped shape
the current face of our discipline.”—
Morris Halle, Massachusetts Institute
of Technology
Linda Ann Uyechi is a lecturer in the Department of Music at Stanford University. Lian-Hee
Wee is an associate professor in the Department of English Language and Literature at the
Hong Kong Baptist University.
“This book is an invitation to sit and
participate in a long dinner that
never was, a dinner that would
have lasted till dawn the next day,
where friends and colleagues of
K. P. Mohanan would have shared
their thoughts about how his
tireless explorations inspired and
recharged their own spirits.”
—John Goldsmith,
University of Chicago
CSLI Lecture Notes
available 438 p. 6 x 9
ISBN-13: 978-1-57586-589-8
Cloth $70.00x/£48.50
ISBN-13: 978-1-57586-588-1
Paper $35.00x/£22.50
linguistics
Grammar, Geometry, and Brain
Jens Erik Fenstad
This original study considers the effects
of language and meaning on the brain.
Jens Erik Fenstad—an expert in the
fields of recursion theory, nonstandard
analysis, and natural language seman-
tics—combines current formal semantics with a geometric structure in order
to trace how common nouns, properties, natural kinds, and attractors link
with brain dynamics.
Jens Erik Fenstad is professor emeritus in the Department of Mathematics at the University
of Oslo.
CSLI Lecture Notes
February 120 p. 6 x 9
ISBN-13: 978-1-57586-593-5
Cloth $60.00x/£39.00
ISBN-13: 978-1-57586-592-8
Paper $27.50x/£18.00
linguistics mathematics
Meaning, Form, and Body
Edited by Fey Parrill, Vera Tobin, and Mark Turner
Meaning, Form, and Body brings together
renowned figures in the field of cognitive linguistics to discuss two related
research areas in the study of linguistics: the integration of form and mean-
ing and language and the human body.
Among the numerous topics discussed
are grammatical constructions, conceptual integration, and gesture.
February 350 p. 6 x 9
ISBN-13: 978-1-57586-595-9
Cloth $70.00x/£45.00
ISBN-13: 978-1-57586-594-2
Paper $35.00x/£22.50
linguistics Cognitive science
Fey Parrill is the Robson Junior Professor in the Department of Cognitive Science at Case
Western Reserve University. Vera Tobin is a lecturer in the Department of Cognitive Science at Case Western Reserve University. Mark Turner is Institute Professor and professor
of cognitive science at Case Western Reserve University and the founding director of the
Cognitive Science Network.
CSLI
193
Ostrannenie
Edited by Annie van den Oever
European Film Studies—
Key Debates
Coined by the Russian formalist Victor
Shklovsky in 1917, ostrannenie, or “making it strange,” has become one of the
central concepts of modern artistic
practice, ranging over movements that
include Dada, postmodernism, epic theater, and science fiction, as well as our
response to the arts. Ostrannenie has
come to resonate deeply in film studies,
where it entered into dialogue with the
Brechtian concept of Verfremdung, the
Freudian concept of the uncanny, and
Derrida’s concept of différance.
Striking, provocative, and incisive,
the essays by the distinguished film
scholars in this volume reveal the range
and depth of a concept that for nearly a
century has been changing the trajectory of theoretical inquiry.
Contributors: Ian Christie, Dominique Chateau, Yuri Tsivian, Frank Kessler, Laurent Jullier, Miklós Kiss, Emile
Poppe, László Tarnay, Barend van Heusden, András Bálint Kovács, Annie van
den Oever, and Laura Mulvey.
Annie van den Oever lectures in film studies at the University of Groningen.
February 144 p. 63/10 x 91/2
ISBN-13: 978-90-8964-079-6
Paper $29.95s
film studies
CUSA
From Grain to Pixel
The Archival Life of Film in Transition
Giovanna Fossati
Framing Film
February 336 p., 31 color plates,
25 halftones 63/10 x 91/2
ISBN-13: 978-90-8964-139-7
Paper $45.00x
film studies
CUSA
194
Amsterdam University Press
Film is in a state of rapid change: the
transition from analog to digital is profoundly affecting not just filmmaking
and film distribution but a number of
other facets of the industry, including
the ways in which films are archived. In
From Grain to Pixel—the first volume in
the new Framing Film series from Amsterdam University Press—Giovanna
Fossati brings together scholars and
archivists to discuss their theories on
digitization and to propose new possibilities for future archives.
“Fossati does more than simply
give the most thoughtful, thorough and
up-to-date account of the transformation in motion picture archiving over
the last decades. She forces us to reconsider the nature of the moving image
and prepare for a new era of communication and preservation.”—Tom Gunning, University of Chicago
“Scholarly research on film and
media is profoundly influenced by the
way in which moving images are preserved and made accessible for scrutiny.
This fact alone should make Fossati’s
book mandatory reading for all graduate courses in the field.”—Paolo Cherchi Usai, Haghefilm Foundation
Giovanna Fossati is curator at the Netherlands Film Museum in Amsterdam and a lecturer
at the University of Amsterdam.
The Prosecutor and the Judge
Benjamin Ferencz and Antonio Cassese—
Interviews and Writings
Heikelina Verrijn Stuart and Marlise Simons
Earlier this year, the Praemium Erasmianum Foundation bestowed its annual
award—the Erasmus Prize—on Benjamin Ferencz and Antonio Cassese, two
pioneers in the field of international
law. Ferencz, a leading American prosecutor, author, and lecturer, was present at the American war crimes trials
in Dachau and was the chief prosecutor
in the Einsatzgruppen trials in Nuremburg. Like Ferencz, Cassese was a key
figure in the development of international criminal law, serving as the first
president of the International Criminal
Tribunal for the former Yugoslavia and
president of the European Commit-
tee for the Prevention of Torture, and
chairman of the UN Commission of Inquiry into Violation of Human Rights
and Humanitarian Law in Darfur. Cassese is currently the president of the Special Court for Lebanon.
In The Prosecutor and the Judge,
Heikelina Verrijn Stuart and Marlise
Simons provide in-depth, revealing
interviews with these two advocates of
international law. Supplementing the
interviews are several key articles written by Ferencz and Cassese that highlight the two men’s achievements and
set the development of international
law in context.
April 200 p. 63/10 x 91/2
ISBN-13: 978-90-8555-023-5
Paper $29.95s
law
CUSA
Heikelina Verrijn Stuart is a Dutch-British lawyer and philosopher of law and a member of
the Advisory Council of Foreign Affairs. Marlise Simons is a correspondent for the New
York Times.
Forces of Form
The Vrolik Museum
Laurens de Rooy and Hans van den Bogaard
Established around the private collections of Gerardus Vrolik (1775–1859)
and his son Willem (1801–63), the Vrolik Museum in Amsterdam has since
its founding in the nineteenth century
been one of the most admired expositions of anatomy in all of Europe. Scientists and physicians from all over the
world travel to gaze upon the five thou-
sand specimens of human and animal
anatomy, embryology, pathology, and
congenital anomalies housed at the
museum.
Forces of Form brings this collection
back into the limelight, exploring the
museum’s rich history and displaying in
color illustrations 150 of the museum’s
most fascinating specimens.
Laurens de Rooy works in the Department of Anatomy and Embryology at the Amsterdam
Medical Center and is curator of the Vrolik Museum. Hans van den Bogaard is a freelance
photographer.
February 144 p., 150 color plates
91/2 x 11
ISBN-13: 978-90-5629-552-3
Cloth $39.95s
art
CUSA
Amsterdam University Press
195
Of Reynaert the Fox
Text and Facing Translation of the Middle Dutch Beast Epic
Edited by André Bouwman and Bart Besamusca
Translated by Thea Summerfield
February 368 p., 6 halftones 6 x 9
ISBN-13: 978-90-8964-024-6
Paper $29.95s
literature
CUSA
An entertaining reworking of the most
popular branch of the Old French tale
of Reynard the Fox, the mid-thirteenth
century Dutch epic Van den vos Reynaerde is one of the earliest long literary
works in the Dutch vernacular. Sly Reynaert and a cast of other comical woodland characters find themselves again
and again caught up in escapades that
often provide a satirical commentary
on human society.
This charming volume is the first
bilingual edition of the tale, featuring
facing pages with an English translation by Thea Summerfield, making the
undisputed masterpiece of medieval
Dutch literature accessible to a wide
international audience. Accompanying
the critical text are an introduction, interpretative notes, an index of names, a
complete glossary, and a short introduction to Middle Dutch.
André Bouwman is keeper of Western manuscripts at the Leiden University Library. Bart
Besamusca is a senior lecturer in medieval Dutch literature in the Department of Dutch at
Utrecht University.
Darwin Meets Einstein
On the Meaning of Science
Frans W. Saris
March 176 p. 63/10 x91/2
ISBN-13: 978-90-8964-058-1
Paper $35.00s
science
CUSA
196
Amsterdam University Press
Why do humans engage in scientific
research? For some, it’s simply a career.
Others are drawn to science for its potential financial rewards. And still others do it out of competitiveness—to be
the first in their field. But in Darwin
Meets Einstein, Frans W. Saris argues that
in our postmodern times we have lost
the meaning of science—that science is
not about competition, nor about creating wealth, nor about the joy of discovery. Science is for survival—the survival
of humans, the survival of life.
In this accessible collection of essays and columns, Saris brings togeth-
er in conversation a number of great
minds—Charles Darwin, Baruch Spinoza, Niko Tinbergen, Francis Bacon,
Heike Kamerlingh Onnes, Franz Kafka, and Albert Einstein—to answer the
question: why science? With selections
like “Diary of a Physicist,” “The Scientific Life,” “The Mother of All Knowledge,” and “Science Through the Looking Glass of Literature,” Darwin Meets
Einstein will entertain its readers and
ultimately encourage them to reconsider the meaning—and the purpose—of
science.
Frans W. Saris is professor of physics and dean of mathematics and natural sciences at
Leiden University.
Discourses on Social Software
Edited by Jan van Eijck and Rineke Verbrugge
Can computer science solve our social
problems? With Discourses on Social Software, Jan van Eijck and Rineke Verbrugge suggest it can, offering the reader a
fascinating introduction to the innovative field of social software. Compiling
a series of discussions involving a logician, a computer scientist, a philoso-
pher, and a number of researchers from
various other academic fields, this collection details the many ways in which
the seemingly abstract disciplines of
logic and computer science can be used
to analyze and solve contemporary social problems.
Jan van Eijck is professor of computer science and computational linguistics at the CWI
Amsterdam and Utrecht University. Rineke Verbrugge is professor of logic and cognition at
the University of Groningen.
Texts in Logic and Games
How to Study Art Worlds
On the Societal Functioning of Aesthetic Values
Hans van Maanen
While numerous studies over the years
have focused on the ways in which art
functions in our society, How to Study Art
Worlds is the first to examine it in light
of the organizational aspects of the
art world. Van Maanen delves into the
works of such sociologists as Howard S.
Becker, Pierre Bourdieu, George Dick-
ie, and Niklas Luhmann, among others,
to examine the philosophical debates
surrounding aesthetic experience—
and then traces the consequences that
each of these approaches has had and
continues to have on organizations in
the art world.
February 248 p. 63/10 x 91/2
ISBN-13: 978-90-8964-123-6
Paper $54.00x
computer science
CUSa
February 256 p. 63/10 x 91/2
ISBN-13: 978-90-8964-152-6
Paper $35.00s
art
CUSA
Hans van Maanen is professor of art and society at the University of Groningen.
American Multiculturalism after 9/11
Transatlantic Perspectives
Edited by Derek Rubin and Jaap Verheul
This groundbreaking volume examines
the evolution of multiculturalism in the
United States and Europe since the cataclysmic events of 9/11. The essays in this
collection offer a variety of perspectives,
each highlighting the undiminished
relevance of key issues such as immigration, assimilation, and citizenship, while
simultaneously pointing to unresolved
conflicts over universalism, religion,
and tolerance. Most importantly, this invaluable volume shows that the struggle
over multiculturalism is not limited to
the political domain, but also has pro-
found cultural implications.
“The thirteen new essays assembled
in this book make many fresh and often
surprising contributions to understanding the theoretical issues surrounding
multiculturalism, the effects of the terrorist attacks of 2001 on debates about
American ethnic diversity and national
unity, and European and transatlantic
perspectives on migration and religious
difference.”—Werner Sollors, author of
Beyond Ethnicity: Consent and Descent in
American Culture
Derek Rubin lectures in American studies at Utrecht University. Jaap Verheul is associate
professor of history and director of the American Studies Program at Utrecht University.
American Studies
February 224 p. 63/10 x 91/2
ISBN-13: 978-90-8964-144-1
Paper $39.95s
american studies
CUSA
Amsterdam University Press
197
Reading Contemporary Indonesian Muslim
Women Writers
Representation, Identity and Religion of Muslim Women
in Indonesian Fiction
Diah Ariani Arimbi
Reading Contemporary Indonesian Muslim Women Writers looks at the work of
four writers—Titis Basino P. I., Ratna
Indraswari Ibrahim, Abidah El Kalieqy,
and Helvy Tiana Rosa—paying particular attention to questions of how gender
is constructed and in turn constructs
February 240 p. 63/10 x 91/2
ISBN-13: 978-90-8964-089-5
Paper $52.50x
women’s studies
literary criticism
CUSA
the identities, roles, and status of Muslim women in Indonesia. In addition,
Diah Ariani Arimbi focuses on issues of
authenticity, representation, and power
in these authors’ works and details how
each woman challenged perceptions of
Muslim women in Islamic societies.
Diah Ariani Arimbi lectures in English literature at the Airlangga University in Surabaya,
Indonesia.
Muslim Family Law in Sub-Saharan Africa
Colonial Legacies and Post-colonial Challenges
Edited by Shamil Jeppie, Ebrahim Moosa, and Richard Roberts
March 368 p. 63/10 x 91/2
ISBN-13: 978-90-8964-172-4
Paper $59.00x
religion law
CUSA
Muslim family law in Africa is as resilient today as it was during the first part
of the twentieth century when millions
of Africans were subject to French and
British colonial administrations. And
though these administrations have
been gone for decades, their legacies
continue to haunt Islamic legal schools,
scholars, and practices in many African
nations. In this fascinating volume, the
editors bring together a number of essays that address key questions relating
to Islamic law in Africa, documenting the struggles that Muslims have
endured over the years and revealing
Islamic law’s place within the multicultural nation-states of contemporary
Africa.
Shamil Jeppie is associate professor in the Department of Historical Studies at the University of Cape Town. Ebrahim Moosa is associate professor in the Department of Religion at
Duke University. Richard Roberts is professor in the Department of History at Stanford
University.
“A highly instructive and quietly
provocative way to make sense of
this financial crisis is to read this
collection of disciplined but openended reflections on both by some
of the world’s best economists and
social scientists. Whatever you
think about the crisis now you will
rethink upon encountering their
trenchant but nuanced reactions.”
—Charles Sabel,
Columbia Law School
February 288 p. 63/10 x 91/2
ISBN-13: 978-90-8964-192-2
Paper $39.95s
economics political science
CUSA
198
Amsterdam University Press
Aftershocks
Economic Crisis and Institutional Choice
Edited by Anton Hemerijck, Ben Knapen, and Ellen van DoornE
Although it would be premature to presume to identify the exact repercussions
of the current economic crisis, it is clear
that it will have profound effects in the
political, economic, and social spheres.
Written in the midst of the deepest
economic crisis since the Great Depression, Aftershocks contains twenty-four
essays—based on interviews with scholars, prominent European politicians,
and leading figures from business and
banking—that reflect on the origins
of the crisis as well as the possible social, economic, and political transformations it may engender. Among the
many contributors are Barry Eichengreen, Tony Atkinson, David Soskice,
Nancy Birdsall, Amitai Etzioni, Helmut
Schmidt, and Jacques Delors.
Anton Hemerijck is director of WRR, a Dutch government think tank, where Ben Knapen is
a council member. Ellen van Doorne is a strategy advisor at the Dutch Ministry of General
Affairs.
Austronesian Soundscapes
Performing Arts in Oceania and Southeast Asia
Edited by Birgit Abels
In Austronesia—the region that stretches from Madagascar in the west to Easter Island in the east—music plays a
vital role in both the construction and
expression of social and cultural identities. Yet research into the music of
Austronesia has hitherto been sparse.
Drawing together contemporary cultur-
al studies and musical analysis, Austronesian Soundscapes will fill this research
gap, offering a comprehensive analysis
of traditional and contemporary Austronesian music and, at the same time,
investigating how music reflects the
challenges that Austronesian cultures
face in this age of globalization.
Birgit Abels is a cultural musicologist at the University of Amsterdam and at the International Institute for Asian Studies in Amsterdam.
IIAS Publications
Modernization, Tradition and Identity
The Kompilasi Hukum Islam and Legal Practice
in the Indonesian Religious Courts
june 392 p. 63/10 x 91/2
ISBN-13: 978-90-8964-085-7
Paper $47.50x
music
CUSA
Euis Nurlaelawati
Drawing on Max Weber’s approach to legal rationalization—which stimulated a
transfer from the patrimonial tradition
of law to a more systematic and rational
legal code—Modernization, Tradition and
Identity investigates how and why Islamic justice in Indonesia has evolved over
the years. Euis Nurlaelawati delves into
classic Islamic legal texts—known as
the fiqh—and shows their significance
in Indonesian state and Islamic family
law, how they are interpreted by judges
to justify deviations from state legislation, and the role they play in debates
between Muslim scholars and religious
court judges.
ICAS Publications
February 304 p. 63/10 x 91/2
ISBN-13: 978-90-8964-088-8
Paper $49.95x
Religion
CUSA
Euis Nurlaelawati is a senior lecturer in Islamic law at Syarif Hidayatullah State Islamic
University in Jakarta.
State, Society and International
Relations in Asia
Edited by M. Parvizi Amineh
In this timely volume, M. Parvizi Amineh
brings together a multitude of studies
of modern Asian postcolonial states
and societies. This part of the world has
undergone major transitions over the
past decade and is quickly becoming a
major player in international policy and
the global economy. Grounded in the
most recent scholarship, State, Society
and International Relations in Asia covers
several large-scale global concerns, including nationalism, democratization,
corruption, religious tension, globalization, and regionalization.
M. Parvizi Amineh is professor of international relations at Webster University, senior
research fellow at the International Institute for Asian Studies, and a senior lecturer at the
International School for Humanities and Social Sciences at the University of Amsterdam.
ICAS Publications
February 328 p. 63/10 x 91/2
ISBN-13: 978-90-5356-794-4
Paper $59.00x
political science
CUSA
Amsterdam University Press
199
Identity in Crossroad Civilisations
Ethnicity, Nationalism and Globalism in Asia
Edited by Erich Kolig, Vivienne SM. Angeles, and Sam Wong
The contributors to this timely volume
discuss the role that ethnicity, nationalism, and the effects of globalization
have played in the emergence of new
identities in Asia. Challenging Samuel
Huntington’s popular yet controversial
thesis of the “clash of civilizations,” the
essays examine communities in Bhutan,
China, India, Japan, the Philippines,
and New Zealand, and reveal how new,
amalgamated identities have materialized as a result of these communities’
willingness to adapt to the changing
economic, political, and social climates
brought on by globalization.
Erich Kolig is a retired social anthropologist from New Zealand. Vivienne SM. Angeles is
assistant professor in the Department of Religion at La Salle University. Sam Wong is a
lecturer in the School of Earth and Environment at the University of Leeds.
ICAS Publications
February 264 p. 63/10 x 91/2
ISBN-13: 978-90-8964-127-4
Paper $59.00x
Asian Studies
cusa
MARE Publications
February 304 p. 63/10 x 91/2
ISBN-13: 978-90-8964-060-4
Paper $39.50x
science
cusa
The Paradoxes of Transparency
Science and the Ecosystem Approach
to Fisheries Management in Europe
Douglas Clyde Wilson
The International Council for the Exploration of the Sea (ICES)—a network
of more than 1,600 scientists from the
nations surrounding the North Atlantic and the Baltic Sea—has been
instrumental to the coordination and
promotion of invaluable research on
the marine ecosystem. But only recently has the ICES made major strides
toward assessments and methods to
sustain Europe’s fish stocks. This book
presents the findings of an extensive sociological survey of the bureaucracy of
the council, detailing both its failures
and the amendments made to Europe’s
Common Fisheries Policy in attempts to
improve and strengthen it.
Douglas Clyde Wilson is a senior researcher and the research director at the Innovative
Fisheries Management Research Centre at Aalborg University in Denmark.
“This is one of the best books on
Chinese-African relations from an
economic-managerial perspective.
It is therefore a must for policy
makers, researchers, and students
dealing with the influence of China
in Africa.”
—Diederik de Boer,
Maastricht School of Management
EADI Publications
February 224 p. 63/10 x 91/2
ISBN-13: 978-90-8964-136-6
Paper $49.50x
Economics Political Science
cusa
200
Amsterdam University Press
The New Presence of China in Africa
Edited by Meine Pieter van Dijk
China’s economic and political presence in Africa has expanded drastically
over the past decade, especially in the
sub-Saharan region. Convinced that
Western attempts at providing aid to Africa have failed, Chinese officials have
sought new forms of aid and invested
billions to push further development in
Africa. But some in the United States
and around the world fear that China’s
interest in sub-Saharan Africa could
threaten previous efforts to protect human rights and to promote democracy
in the region. The New Presence of China
in Africa takes on this controversial issue, offering an overview of the Chinese
model and evaluating whether it might
serve as an example for future Western
endeavors.
Meine Pieter van Dijk is professor of water services management at the UNESCO-IHE
Institute for Water Education in Delft and part-time professor of economics at Erasmus
University Rotterdam.
Frameworks of Choice
Predictive and Genetic Testing in Asia
Edited by Margaret Sleeboom-Faulkner
The first study of its kind in English,
Frameworks of Choice provides a comprehensive overview of predictive and
genetic testing in China, Japan, India,
and Sri Lanka. The volume sheds light
on the resources available in each of
these countries; analyzes the social,
political, and economic backgrounds
of those choosing or choosing not to
undergo testing; and discusses genetic
testing in relation to genetic discrimination, biomedical exploitation, the
distribution of health care resources,
and nationalism.
Margaret Sleeboom-Faulkner is a reader in social anthropology at the University of Sussex.
The State of Giving Research in Europe
Household Donations to Charitable Organizations
in Twelve European Countries
April 288 p. 63/10 x 91/2
ISBN-13: 978-90-8964-165-6
Paper $59.00x
science
CUSA
Edited by Pamala Wiepking
The first publication from the newly
established European Research Network on Philanthropy, The State of Giving Research in Europe provides an overview of current philanthropic research
in twelve European countries: Austria,
Belgium, the Czech Republic, France,
Germany, Hungary, Ireland, Italy, the
Netherlands, Spain, Sweden, and the
United Kingdom.
February 80 p. 63/10 x 91/2
ISBN-13: 978-90-8555-009-9
Paper $19.95x
economics
CUSA
Pamala Wiepking is assistant professor in the Department of Philanthropic Studies at the
Vrije Universiteit in Amsterdam.
Legalising Land Rights
Local Practices, State Responses and Tenure Security
in Africa, Asia and Latin America
Edited by Janine M. Ubink, André J. Hoekema, and Willem J. Assies
Across the globe millions of people live
and work on land that they do not—and
legally cannot—own. And though some
efforts to secure land rights for these
individuals have been successful, many
others—such as those that emphasize
titles and registration—have been disappointing. Legalising Land Rights cri-
tiques the various programs designed
to counter land tenure regimes in Africa, Asia, and Latin America, broadening the scope of knowledge on land
tenure reform in these regions and calling for the implementation of new and
more effective legislation.
Janine M. Ubink is a senior researcher in law and governance in Africa at the Van Vollenhoven Institute of Leiden University. André J. Hoekema is professor in legal pluralism at
Amsterdam Law School. Willem J. Assies is an independent researcher.
Leiden University Press
Law, Governance, and
Development Research
February 618 p. 63/10 x 91/2
ISBN-13: 978-90-8728-056-7
Paper $69.50x
law
CUSA
Amsterdam University Press
201
City in Sight
Dutch Dealings with Urban Change
Edited by Jan Willem Duyvendak, Frank Hendriks,
and Mies van Niekerk
City in Sight presents recent scholarship on the various issues facing today’s
Dutch metropolitan areas, including
immigration and the growing diversity
among the urban population, urban
restructuring and neighborhood renewal, shifts in urban governance, and
the promotion of active citizenship.
With its wealth of information and upto-date research, this text will appeal to
NICIS Publications
March 312 p. 63/10 x 91/2
ISBN-13: 978-90-8964-169-4
Paper $59.00x
urban studies
CUSA
scholars of urban politics and social history from all over the globe.
“This timely and enlightening
volume highlights the latest urban research in the Netherlands. City in Sight
provides valuable new perspectives on
and insightful analysis of urban transformations and challenges in Dutch
cities.”—Nancy Foner, Hunter College,
City University of New York
Jan Willem Duyvendak is professor of sociology at the University of Amsterdam. Frank Hendriks is professor of comparative governance at the University of Tilburg. Mies van Niekerk
is research director at the NICIS Institute in Amsterdam.
More Machiavelli in Brussels
The Art of Lobbying the EU
Rinus van Schendelen
March 384 p. 63/10 x 91/2
ISBN-13: 978-90-8964-147-2
Paper $49.95x
political science
CUSA
Each year thousands of interest groups
appear before the European Union to
lobby for legislation and subsidies, some
more effectively than others. Packed
with real cases, examples of good practice, and successful strategies, this fully
revised and rewritten new edition of
Machiavelli in Brussels presents a wealth
of information for seasoned professionals and novices alike.
“An accurate description of the engine room. . . . A manual for those who
want to influence.”—Frits Bolkenstein,
former European Commissioner
Rinus van Schendelen is professor of political science at Erasmus University Rotterdam.
The EU-Japan Security Dialogue
Invisible but Comprehensive
Olena Mykal
IIAS Publications
June 320 p. 63/10 x 91/2
ISBN-13: 978-90-8964-163-2
Paper $59.00x
political science
CUSA
202
Amsterdam University Press
This volume examines the security dialogue between Japan and the European
Union since the establishment of the
official European Community–Japan
cooperation efforts in the late 1950s.
Olena Mykal investigates how interna-
tional events—particularly the terrorist
attacks of 9/11 and the EU’s proposal to
lift its arms embargo on China—have
strengthened the dialogue over the
past decade.
Olena Mykal is deputy head of the Department of Foreign Policy Strategies at the National
Institute of Strategic Studies of Ukraine and assistant professor of political science at the
National University of Kyiv-Mohyla and the Diplomatic Academy of Ukraine.
The EU-Thailand Relations
Tracing the Patterns of New Bilateralism
Chaiyakorn Kiatpongsan
Since the mid-1990s a new foreign policy development known as new bilateralism has been observable despite the
widely acknowledged political and economic advantages of multilateralism.
This highly theoretical, in-depth study
opens discussion of the implications of
new bilateralism for international rela-
tions. The case study of EU-Thailand
relations shows that—in times when
multilateralism is in crisis—foreign policy shifts towards pragmatism and that
the prospects of bilateral engagement,
identity formation, and rhetorical action facilitate such behavioral change.
Chaiyakorn Kiatpongsan completed his PhD studies at the University of Freiburg.
IIAS Publications
Citizenship Policies in the New Europe
Expanded and Updated Edition
Edited by Rainer Bauböck, Bernhard Perchinig, and Wiebke Sievers
The two most recent enlargements of
the Europen Union, in May 2004 and
January 2007, have had a significant impact on contemporary conceptions of
statehood, nation-building, and citizenship within the EU. This volume outlines the citizenship laws in each of the
twelve new countries as well as in the accession states of Croatia and Turkey.
“Until now, the fast-growing lit-
erature on citizenship in Europe had
largely neglected the recent accession
countries. . . . This volume provides the
first systematic comparison of these important cases, thus providing scholars
and policy makers with a more complete
and accurate picture of citizenship policies throughout the European Union.”
—Marc Morjé Howard, Georgetown
University
April 344 p. 63/10 x 91/2
ISBN-13: 978-90-8964-164-9
Paper $59.00x
political science
CUSA
IMISCOE Research
February 464 p. 63/10 x 91/2
ISBN-13: 978-90-8964-108-3
Paper $74.50x
political Science
CUSA
Rainer Bauböck is professor of social and political theory at the European University
Institute in Florence. Bernhard Perchinig is senior researcher at the Institute for European
Integration Research at the Austrian Academy of Sciences. Wiebke Sievers is a researcher
at the Commission for Migration and Integration Research at the Austrian Academy of
Sciences.
Doing Good or Doing Better
Development Policies in a Globalizing World
Edited by Monique Kremer, Peter van Lieshout, and Robert Went
What drives development? What new issues have arisen due to globalization?
And what kind of policies contribute
to development in a rapidly changing
world? The studies in Doing Good or Doing Better analyze the different development strategies employed on various
continents, address current challenges,
and argue that a new approach—one
different from the European and Amer-
ican models—is necessary in a globalizing, interdependent world.
“This volume provides the most
comprehensive analysis available of the
core issues on the global development
agenda. . . . Both beginners and veterans in this field will benefit enormously
from its insights.”—Martin Rhodes,
University of Denver
Monique Kremer, Peter van Lieshout, and Robert Went are all current or recent members of
the Netherlands Scientific Council for Government Policy (WRR).
February 378 p. 63/10 x 91/2
ISBN-13: 978-90-8964-107-6
Paper $42.50x
political Science Economics
CUSA
Amsterdam University Press
203
A Continent Moving West?
EU Enlargement and Labour Migration from
Central and Eastern Europe
Edited by Richard Black, Godfried Engbersen, Marek Okólski,
and Cristina Pantîru
A Continent Moving West? argues that
the conceptualization of migration as a
one-way or long-term process is becoming increasingly inaccurate. Rather,
east-west labor migration in Europe is
diverse, fluid, and influenced by the dynamics of local and sector-specific labor
IMISCOE Research
may 416 p. 63/10 x 91/2
ISBN-13: 978-90-8964-156-4
Paper $69.95x
economics political science
CUSA
markets and migration-related political
regulations.
The papers in this book contribute
to critical understanding of the eastwest migration within the European
Union after the 2004 enlargement,
from new to old member states.
Richard Black is professor of human geography and head of the School of Global Studies at
the University of Sussex. Godfried Engbersen is professor of sociology at Erasmus University
Rotterdam. Marek Okólski is professor of demography and economics at the University of
Warsaw and director of the Centre of Migration Research. Cristina Pantîru is a PhD candidate and research officer at the Sussex Centre for Migration Research at the University of
Sussex.
Ethnic Amsterdam
Immigrants and Urban Change in the Twentieth Century
Edited by Liza Nell and Jan Rath
For years people from all parts of the
world have gravitated to the city of Amsterdam, and, like elsewhere, their fate
has been shaped by the economic, sociopolitical, and cultural environments of
their new homes. But the essays in Ethnic Amsterdam argue that this exchange
occurs both ways: while immigrants are
changed by the customs, opportuni-
ties, and constraints of their new host
country, they are at the same time leaving their ineradicable mark on the cities in which they settle. This fascinating
volume explores how immigrants—in
bringing with them religion, sports, language, food, and other aspects of their
native countries—have transformed
Amsterdam into a cosmopolitan city.
Liza Nell is assistant professor of cultural anthropology at Leiden University. Jan Rath is
professor of urban sociology and director of the Institute for Migration and Ethnic Studies
at the University of Amsterdam.
Solidarity and Identity
April 208 p. 63/10 x 91/2
ISBN-13: 978-90-8964-168-7
Paper $39.90x
anthropology
CUSA
IMISCOE Reports
February 122 p. 63/10 x 91/2
ISBN-13: 978-90-8964-126-7
Paper $34.50x
economics
CUSA
204
Amsterdam University Press
Equal Opportunities and Ethnic Inequality
in European Labour Markets
Discrimination, Gender and Policies of Diversity
Edited by Karen Kraal, Judith Roosblad, and John Wrench
Despite laws and policy measures being
developed at the European, national,
and local levels, job-seeking immigrants
and ethnic minorities still suffer unequal access and ethnic discrimination.
This volume—divided into sections on
discrimination, gender, equity policies,
and diversity management—compares
several European labor markets, recommends methods for conducting further
research, and evaluates the effects of
discrimination-combating policies.
Karen Kraal and Judith Roosblad are affiliated with the Institute for Migration and Ethnic
Studies at the University of Amsterdam. John Wrench is affiliated with the European Union
Agency for Fundamental Rights in Vienna and the Centre for Migration and Refugee Studies at the Norwegian University of Science and Technology.
China with a Cut
Globalisation, Urban Youth and Popular Music
Jeroen de Kloet
During the 1990s illegally imported
compact discs, known as dakou CDs,
flooded into China, opening up the
music world to Chinese youth and inspiring them to experiment with new
sounds and new lifestyles. Quickly, dakou became the label for a new generation of Chinese, a vibrant generation
no longer tied to the Maoist past. Based
on fifteen years of fieldwork in Beijing,
Shanghai, and Hong Kong, China with a
Cut surveys the music that emerged in
1990s China and makes a case for its involvement in the rise of China as a cultural and economic global power.
IIAS Publications
may 264 p. 63/10 x 91/2
ISBN-13: 978-90-8964-162-5
Paper $59.00x
music
CUSA
Jeroen de Kloet is assistant professor of media studies at the University of Amsterdam.
Migration in a Globalised World
New Research Issues and Prospects
Edited by Cédric Audebert and Mohamed Kamel Doraï
In Migration in a Globalised World, Cédric
Audebert and Mohamed Kamel Doraï
assemble a number of essays from
leading economists, sociologists, and
political scientists that examine international migration in light of the growing effects of globalization. Among the
topics discussed are migration and social cohesion, transnationalization and
the transnational approach, the migration-development nexus, and the blurring categories of refugees and asylum
seekers.
February 224 p. 63/10 x 91/2
ISBN-13: 978-90-8964-157-1
Paper $39.95x
sociology
CUSA
Cédric Audebert is a researcher at the Centre national de la recherche scientifique (CNRS)
at the University of Poitiers, France. Mohamed Kamel Doraï is a researcher at the CNRS at
the French Institute of the Near East in Damascus.
Selected Studies in International Migration
and Immigrant Incorporation
Edited by Marco Martiniello and Jan Rath
Over the past decade there have been
significant advances in the field of migration and ethnic studies, ranging in
topic from ethnic conflict and discrimination to nationalism, citizenship, and
integration policy. But many of these
studies are oriented towards the United
States, slighting, when not outright ignoring, the European perspective. This
volume—the first in a set of four—will
fill this research gap, gathering essays
that have set a benchmark for research
on and in Europe.
“Martiniello and Rath have assembled a collection of must-read, though
hitherto hard-to-find, pieces that any
scholar or student interested in immigration to Europe and its consequences
will want to consult. Collected from a
broad variety of sources, and representing a diverse set of approaches, theoretical commitments, and disciplines, this
book is an essential resource.”—Roger
Waldinger, University of California, Los
Angeles
Marco Martiniello is research director at the Belgian National Fund for Scientific Research,
professor at the Institute for Human and Social Sciences, and director of the Center for
Ethnic and Migration Studies at the University of Liége. Jan Rath is professor of urban
sociology and director of the Institute for Migration and Ethnic Studies at the University of
Amsterdam.
Imiscoe Textbooks
may 640 p. 63/4 x 91/4
ISBN-13: 978-90-8964-160-1
Paper $59.95x
political Science
CUSA
Amsterdam University Press
205
General Ordering Information
All prices and specifications are subject to change. Months and years indicated in this catalog refer to publication dates. (Delivery in the U.S.A. is 6–8 weeks prior.)
The books in this catalog published by the University of Chicago Press are printed on acid-free paper. The University of Chicago Press participates in the Catalogingin-Publication (CIP) Program of the Library of Congress.
Inquiries (Marketing & Editorial)
Attention Booksellers
Orders from the U.S.A. & Canada
The University of Chicago Press
1427 E. 60th Street
Chicago, IL 60637 U.S.A.
Tel: (773) 702-7700 Fax: (773) 702-9756
E-mail: marketing@press.uchicago.edu
Web site: http://www.press.uchicago.edu
Discount Schedule for U.S.A. and Canada: no mark:
Trade discount; s: Specialist discount; x: Short discount
To inquire about sales representation or discount
information, please contact: Sales Director
The University of Chicago Press
1427 E. 60th Street
Chicago, IL 60637 U.S.A.
Tel: (773) 702-7248 Fax: (773) 702-9756
The University of Chicago Press
11030 S. Langley Avenue
Chicago, IL 60628 U.S.A.
Tel: 1-800-621-2736; (773) 702-7000
Fax: 1-800-621-8476; (773) 702-7212
PUBNET@202-5280
Orders from outside the U.S.A. & Canada
International Sales and Promotion
For Information
For Orders
The University of Chicago Press
International Sales Manager
1427 E. 60th Street
Chicago, IL 60637 U.S.A.
Tel: (773) 702-7898 Fax: (773) 702-9756
E-mail: sales@press.uchicago.edu
The University of Chicago Press
11030 S. Langley Avenue
Chicago, IL 60628 U.S.A.
Tel: 1-800-621-2736; (773) 702-7000
Fax: 1-800-621-8476; (773) 702-7212
PUBNET@202-5280
Orders from the United Kingdom
and Europe
The University of Chicago Press
c/o John Wiley & Sons Ltd. Distribution
Centre
1 Oldlands Way
Bognor Regis, West Sussex PO22 9SA, U.K.
Tel: 01243 779777 Fax: 01243 820250
E-mail: cs-books@wiley.co.uk
Representation and Distribution
United Kingdom, Eire, and Greece
Andrew Gilman
University Presses Marketing
The Tobacco Factory
Raleigh Road, Southville
Bristol, BS3 1TF
United Kingdom
Tel: 0117 9020275 Fax: 0117 9020294
E-mail:
sales@universitypressesmarketing.co.uk
Web site:
www.universitypressesmarketing.co.uk
Australia and New Zealand
Footprint Books Pty Ltd (non-exclusive)
1/6A Prosperity Parade
Warriewood NSW 2102
Australia
Tel: (+61) 02 9997-3973
Fax: (+61) 02 9997-3185
E-mail: info@footprint.com.au
Canada, Australia,
and New Zealand
The University Press Group
164 Hillsdale Avenue, East
Toronto, Ontario M4S 1T5, Canada
Tel: (416) 484-8296 Fax: (416) 484-0602
China (PRC)
Wei Zhao
Everest Intl Publishing Services
2-1-503 UHN Intl
2 Xi Ba He Dong Li
Beijing 100028
China
Tel: (86 10) 51301051 Fax: (86 10) 51301052
Cell: 13683018054
E-mail: wzbooks@aol.com
or wzbooks@163.com
Eastern Europe
Ewa Ledóchowicz
P.O. Box 8
05-520 Konstancin-Jeziorna
Poland
Tel: 022 754-1764 Fax: 022 756-4572
E-mail: e.ledochowicz@adtv.p1
France, Benelux, Iceland,
and Scandinavia
Fred Hermans
Academic Book Promotions
Hoofdstraat 261
1611 AG Bovenkarspel
The Netherlands
Tel: +31 (0) 228516664
Fax: +31 (0) 228518384
E-mail: hermans@acadbookprom.nl
Germany, Austria, Switzerland,
and Italy
Uwe Lüdemann
Schleiermacherstrasse 8
D 10961Berlin
Germany
Tel: 030 69 50 81 89 Fax: 030 69 50 81 90
E-mail: mail@uwe-luedemann.de
Hong Kong
Ms. Jane Lam
Aromix Books Company Ltd.
Unit 7, 8/F, Blk B, Hoi Luen Industrial Centre
55, Hoi Yuen Road, Kwun Tong
Kowloon, Hong Kong
Tel: 852-2749-1288 Fax: 852-2749-0068
E-mail: jane@aromix.ath.cx
India
S. Janakiraman
Book Marketing Services
2-A, Ramaniyam Building
216-217, Peters Road
Royapettah, Chennai 600 014, India
Tel: 91 44 2848 0220 Fax: 91 44 2848 0222
Email: bkmktg@dataone.in or
bkmktg@gmail.com
www.bookmarketing.org
Japan
United Publishers Services Ltd. (non-exclusive)
1-32-5 Higashi-shinigawa
Shinagawa-ku
Tokyo 140-0002
Japan
Tel: 81-3-5479-7251 Fax: 81-3-5479-7307
E-mail: info@ups.co.jp
Rockbook, Inc.
Ms. Akiko Iwamoto and Mr. Gilles Fauveau
2-3-25, 9Fl, Kudanminami, Chiyoda-ku
Tokyo, 102-0074, Japan
Tel: 81-3-3264-0144 Fax: 81-3-3264-0440
E-mail: aupgjapan@rockbook.net
E-mail: aiwamoto@rockbook.net
Mexico and Central America
Jose Rios
Publicaciones Educativas
Avenida Mariscal 13-15, zona 11
Guatemala City, Guatemala
Tel: (502)5998-4345
E-mail: joserios@sover.net
Middle East
Algeria, Cyprus, Jordan, Malta,
Morocco, Tunisia, Turkey, and
West Bank
Claire de Gruchy
Avicenna Partnership Ltd.
Tel: 44 7771 887843
E-mail: claire_degruchy@yahoo.co.uk
Bahrain, Egypt, Iraq, Iran, Kuwait,
Lebanon, Libya, Qatar, Saudi
Arabia, Sultanate of Oman, Syria,
Sudan, and UAE
Bill Kennedy
Avicenna Partnership Ltd.
Tel: 44 7802 244457 Fax: 44 1387 247375
E-mail: bill.kennedy@btinternet.com
Avicenna Partnership Ltd.
P.O. Box 484
Oxford OX2 9WQ
Pakistan
Saleem A. Malik
World Press
27-1 Al Firdous Ave
Faiz Road, Muslim Town
Lahore 54600, Punjab, Pakistan
Tel: 042 3588 1617
E-mail: worldpress@gmail.com
Puerto Rico and the Caribbean
David Rivera
Premium Educational Group
MSC 609 #89 Ave. De Diego, Suite 105
San Juan, PR 00927-5831
Tel: (787) 381-4098 Fax: (787) 720-5841
E-mail: drivera@sover.net
South America
Julio E. Emöd
Harbra
Rua Joaquim Tavora, 629
04015-001 São Paulo (SP), Brazil
Tel: (11) 5084-2482 Fax: (11) 5575-6876
E-mail: emod@harbra.com.br
South Africa
Chris Reinders
The African Moon Press
P.O. Box 1096
Kelvin, 2054
South Africa
Tel: +27 (0) 11 802 5668
Mobile: +27 (0) 83 463 3989
Fax: +27 (0) 865 167 045
E-mail: Chris@theafricanmoonpress.co.za
Southeast Asia
Malaysia and Brunei
Mr. Simon Tay
Apex Knowledge Sdn Bhd
21-1 Jalan PJS 3/34
Taman Sri Manja
46000 Petaling Jaya, Selangor
Malaysia
Tel: +60-3-7782 6182 Fax: +60-3-7782 6162
E-mail: simon@apexknowledge.com.my
Philippines
Ms. Jean Lim
MegaTEXTS Phil.,Inc
Room 503, One Corporate Plaza
Condominium
845 Amaiz Road, San Lorenzo Village
1200 Makati City
Philippines
Tel:+63-2-813 5814 Fax:+63-2-840 2760
E-mail: inquiries@megatextsphils.com
Singapore and Indonesia
Mr. Phillip Ang
Choice TEXTS (Asia) Pte Ltd
7 Kampong Bahru Road
Singapore 169342
Tel: +65-6324 3616
E-mail: phillp_ang@choicetexts.com.sg
Thailand, Vietnam, Cambodia,
Laos, and Myanmar
Ms. Suphaluck Sattabuz
Booknet Co., Ltd
8 Soi Krungthep
Kreetha 8 Yaek 8
Huamark, Bangkapi
Bangkok 10290
Thailand
Tel: +66-2-322 3678-87 Fax: +66-2-721 1639
E-mail: sup@book.co.th
South Korea
ICK (Information & Culture Korea)
Mr. Se-Yung Jun and Min-Hwa Yoo
473-19 Seokyo-dong
Mapo-ku, Seoul, Korea 121-842
Tel: 82-2-3141-4791 Fax: 82-2-3141-7733
E-mail: cs.ick@ick.co.kr
Spain and Portugal
Chris Humphrys
Calle Teodoro de Molina 9
Apartado 83
Gaucin 29480, Malaga
Spain
Tel: 952 151-462 Fax: 952 151-463
E-mail: humph4hra@gmail.com
Taiwan
B.K. Norton
Ms. Meihua Sun and Chiafeng Peng
5F, 60, Roosevelt Rd. Sec. 4
Taipei 100 Taiwan
Tel: 886-2-66320088 Fax: 886-2-66329772
E-mail: meihua@bookman.com.tw
Journals
AREA SALES RESTRICTIONS
Orders for all territories except Japan
are filled directly from our U.S.A.
office. Inquiries and orders should
be sent to:
The University of Chicago Press
Journals Division, P.O. Box 37005
Chicago, IL 60637 U.S.A.
Tel: (773) 753-3347
Fax: (773) 753-0811
ANZ
BENE
CAN
CMUSA
COBE
Journals customers in Japan should
contact:
Kinokuniya Company, Ltd.
Journal Department, P.O. Box 55
Chitose, Tokyo, 156, Japan
Tel: (03) 3439-0124
Fax: (03) 3439-1094
COBE/EU/JAN
COBE/EEC
COBE/EU
COBE/JAN
CUSA
CZE/SVK
EU
IND
Not for sale in Australia or New Zealand
Not for sale in Belgium or the Netherlands
Not for sale in Canada
For sale in Canada, Mexico, and USA only.
Not for sale in the British Commonwealth
except Canada
Not for sale in the European Economic
Community or the British Commonwealth
except Canada
Not for sale in Europe or the British
Commonwealth except Canada
Not for sale in Japan or Europe or the British
Commonwealth except Canada
Not for sale in Japan or the British
Commonwealth except Canada
For sale only in the United States, its
dependencies, the Philippines, and Canada
World rights except for the Czech Republic
and the Slovak Republic
Not for sale in Europe
Not for sale in India
IND NE
Not for sale in India, Nepal, Bhutan, Maldive
Islands, Bangladesh, and Sri Lanka
Not for sale in Italy and Germany
For sale only in North America and Japan
For sale only in North America
For sale in North America, Europe, and the
United Kingdom.
NSA
For sale only in North and South America
NSA/AU/NZ
For sale only in North and South America,
Australia, and New Zealand.
OBE
Not for sale in the British Commonwealth
OBE/EU
Not for sale in Europe or the British
Commonwealth
UK
Not for sale in the United Kingdom
UK/EU
Not for sale in the United Kingdom or Europe
UK/EU/ANZ/SEA Not for sale in United Kingdom, Europe,
Australia, New Zealand, or Southeast Asia
USA
For sale only in the United States, its
dependencies, and the Philippines
USCA
For sale in USA and Canada only
USA/EUR
For sale in the United States and Continental
Europe only
IWG
NAJ
NAM
NAM/EU-UK
Guide to Subjects
African American Studies 54, 172
African Studies 50–52, 107
American History 1–2, 10, 14, 30, 33, 36, 39–40, 56–57,
63, 85, 93, 133
American Studies 197
Ancient History 143, 169
Anthropology 50–52, 158, 187, 190–91, 204
Archaeology 169
Architecture 24, 77, 133, 138, 142
Art 20, 28–30, 54, 91, 105, 131, 133–36, 139–40, 143,
145, 148, 151, 155–56, 158, 162, 166, 170, 178, 181–82,
195, 197
Asian Studies 200
Biography 85–86, 96–98, 129, 167, 172, 182, 187–88, 190
Children’s 182, 189
Classics 53–54, 78, 165, 169–70
Cognitive Science 193
Computer Science 102, 191, 197
Cooking 99–100, 108
Cultural Studies 115, 153, 155
Current Events 6, 19, 50, 74, 108, 113
Drama 110, 120, 155, 170
Economics 16–17, 55, 65–71, 84, 157, 198, 200–201,
203–4
Education 7, 57, 72, 93, 152
European History 3, 37–38, 41, 57–58, 64, 87, 89, 92,
120, 123, 125–26, 161, 168, 172
Fiction 79, 109, 117–19, 157
Film Studies 106, 146–47, 149–50, 153, 170, 174, 194
Gardening 81, 179–81
Gender Studies 166
History 37–38, 40–41, 58–59, 71, 77, 88–89, 95, 103–4,
107, 124–25, 137, 164–65, 167, 173, 188
Humor 80, 123
Law 44–47, 51, 62, 71, 84, 87, 195, 201
Linguistics 192–93
Literary Criticism 40, 56, 159–60, 162–63, 170, 172, 191,
198
Literary Studies 21
Literature 11, 27, 29, 64, 78, 80, 86, 116, 126–27, 130,
196
Logic 192
Mathematics 157, 193
Media Studies 6, 21, 106, 152–54, 175
Medicine 72, 164
Medieval History 171
Music 10, 91, 131, 140, 148, 161, 171, 199, 205
Mystery 76
Native American Studies 187
Nature 8–9, 12–13, 88, 100–101, 132, 168, 177–84, 186,
188, 190
Parenting and Childcare 184
Philosophy 15, 31–32, 34, 47, 53, 64, 84, 87, 92, 111,
113–14, 155, 176, 192
Photography 24, 107, 121, 135–36, 141, 143, 151,
162–63, 181, 186
Poetry 26, 30, 112, 160, 163
Political Science 16, 33–36, 63, 84, 145, 161, 163–64,
167, 175, 187, 198–200, 202–205
Psychology 83
Reference 19, 25, 52, 145, 156
Religion 42–43, 121–22, 130, 164, 171, 176, 198–99
Romance 144
Science 4–5, 8–9, 18, 22–23, 35, 37, 52, 58–63, 71, 75,
81–83, 87–90, 137–38, 164, 173, 177, 179–81, 183–84,
186, 189, 196, 200–201
Sociology 36, 42, 44, 47–49, 60, 83, 93, 122, 205
Sports 129
Travel 139, 178
True Crime 1, 11
Urban Studies 133, 154, 202
Women’s Studies 166, 198
AUTHOR INDEX
Abels/Austronesian Soundscapes, 199
Acemoglu/NBER Macroeconomics Annual 2009, Volume 24, 70
Aherne/Intellectuals, Culture and Public Policy in France, 164
Alder/Engineering the Revolution, 92
Alesina/Europe and the Euro, 65
Alexander/Biology and Ideology from Descartes to Dawkins, 59
Ali/Fear of Mirrors, 118
Allen/Bulletproof Feathers, 4
Altink/Gendering Border Studies, 166
Amineh/State, Society and International Relations in Asia, 199
Anderson/Marx at the Margins, 63
Anderson/Nucleus and Nation, 35
Angel/Heather Angel’s Wild Kew, 181
Angeles/see Kolig, 200
Apollinaire/Letters to Madeleine, 116
Arimbi/Reading Contemporary Indonesian Muslim Women
Writers, 198
Arrighi/Logic and Pragmatism, 192
Ash/Osiris, Volume 25, 71
Association of American University Presses/Association of
American University Presses Directory 2010, 156
Atkinson/Computer, 102
Audebert/Migration in a Globalised World, 205
Baker/William S. Burroughs, 97
Banerjee/Logic in a Popular Form, 122
Barber/Abandoned Images, 106
Barletta/Death in Babylon, 56
Bartlett/Victory Over the Sun, 171
Bashkow/An Anthropological Theory of the Corporation, 158
Bassett/The Atlas of World Hunger, 19
Bastian/Bastokalypse, 139
Bauböck/Citizenship Policies in the New Europe, 203
Baudrillard/Carnival and Cannibal, Or The Play of Global
Antagonism, 111
Becker/My Father, the Germans and I, 120
Beentje/Flora of Tropical East Africa, 184
Beentje/The Kew Plant Glossary, 177
Bekoff/Wild Justice, 75
Bell/Confronting Theory, 155
Bender/The New Metaphysicals, 42
Bernhard/Prose, 109
Berra/Directory of World Cinema, 147
Bersani/Intimacies, 83
Biggs/Malcolm Lowry, 160
Black/A Continent Moving West?, 204
Black/A History of Diplomacy, 104
Black/Natalia Shelikov, 188
Blackburn/Locations of Buddhism, 43
Blackstock/Habitats of Wales, 168
Blair/I’ve Got to Make My Livin’, 39
Blasi/Shared Capitalism at Work, 69
Bodleian Library/The Original Rules of Tennis, 129
Bookbinder/First Hand, 133
Bouwman/Of Reynaert the Fox, 196
Boym/Another Freedom, 15
Bradley/The British Book Trade, 125
Brinig/Family, Law, and Community, 46
Brinkman/The Second Jurassic Dinosaur Rush, 63
British Library/Bird Songs, 128
British Library/The Essential Shakespeare Live, 127
British Library/The Essential Shakespeare Live Encore, 127
Brundage/The Medieval Origins of the Legal Profession, 87
Brunner/Adaptive Governance and Climate Change, 138
Bull/Innocents in Dry Valleys, 189
Burkhalter/Finding Buildings, 142
Caduff/Art and Artistic Research, 143
Cain/Drawing, 155
Calavita/Invitation to Law and Society, 44
Carr-Gomm/A Brief History of Nakedness, 95
Carradice/Herbert Williams, 167
Cassirer/The Individual and the Cosmos in Renaissance
Philosophy, 92
Celan/Correspondence, 116
Chalfin/Neoliberal Frontiers, 52
Charrow/Law in the Laboratory, 62
Cheek/The Plants of Dom, Bamenda Highlands,
Cameroon, 185
Chelkowski/Eternal Performance, 121
Clarke/Water and Art, 105
Clemens/Politics and Partnerships, 48
Clotfelter/American Universities in a Global Market, 68
Cohen/Duke Ellington’s America, 10
Cohen/The Modulated Scream, 38
Collins/Both Hands Tied, 48
Collins/Tacit and Explicit Knowledge, 60
Coltman/Making Sense of Greek Art, 170
Conley/Toward a Rhetoric of Insult, 32
Cook/African American Writers and Classical Tradition, 54
Cope/The Wild Flora of Kew Gardens, 181
Corbett/Traveling the Spaceways, 131
Cornish/Campus Dictionary of International Security, 145
Coutts/Art, Community and Environment, 156
Cowan/After Virgil, 169
Cramerotti/Unmapping the City, 151
Cribb/Field Guide to the Orchids of Madagascar, 183
Daichendt/Artist-Teacher, 152
Dauncey/Poisonous Plants, 184
de Duve/Clement Greenberg Between the Lines, 91
de Kloet/China with a Cut, 205
De Rooy/Forces of Form, 195
De-Yuan/Peonies of the World, 179
Debrett/Reinventing Public Service Television for the Digital
Future,154
Deely/Realism for the 21st Century, 176
Devi/Bait, and Other Stories, 117
University of Chicago Press New Publications Spring 2010
Devi/The Queen of Jhansi, 118
Doss/Memorial Mania, 30
Dove/The Earliest Advocates of the English Bible, 171
Duyvendak/City in Sight, 202
Eckmann/Sharon Lockhart, 131
Edwards/Left Behind, 16
Effler/Laughing Saints and Righteous Heroes, 49
Eijck/Discourses on Social Software, 197
Eisenman/The Abu Ghraib Effect, 108
Elder/Last Words of the Executed, 1
Elkins/Visual Cultures, 148
Enzensberger/A History of Clouds, 112
Fallon/The Metaphysics of Media, 175
Fear/Orosius, 165
Feenstra/China’s Growing Role in World Trade, 65
Fenstad/Grammar, Geometry, and Brain, 193
Ferrari/Guilty Males and Proud Females, 122
Fine/Authors of the Storm, 83
Fischer/Made in America, 14
Flanagan/Wilson’s China, 178
Fletcher/Caviar, 99
Forrest/Christoph Schlingensief, 151
Fossati/From Grain to Pixel, 194
Freeman/Reforming the Welfare State, 66
Freund/Colored Property, 85
Frisch/Biography, 120
Fuller/What Is Happening to News, 6
Galilei/On Sunspots, 59
Gibbons/Slow Trains Overhead, 27
Giere/Scientific Perspectivism, 87
Gilmore/The War on Words, 56
Glaeser/Agglomeration Economics, 66
Gluck/Religion, Fundamentalism, and Violence, 176
Godard/Fundamental Issues in the Romance Languages, 192
Goebel/Argentina’s Partisan Past, 164
Gokhale/Social Security, 55
Gordon/Intimate Terms, 144
Gordon/Julia Margaret Cameron * Roger Fenton, 135
Gordon/The Possession, 144
Gordon/The Pygmalion Complex, 144
Gorz/Ecologica, 113
Green/The Genus Jasminum in Cultivation, 180
Greenberg/Architecture under Construction, 24
Grimshaw/New Trees, 179
Gripsrud/Media, Markets and Public Spheres, 154
Gruber/Social Security Programs and Retirement around
the World, 67
Hadley/Living Liberalism, 57
Hammerschlag/The Figural Jew, 42
Hammill/Sophistication, 159
Hampson/Frank O’Hara Now, 160
Haney/Photography and Africa, 107
Harasewych/The Book of Shells, 8
Harding/Living the Drama, 49
Hardy/Art Education in a Postmodern World, 156
Harmon/The Craft of Scientific Communication, 52
Harper/Cinema and Landscape, 149
Harris/Alain L. Locke, 85
Harris/The Great Debate about Art, 158
Harris/Inside the Death Drive, 162
Harvey/The Plants of Fosimondi-Bechati in the Lebialem
Highlands of Cameroon, 185
Hayek/Studies on the Abuse and Decline of Reason, 55
Hayward/French Costume Drama of the 1950s, 149
Heath/Field Guide to the Plants of Northern Botswana, 183
Heighway/Marcus Adams, 136
Heininen/Globalization of the Circumpolar North, 187
Hellinga/William Caxton and Early Printing in England, 126
Hemerijck/Aftershocks, 198
Henson/Weather on the Air, 137
Heyse-Moore/The Walls Are Talking, 145
Hezekiah/Phenomenology’s Material Presence, 153
Hiddleston/Poststructuralism and Postcoloniality, 163
Higbee/Studies in French Cinema, 150
Hill/Mark Twain, 86
Hjort/The Danish Directors 2, 150
Howe/see Blackstock, 168
Huber/Building Berne, 142
Humble/Cake, 99
Hutchinson/The Supreme Court Review 2009, 71
Irwin/Camel, 101
Ives/The Land Beyond, 187
Jackson/The Experimental Group, 28
Jackson/Lion, 100
Jacob/The Studio Reader, 20
Jansen-Jacobs/Flora of the Guianas Series A 27, 184
Jarrell/Pictures from an Institution, 79
Jean-Michel Onana/see Cheek, 185
Jeppie/Muslim Family Law in Sub-Saharan Africa, 198
Jirotka/Saturnin, 157
Jobs/Unsettling History, 173
Jones/Dialogue of the Government of Wales, 167
Jones/Plants That We Eat, 188
Junker/Frames of Friction, 172
Kammen/Digging Up the Dead, 2
Kaye/Requirements for Certification, 72
Kelly/Anthropology and Global Counterinsurgency, 50
Kelly/Treadwell Gold, 188
Kesser/Jan Krugier, 140
Kharibian/Passionate Patrons, 134
Kiatpongsan/The EU-Thailand Relations, 203
Kiernan/Electronic Beowulf, 126
King/Lewis’s Fifth Floor, 162
Klaniczay/Multiple Antiquities—Multiple Modernities, 173
Klein/Invisible Men, 161
Klein/Materials and Expertise in Early Modern Europe, 58
Knecht/Reproductive Technologies as Global Form, 173
Knuth/Selected Papers on Design of Algorithms, 191
Koger/Filibustering, 36
Kohlstedt/Teaching Children Science, 57
Kolig/Identity in Crossroad Civilisations, 200
Koyama/Kyoto List, 119
Kraal/Equal Opportunities and Ethnic Inequality in European
Labour Markets, 204
Kremer/Doing Good or Doing Better, 203
Kress/The Art of Plant Evolution, 178
Kripal/Authors of the Impossible, 43
Kruse/Shared Capitalism at Work, 69
Kunzel/Criminal Intimacy, 93
L’Heureux/Conversations with L’Heureux, 191
Lampert/How Philosophy Became Socratic, 34
Langmead/Royal Botanic Gardens, Kew, 181
Laugrand/The Sea Woman, 190
Lautenbach/Practical Healthcare Epidemiology, Third
Edition, 72
Leary/The Punch Brotherhood, 123
Lee/Nature’s Palette, 81
Leibniz/Protogaea, 90
Leonard/The Beat Goes On, 161
Lerner/Innovation Policy and the Economy 2009, Volume 10, 70
Lerner/International Differences in Entrepreneurship, 67
Ley/British South Asian Theatres, 170
Liebeschuetz/Ambrose of Milan, 165
Lightman/Victorian Popularizers of Science, 90
Longstreth/Housing Washington, 133
Lonsdorf/The Mind of the Chimpanzee, 61
Lott/More Guns, Less Crime, 74
Lovejoy/Context Providers, 153
Lowenstein/Ultimate Americans, 191
Lubrich/Travels in the Reich, 1933-1945, 3
Lucas/Measuring and Managing Federal Financial Risk, 68
Lyster/Envisioning the Bloomingdale, 138
MacDonald/Recent Mammals of Alaska, 189
MacQuitty/Kew at Wakehurst, 182
Mactaggart/The Film Paintings of David Lynch, 146
Magnússon/Wasteland with Words, 104
Mahdi/Alfarabi and the Foundation of Islamic Political
Philosophy, 84
Marsden/Victoria & Albert, 134
Martin/Before the Storm, 187
Martiniello/Selected Studies in International Migration and
Immigrant Incorporation, 205
Masson/For Women, for Wales, and for Liberalism, 166
May/Pop Up, 148
McCloskey/The American Supreme Court, 33
McElheny/The Light Club, 29
McGinnis/Front Forty Profiles No. 1, 185
McGovern/Making War in Côte D’Ivoire, 50
McLaughlin/The Propaganda of Peace, 152
McQuire/Pocket Guide to Rhododendron Species, 180
McShea/Biology’s First Law, 61
Milhaupt/Law & Capitalism, 84
Miller/Constantin Brancusi, 98
Mitchell/Critical Terms for Media Studies, 21
Mitterauer/Why Europe?, 37
Monmonier/No Dig, No Fly, No Go, 22
Montgomery/The Powers That Be, 18
Moran/TV Formats Worldwide, 152
Morgan/The Classical Greek House, 169
Muir/Digital Facsimile of Terrence’s Comedies, 130
Mykal/The EU-Japan Security Dialogue, 202
Neckerman/Schools Betrayed, 93
Neef/Imprint and Trace, 106
Neer/The Emergence of the Classical Style in Greek
Sculpture, 54
Nell/Ethnic Amsterdam, 204
Newland/Don’t Look Now, 149
Nguyen/Underdog Suite, 141
Nora/Rethinking France, 41
Nurlaelawati/Modernization, Tradition and Identity, 199
O’Connell/New Irish Storytellers, 150
O’Riordan/Following in Darwin’s Footsteps, 182
Oever/Ostrannenie, 194
Oliver/The Paradoxes of Integration, 35
Onana/The Plants of Mefou proposed National Park, Central
Province, Cameroon, 185
Owen/Nuclear Papers, 161
Paley/The Boy on the Beach, 7
Panayi/Spicing up Britain, 108
Pangle/The Theological Basis of Liberal Modernity in Montesquieu’s Spirit of the Laws, 34
Parrill/Meaning, Form, and Body, 193
Pavlovic/The Mobile Nation, 153
Payton/Cornish Studies, Volume 17, 172
Payton/John Betjeman and Cornwall, 172
Pearson/Stéphane Mallarmé, 98
Pepperell/Fishes of the Open Ocean, 12
Pickering/The Cybernetic Brain, 62
Pickering/Field Guide to the Wild Plants of Oman, 184
Pigliucci/Nonsense on Stilts, 23
Piot/Nostalgia for the Future, 51
Pippin/Nietzsche, Psychology, and First Philosophy, 31
Pizan/Debate of the Romance of the Rose, 64
Plant/Mom, 39
Plumley/Citation, Intertextuality and Memory in the Middle
Ages and Renaissance, 171
Poole/John Aubrey and the Advancement of Learning, 129
Posner/Law and Happiness, 17
Prager/Chasing Science at Sea, 82
Preib/The Wagon and Other Stories from the City, 11
Proctor/Flora of the Cayman Islands, 183
Quiviger/The Sensory World of Italian Renaissance Art, 105
Rae/Circus Girl, 121
Reardon/The State As Parent, 175
Reichlin/NBER International Seminar on Macroeconomics
2009, Volume 6, 70
Richardson/Liverpool and Transatlantic Slavery, 165
Richet/A Natural History of Time, 88
Riley/Romey’s Order, 26
Rist, Guggisberg, Widmer/The Music of Pipilotti Rist’s
Pepperminta, 140
Robinson/Poetry and Translation, 163
Rocke/Image and Reality, 58
Roodhouse/Cultural Quarters, 154
Rothman/Young Light, 119
Royal Botanic Gardens, Kew/Official Guide to the Marianne
North Gallery, 182
Royko/Early Royko, 80
Rubin/American Multiculturalism after 9/11, 197
Rudwick/Worlds Before Adam, 89
Salinas/Love Poems by Pedro Salinas, 30
Saner/Living Large in Nature, 132
Saris/Darwin Meets Einstein, 196
Sartre/Typhus, 110
Scott/The Royal Portrait, 136
Seaton/Cultivo de Orquídeas por Semillas, 185
Seneca/Anger, Mercy, Revenge, 53
Seneca/Natural Questions, 53
Shady/Caral: The First Civilization in the Americas, 143
Shaham/The Expert Witness in Islamic Courts, 46
Shail/Reading the Cinematograph, 170
Shannon/Bowery to Broadway, 174
Shawe-Taylor/Dutch Landscapes, 135
Sher/The Enlightenment and the Book, 89
Sieder/CITES Orchid Checklist, 185
Signer/When You Travel in Iceland You See a Lot of Water, 139
Siskin/This Is Enlightenment, 41
Skerker/An Ethics of Interrogation, 47
Sleeboom-Faulkner/Frameworks of Choice, 201
Smith/What Is a Person?, 47
Somfai/The Keyboard Sonatas of Joseph Haydn, 91
Somin/The Supreme Court Economic Review, Volume 18, 71
Sophocles/Oedipus the King, 78
Soto-Morettini/The Philosophical Actor, 155
Spiers/A History of Chemical and Biological Weapons, 103
Spivak/Nationalism and the Imagination, 115
Stafford/Photo-texts, 163
Stark/The Black Ice Score, 76
Stark/The Green Eagle Score, 76
Stark/The Sour Lemon Score, 76
Stein/Narration, 86
Steiner/Walter Benjamin, 32
Steinzor/The People’s Agents and the Battle to Protect the
American Public, 44
Stevens/Grasslands of Wales, 168
Stevens/Urban Assimilation in Post-Conquest Wales, 168
Stevenson/Book Makers, 125
Stirling/Representing Epilepsy, 164
Stuart/The Prosecutor and the Judge, 195
Stubbs/We Are the Real Time Experiment, 166
Suchon/A Woman Who Defends All the Persons of Her Sex, 64
Summers-Bremner/Insomnia, 107
Suttles/Front Page Economics, 36
Tanner/Identity and Politics in Britain, 167
Tape/The Changing Arctic Landscape, 186
Tettamanti/Davos, 141
Thomas/Puerto Rican Citizen, 40
Tiersma/Parchment, Paper, Pixels, 45
Timberlake/Flora Zambesiaca Volume 12 Part 2, 185
Todorov/Memory as a Remedy for Evil, 114
Toledano/The Sephardic Legacy, 176
Touati/Islam and Travel in the Middle Ages, 38
Troyer/Bear Wrangler, 190
Turabian/Student’s Guide to Writing College Papers, 25
Turner/An Aleutian Ethnography, 190
Ubink/Legalising Land Rights, 201
Uyechi/Reality Exploration and Discovery, 193
van Benthem/Modal Logic for Open Minds, 192
van Boxel/Crossing Borders, 130
van der Burgt/Systematics and Conservation of African
Plants, 180
van Dijk/New Presence of China in Africa, 200
van Maanen/How to Study Art Worlds, 197
van Schendelen/More Machiavelli in Brussels, 202
Vanderbilt/Survival City, 77
Velten/Milk, 100
Vilches/New World Gold, 40
Vinogradov/Mathematics for Economists, 157
Vint/Animal Alterity, 162
Waldman/D is For Dog Team, 189
Waller/The Vanishing Present, 88
Walwin/Searching for Art’s New Publics, 151
Weeks/On Sea Ice, 186
Werrett/Fireworks, 37
Whitfield/The Image of the World, 124
Wiepking/The State of Giving Research in Europe, 201
Wilson/The Paradoxes of Transparency, 200
Wise/Research Findings in the Economics of Aging, 69
Wood/The Diamond Sutra, 124
Wood/Why People Need Plants, 177
Wyllie/Vladimir Nabokov, 96
Yan/Change, 117
Yngvesson/Belonging in an Adopted World, 51
Yuill/Medicine Show, 26
University of Chicago Press New Publications Spring 2010
Abandoned Images/Barber, 106
The Abu Ghraib Effect/Eisenman, 108
Adaptive Governance and Climate Change/Brunner, Lynch, 138
African American Writers and Classical Tradition/Cook,
Tatum, 54
After Virgil/Cowan, 169
Aftershocks/Hemerijck, Knapen, van Doorne, 198
Agglomeration Economics/Glaeser, 66
Alain L. Locke/Harris, Molesworth, 85
An Aleutian Ethnography/Turner, 190
Alfarabi and the Foundation of Islamic Political Philosophy/
Mahdi, 84
Ambrose of Milan/Liebeschuetz, 165
American Multiculturalism after 9/11/Rubin, Verheul, 197
The American Supreme Court/McCloskey, 33
American Universities in a Global Market/Clotfelter, 68
Anger, Mercy, Revenge/Seneca, 53
Animal Alterity/Vint, 162
Another Freedom/Boym, 15
An Anthropological Theory of the Corporation/Bashkow, 158
Anthropology and Global Counterinsurgency/Kelly, Jauregui,
Mitchell, Walton, 50
Architecture under Construction/Greenberg, 24
Argentina’s Partisan Past/Goebel, 164
Art and Artistic Research/Caduff, Siegenthaler, Wälchli, 143
Art Education in a Postmodern World/Hardy, 156
The Art of Plant Evolution/Kress, Sherwood, 178
Art, Community and Environment/Coutts, Jokela, 156
Artist-Teacher/Daichendt, 152
Association of American University Presses Directory 2010/
Association of American University Presses, 156
The Atlas of World Hunger/Bassett, Winter-Nelson, 19
Austronesian Soundscapes/Abels, 199
Authors of the Impossible/Kripal, 43
Authors of the Storm/Fine, 83
Bait, and Other Stories/Devi, 117
Bastokalypse/Bastian, L, 139
Bear Wrangler/Troyer, 190
The Beat Goes On/Leonard, Strachan, 161
Before the Storm/Martin, 187
Belonging in an Adopted World/Yngvesson, 51
Biography/Frisch, 120
Biology and Ideology from Descartes to Dawkins/Alexander,
Numbers, 59
Biology’s First Law/McShea, Brandon, 61
The Black Ice Score/Stark, 76
Book Makers/Stevenson, 125
The Book of Shells/Harasewych, Moretzsohn, 8
Both Hands Tied/Collins, Mayer, 48
Bowery to Broadway/Shannon, 174
The Boy on the Beach/Paley, 7
A Brief History of Nakedness/Carr-Gomm, 95
The British Book Trade/Bradley, 125
British South Asian Theatres/Ley, Dadswell, 170
Building Berne/Huber, 142
Bulletproof Feathers/Allen, 4
Cake/Humble, 99
Camel/Irwin, 101
Campus Dictionary of International Security/Cornish, Dorman,
Soper, 145
Caral: The First Civilization in the Americas/Shady, Kleihege,
143
Carnival and Cannibal, Or The Play of Global Antagonism/
Baudrillard, 111
Caviar/Fletcher, 99
Change/Yan, 117
The Changing Arctic Landscape/Tape, 186
Chasing Science at Sea/Prager, 82
China with a Cut/de Kloet, 205
China’s Growing Role in World Trade/Feenstra, Wei, 65
Christoph Schlingensief/Forrest, Scheer, 151
Cinema and Landscape/Harper, Rayner, 149
Circus Girl/Rae, 121
Citation, Intertextuality and Memory in the Middle Ages and
Renaissance/Plumley, di Bacco, Jossa, 171
CITES Orchid Checklist 5/Sieder, Rainer, Kiehn, 185
Citizenship Policies in the New Europe/Bauböck, Perchinig,
Sievers, 203
City in Sight/Duyvendak, Hendriks, van Niekerk, 202
The Classical Greek House/Morgan, 169
Clement Greenberg Between the Lines/de Duve, 91
Colored Property/Freund, 85
Computer/Atkinson, 102
Confronting Theory/Bell, 155
Constantin Brancusi/Miller, 98
Context Providers/Lovejoy, Paul, Vesna, 153
A Continent Moving West?/Black, Engbersen, Okólski,
Pantîru, 204
Conversations with L’Heureux/L’Heureux, 191
Cornish Studies, Volume 17/Payton, Trower, 172
Correspondence/Celan, Bachmann, 116
The Craft of Scientific Communication/Harmon, Gross, 52
Criminal Intimacy/Kunzel, 93
Critical Terms for Media Studies/Mitchell, Hansen, 21
Crossing Borders/van Boxel, Arndt, 130
Cultivo de Orquídeas por Semillas/Seaton, Ramsey, 185
Cultural Quarters/Roodhouse, 154
The Cybernetic Brain/Pickering, 62
D is For Dog Team/Waldman, 189
The Danish Directors 2/Hjort, Jørholt , Redvall, 150
Darwin Meets Einstein/Saris, 196
Davos/Tettamanti, 141
Dawn Chorus/The British Library, 128
Death in Babylon/Barletta, 56
Debate of the Romance of the Rose/Pizan, 64
Dialogue of the Government of Wales/Jones, 167
The Diamond Sutra/Barnard, Wood, 124
Digging Up the Dead/Kammen, 2
A Digital Facsimile of Terrence’s Comedies/Muir, Turner, 130
Directory of World Cinema/Berra, 147
Discourses on Social Software/Eijck, Verbrugge, 197
Doing Good or Doing Better/Kremer, Lieshout, Went, 203
Don’t Look Now/Newland, 149
Drawing/Cain, 155
Duke Ellington’s America/Cohen, 10
Dutch Landscapes/Shawe-Taylor, Scott, 135
The Earliest Advocates of the English Bible/Dove, 171
Early Royko/Royko, 80
Ecologica/Gorz, 113
Electronic Beowulf/Kiernan, Iacob, 126
The Emergence of the Classical Style in Greek Sculpture/
Neer, 54
Engineering the Revolution/Alder, 92
The Enlightenment and the Book/Sher, 89
Envisioning the Bloomingdale/Lyster, 138
Equal Opportunities and Ethnic Inequality in European Labour
Markets/Kraal, Roosblad, Wrench, 204
The Essential Shakespeare Live/The British Library, 127
The Essential Shakespeare Live Encore/The British Library, 127
Eternal Performance/Chelkowski, 121
An Ethics of Interrogation/Skerker, 47
Ethnic Amsterdam/Nell, Rath, 204
The EU-Japan Security Dialogue/Mykal, 202
The EU-Thailand Relations/Kiatpongsan, 203
Europe and the Euro/Alesina, Giavazzi, 65
The Experimental Group/Jackson, 28
The Expert Witness in Islamic Courts/Shaham, 46
Family, Law, and Community/Brinig, 46
Fear of Mirrors/Ali, 118
Field Guide to the Orchids of Madagascar/Cribb, Hermans, 183
Field Guide to the Plants of Northern Botswana/Heath, 183
Field Guide to the Wild Plants of Oman/Pickering, Patzelt, 184
The Figural Jew/Hammerschlag, 42
Filibustering/Koger, 36
The Film Paintings of David Lynch/Mactaggart, 146
Finding Buildings/Burkhalter Sumi Architects, 142
Fireworks/Werrett, 37
First Hand/Bookbinder, Gallagher, 133
Fishes of the Open Ocean/Pepperell, 12
Flora of the Cayman Islands/Proctor, 183
Flora of the Guianas Series A: Phanerogams Fascicle 27/
Jansen-Jacobs, 184
Flora of Tropical East Africa/Beentje, Ghazanfar, 184
Flora of Tropical East Africa/Beentje, Ghazanfar, 184
Flora Zambesiaca Volume 12 Part 2/Timberlake, 185
Following in Darwin’s Footsteps/O’Riordan, Triggs, 182
For Women, for Wales, and for Liberalism/Masson, 166
Forces of Form/De Rooy, van den Bogaard, 195
Frames of Friction/Junker, 172
Frameworks of Choice/Sleeboom-Faulkner, 201
Frank O’Hara Now/Hampson, Montgomery, 160
French Costume Drama of the 1950s/Hayward, 149
From Grain to Pixel/Fossati, 194
Front Forty Profiles No. 1/McGinnis, 185
Front Page Economics/Suttles, Jacobs, 36
Fundamental Issues in the Romance Languages/Godard, 192
Gendering Border Studies/Altink, Weedon, Aaron, 166
The Genus Jasminum in Cultivation/Green, Miller, 180
Globalization of the Circumpolar North/Heininen,
Southcott, 187
Grammar, Geometry, and Brain/Fenstad, 193
Grasslands of Wales/Stevens, Smith, Blackstock, Bosanquet,
Stevens, 168
The Great Debate about Art/Harris, 158
The Green Eagle Score/Stark, 76
Guilty Males and Proud Females/Ferrari, 122
Habitats of Wales/Blackstock, Howe, Stevens, Jones,
Burrows, 168
Heather Angel’s Wild Kew/Angel, 181
Herbert Williams/Carradice, 167
A History of Chemical and Biological Weapons/Spiers, 103
A History of Clouds/Enzensberger, 112
A History of Diplomacy/Black, 104
Housing Washington/Longstreth, 133
How Philosophy Became Socratic/Lampert, 34
How to Study Art Worlds/van Maanen, 197
I’ve Got to Make My Livin’/Blair, 39
Identity and Politics in Britain/Tanner, Edwards, Griffith,
Williams, Cragoe, 167
Identity in Crossroad Civilisations/Kolig, Angeles, Wong, 200
Image and Reality/Rocke, 58
The Image of the World/Whitfield, 124
Imprint and Trace/Neef, 106
The Individual and the Cosmos in Renaissance Philosophy/
Cassirer, 92
Innocents in Dry Valleys/Bull, 189
Innovation Policy and the Economy 2009, Volume 10/Lerner,
Stern, 70
Inside the Death Drive/Harris, 162
Insomnia/Summers-Bremner, 107
Intellectuals, Culture and Public Policy in France/Aherne, 164
International Differences in Entrepreneurship/Lerner,
Schoar, 67
Intimacies/Bersani, Phillips, 83
Intimate Terms/Gordon, 144
Invisible Men/Klein, 161
Invitation to Law and Society/Calavita, 44
Islam and Travel in the Middle Ages/Touati, 38
Jan Krugier/Kesser, 140
John Aubrey and the Advancement of Learning/Poole, 129
John Betjeman and Cornwall/Payton, 172
Julia Margaret Cameron * Roger Fenton/Gordon, 135
The Keyboard Sonatas of Joseph Haydn/Somfai, 91
Kew at Wakehurst/MacQuitty, 182
The Kew Plant Glossary/Beentje, 177
Kyoto List/Koyama, 119
The Land Beyond/Ives, 187
Last Words of the Executed/Elder, 1
Laughing Saints and Righteous Heroes/Effler, 49
Law & Capitalism/Milhaupt, Pistor, 84
Law and Happiness/Posner, Sunstein, 17
Law in the Laboratory/Charrow, 62
Left Behind/Edwards, 16
Legalising Land Rights/Ubink, Hoekema, Assies, 201
Letters to Madeleine/Apollinaire, 116
Lewis’s Fifth Floor/King, 162
The Light Club/McElheny, 29
Lion/Jackson, 100
Liverpool and Transatlantic Slavery/Richardson, Tibbles,
Schwarz, 165
Living Large in Nature/Saner, 132
Living Liberalism/Hadley, 57
Living the Drama/Harding, 49
Locations of Buddhism/Blackburn, 43
Logic and Pragmatism/Arrighi, Cantú, de Zan, Suppes, 192
Logic in a Popular Form/Banerjee, 122
Love Poems by Pedro Salinas/Salinas, 30
Made in America/Fischer, 14
Making Sense of Greek Art/Coltman, 170
Making War in Côte D’Ivoire/McGovern, 50
Malcolm Lowry/Biggs, Tookey, 160
Marcus Adams/Heighway, 136
Mark Twain/Hill, 86
Marx at the Margins/Anderson, 63
Materials and Expertise in Early Modern Europe/Klein,
Spary, 58
Mathematics for Economists/Vinogradov, 157
Meaning, Form, and Body/Parrill, Tobin, Turner, 193
Measuring and Managing Federal Financial Risk/Lucas, 68
Media, Markets and Public Spheres/Gripsrud, Weibull, 154
Medicine Show/Yuill, 26
The Medieval Origins of the Legal Profession/Brundage, 87
Memorial Mania/Doss, 30
Memory as a Remedy for Evil/Todorov, 114
The Metaphysics of Media/Fallon, 175
Migration in a Globalised World/Audebert, Doraï, 205
Milk/Velten, 100
The Mind of the Chimpanzee/Lonsdorf, Ross, Matsuzawa, 61
The Mobile Nation/Pavlovic, 153
Modal Logic for Open Minds/van Benthem, 192
Modernization, Tradition and Identity/Nurlaelawati, 199
The Modulated Scream/Cohen, 38
Mom/Plant, 39
More Guns, Less Crime/Lott, 74
More Machiavelli in Brussels/van Schendelen, 202
Multiple Antiquities—Multiple Modernities/Klaniczay,
Werner, 173
The Music of Pipilotti Rist’s Pepperminta/Rist, Guggisberg,
Widmer, 140
Muslim Family Law in Sub-Saharan Africa/Jeppie, Moosa,
Roberts, 198
My Father, the Germans and I/Becker, 120
Narration/Stein, 86
Natalia Shelikov/Black, Petrov, 188
Nationalism and the Imagination/Spivak, 115
A Natural History of Time/Richet, 88
Natural Questions/Seneca, 53
Nature’s Palette/Lee, 81
NBER International Seminar on Macroeconomics 2009,
Volume 6/Reichlin, West, 70
NBER Macroeconomics Annual 2009, Volume 24/Acemoglu,
Woodford, 70
Neoliberal Frontiers/Chalfin, 52
New Irish Storytellers/O’Connell, 150
The New Metaphysicals/Bender, 42
New Presence of China in Africa/van Dijk, 200
New Trees/Grimshaw, Bayton, 179
New World Gold/Vilches, 40
Nietzsche, Psychology, and First Philosophy/Pippin, 31
No Dig, No Fly, No Go/Monmonier, 22
Nonsense on Stilts/Pigliucci, 23
Nostalgia for the Future/Piot, 51
Nuclear Papers/Owen, 161
Nucleus and Nation/Anderson, 35
Oedipus the King/Sophocles, 78
Of Reynaert the Fox/Bouwman, Besamusca, 196
Official Guide to the Marianne North Gallery/Royal Botanic
Gardens, Kew, 182
On Sea Ice/Weeks, 186
On Sunspots/Galilei, Scheiner, 59
The Original Rules of Tennis/Bodleian Library, The, 129
Orosius/Fear, 165
Osiris, Volume 25/Ash, 71
Ostrannenie/Oever, 194
The Paradoxes of Integration/Oliver, 35
The Paradoxes of Transparency/Wilson, 200
Parchment, Paper, Pixels/Tiersma, 45
Passionate Patrons/Kharibian, 134
Peonies of the World/De-Yuan, 179
The People’s Agents and the Battle to Protect the American
Public/Steinzor, Shapiro, 44
Phenomenology’s Material Presence/Hezekiah, 153
The Philosophical Actor/Soto-Morettini, 155
Photo-texts/Stafford, 163
Photography and Africa/Haney, 107
Pictures from an Institution/Jarrell, 79
The Plants of Dom, Bamenda Highlands, Cameroon/Cheek,
Harvey, Jean-Michel Onana, 185
The Plants of Fosimondi-Bechati in the Lebialem Highlands of
Cameroon/Harvey, Tchiengue, 185
The Plants of Mefou proposed National Park, Central Province, Cameroon/Onana, Fenton, Harvey, 185
Plants That We Eat/Jones, 188
Pocket Guide to Rhododendron Species/McQuire, Robinson, 180
Poetry and Translation/Robinson, 163
Poisonous Plants/Dauncey, 184
Politics and Partnerships/Clemens, Guthrie, 48
Pop Up/May, Messenger, 148
The Possession/Gordon, 144
Poststructuralism and Postcoloniality/Hiddleston, 163
TITLE INDEX
The Powers That Be/Montgomery, 18
Practical Healthcare Epidemiology, Third Edition/Lautenbach,
Woeltje, Malani, 70
The Propaganda of Peace/McLaughlin, Baker, 152
Prose/Bernhard, 109
The Prosecutor and the Judge/Stuart, Simons, 195
Protogaea/Leibniz, 90
Puerto Rican Citizen/Thomas, 40
The Punch Brotherhood/Leary, 123
The Pygmalion Complex/Gordon, 144
The Queen of Jhansi/Devi, 118
Rainforest Requiem/The British Library, 128
Reading Contemporary Indonesian Muslim Women Writers/
Arimbi, 198
Reading the Cinematograph/Shail, 170
Realism for the 21st Century/Deely, 176
Reality Exploration and Discovery/Uyechi, 193
Recent Mammals of Alaska/MacDonald, Cook, 189
Reforming the Welfare State/Freeman, Swedenborg, Topel, 66
Reinventing Public Service Television for the Digital Future/
Debrett, 154
Religion, Fundamentalism, and Violence/Gluck, 176
Representing Epilepsy/Stirling, 164
Reproductive Technologies as Global Form/Knecht, Klotz,
Beck, 173
Requirements for Certification/Kaye, Makos, 72
Research Findings in the Economics of Aging/Wise, 69
Rethinking France/Nora, Jordan, 41
Romey’s Order/Riley, 26
Royal Botanic Gardens, Kew/Langmead, 181
The Royal Portrait/Scott, 136
Saturnin/Jirotka, 157
Schools Betrayed/Neckerman, 93
Scientific Perspectivism/Giere, 87
The Sea Woman/Laugrand, Oosten, 190
Searching for Art’s New Publics/Walwin, 151
The Second Jurassic Dinosaur Rush/Brinkman, 63
Selected Papers on Design of Algorithms/Knuth, 191
Selected Studies in International Migration and Immigrant
Incorporation/Martiniello, Rath, 205
The Sensory World of Italian Renaissance Art/Quiviger, 105
The Sephardic Legacy/Toledano, 176
Shared Capitalism at Work/Kruse, Blasi, Freeman, 69
Sharon Lockhart/Eckmann, 131
Slow Trains Overhead/Gibbons, 27
Social Security/Gokhale, 55
Social Security Programs and Retirement around the World/
Gruber, Wise, 67
Sophistication/Hammill, 159
The Sour Lemon Score/Stark, 76
Spicing up Britain/Panayi, 108
The State As Parent/Reardon, 175
The State of Giving Research in Europe/Wiepking, 201
State, Society and International Relations in Asia/Amineh, 199
Stéphane Mallarmé/Pearson, 98
Student’s Guide to Writing College Papers/Turabian, 25
Studies in French Cinema/Higbee, Leahy, 150
Studies on the Abuse and Decline of Reason/Hayek, 55
The Studio Reader/Jacob, Grabner, 20
The Supreme Court Economic Review, Volume 18/Somin,
Zywicki, 71
The Supreme Court Review 2009/Hutchinson, Strauss,
Stone, 71
Survival City/Vanderbilt, 77
Systematics and Conservation of African Plants/van der
Burgt, 180
Tacit and Explicit Knowledge/Collins, 60
Teaching Children Science/Kohlstedt, 57
The Theological Basis of Liberal Modernity in Montesquieu’s
Spirit of the Laws/Pangle, 34
This Is Enlightenment/Siskin, Warner, 41
Toward a Rhetoric of Insult/Conley, 32
Traveling the Spaceways/Corbett, Elms, Kapsalis, 131
Travels in the Reich, 1933-1945/Lubrich, 3
Treadwell Gold/Kelly, 188
TV Formats Worldwide/Moran, 152
Typhus/Sartre, 110
Ultimate Americans/Lowenstein, 191
Underdog Suite/Nguyen, 141
Unmapping the City/Cramerotti, 151
Unsettling History/Jobs, Lüdtke, 173
Urban Assimilation in Post-Conquest Wales/Stevens, 168
The Vanishing Present/Waller, Rooney, 88
Vanishing Wildlife/The British Library, 128
Victoria & Albert/Marsden, 134
Victorian Popularizers of Science/Lightman, 90
Victory Over the Sun/Bartlett, Dadswell, 171
Visual Cultures/Elkins, 148
Vladimir Nabokov/Wyllie, 96
The Wagon and Other Stories from the City/Preib, 11
The Walls Are Talking/Heyse-Moore, Saunders, Woods,
Keeble, 145
Walter Benjamin/Steiner, 32
The War on Words/Gilmore, 56
Wasteland with Words/Magnússon, 104
Water and Art/Clarke, 105
We Are the Real Time Experiment/Stubbs, Newman, 166
Weather on the Air/Henson, 137
What Is a Person?/Smith, 47
What Is Happening to News/Fuller, 6
When You Travel in Iceland You See A Lot of Water/Signer, 139
Why Europe?/Mitterauer, 37
Why People Need Plants/Wood, Habgood, 177
The Wild Flora of Kew Gardens/Cope, 181
Wild Justice/Bekoff, Pierce, 75
William Caxton and Early Printing in England/Hellinga, 126
William S. Burroughs/Baker, 97
Wilson’s China/Flanagan, Kirkham, 178
A Woman Who Defends All the Persons of Her Sex/Suchon, 64
Worlds Before Adam/Rudwick, 89
Young Light/Rothman, 119